251127.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Thursday, November 27, 2025, Vol. 29, No. 330

                            Headlines

1 SANDPIPER LLC: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to Jan. 12, 2026
100 MCKNIGHT: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
202-204 OCEAN: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to March 2, 2026
210 AT VALLEY: Brian Walding Named Subchapter V Trustee
393 HOLDINGS: Seeks to Sell Condominiums at Auction

57-36 MYRTLE: Unsecured Creditors Out of Money in Liquidating Plan
74 OXFORD STREET: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 15
98 EAST: Brian Walding of Walding LLC Named Subchapter V Trustee
A&M SMART: Claims to be Paid from Sale Proceeds & Rental Income
ADMIRE CARE: Court Denies Bid to Use Cash Collateral

ADVENT TECHNOLOGIES: Swings to $8.6 Million Net Income in 2025 Q3
AFM MATTRESS: Committee Hires Dundon Advisers as Financial Advisor
ALL SEASONS WATERPROOFING: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
AMERICAN SIGNATURE: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
AMERICAN SIGNATURE: Gets Judge's Conditional Okay for DIP Plan

ANTHOLOGY INC: Available Cash & Sale Proceeds to Fund Plan
ANTHOLOGY INC: Committee Hires Herbert Smith as Legal Counsel
ANTHOLOGY INC: Committee Seeks to Tap AlixPartners LLP as Advisor
APPLIED DNA: Rebrands as BNB Plus to Highlight DeFi Treasury Focus
ARCHDIOCESE OF NEW ORLEANS: Reaches Deal with Bondholders

ARKEN HEALTHCARE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
ARTICHOKE MUSIC: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: Expects Positive Cash Flow by May 2026
AXALTA COATING: Moody's Puts 'Ba2' CFR Under Review for Upgrade
AZ GROVES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary

B. RILEY FINANCIAL: Secures Conditional Nasdaq Listing Extension
BAILEYS' OLIVE: Case Summary & Five Unsecured Creditors
BEAN BROTHERS HARDWARE: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
BELLAVIVA AT WHISPERING: Hires Lippes Mathias LLP as Legal Counsel
BETANXT INC: $185MM Term Loan Add-on No Impact on Moody's 'B3' CFR

BH DOWNTOWN: Hires Berkowitz Pollack Brant Advisors as Consultants
BIOLARGO INC: Officers Convert $99,901 Salary to Locked Shares
BK & MK LLC: Case Summary & 12 Unsecured Creditors
BLACKBERRY LIMITED: Names John Wall New President of QNX Division
BLUEWATER RESIDENTIAL: Steven Nosek Named Subchapter V Trustee

BODYWORX PHYSICAL: Patrick Malloy Named Subchapter V Trustee
BON MORRO: Seeks to Tap Stephen S. Gray of Gray & Company as CRO
BREAD FINANCIAL: Fitch Rates Preferred Stock 'B-'
BREAD FINANCIAL: Moody's Rates Non-Cumulative Pref. Stock 'B1(hyb)'
BROOKDALE HOSPICE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California

BROOKDALE SENIOR: Names Mary Patchett as Chief Operating Officer
BYJU'S ALPHA: Gets Approval for Deal Linked to $533MM Clawback
CALPINE CORP: Fitch Keeps 'B+' IDR on Watch Positive
CARHAVEN INC: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
CASTILLO GRAND: To Hire Tripp Scott P.A. as Legal Counsel

CHARLES & COLVARD: Delays 10-Q Report, Cites Ongoing Litigation
CHEZ JOEY: Unsecured Creditors to Get 7 Cents on Dollar in Plan
CINEMA MANAGEMENT: To Sell Film Distribution Assets to TPC Library
CITADEL ASSISTED: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Colorado
COBRA EQUITY: Fitch Assigns 'B' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable

COLLABORATIVE TECHNOLOGY: Continued Operations to Fund Plan
COMPEER FINANCIAL: S&P Rates $300MM Preferred Debt to 'BB+'
COMPOSECURE INC: Fitch Assigns 'BB-' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
COOKSON'S TRANSMISSION: Unsecureds to Get Share of GUC Recovery
CORNERSTONE BUILDING: Moody's Cuts CFR to 'Caa1', Outlook Stable

CROSSCOUNTRY INTERMEDIATE: Moody's Rates $500MM Unsec. Notes 'B1'
CRS SERVICES: Edward Burr Named Subchapter V Trustee
DEEJAYZOO LLC: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to December 22
DEL MAR RACE: Fitch Affirms BB- Rating on $29MM 2015 Revenue Bonds
DENVER BOULDERING: Continued Operations to Fund Plan Payments

DIOCESE OF BURLINGTON: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity
DISCOVERY ENERGY: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
DOUBLE S SIGNS: Unsecureds Will Get 17.31% of Claims over 5 Years
EDGEWELL PERSONAL: S&P Lowers ICR to 'BB-', Outlook Stable
ELDER CONTRACTING: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

ELIJAH'S XTREME: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
EMORY INDUSTRIAL: To Sell Cleaning Biz Assets to Miller Capital
ENCOMPASS 53: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 23
ENVERIC BIOSCIENCES: Regains Nasdaq's Minimum Bid Price Compliance
EVERYTHING CREATIVE: Unsecureds Will Get 9% of Claims in Plan

F&B NEGOTIATIONS: Court Denies Motion for Sarasota Property Sale
FAT BRANDS: Flags Risk of Bankruptcy After $1.26B Debt Acceleration
FINANCE OF AMERICA: To Acquire PHH Reverse Mortgage Assets
FMC CORP: S&P Corrects Subordinated Hybrid Notes Rating to 'B+'
FMC CORP: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'BB+', Outlook Negative

FRANKLIN SQUARE: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba1' CFR to Negative
FUEL FITNESS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
FUEL HOMESTEAD: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
FUEL REYNOLDA: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
GEORGES REALTY: Hires William S. Gannon PLLC as Bankruptcy Counsel

GRATITUDE HEALTH: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
HA SUSTAINABLE: Fitch Rates $500MM 8% Jr. Sub. Notes 'BB'
HALL OF FAME: Delays Q3 Filing Due to Merger-Related Priorities
HANNA JESIONOWSKA: Seeks Approval to Retain Leo Fox as Counsel
HARLING INC: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Dec. 10

HARMONY WELLNESS: Hires Brinker Simpson & Company as Accountant
HARRIS INTERNAL: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 8
HILCORP ENERGY: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Negative
HILLSIDE APARTMENTS: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in California
HOLY REDEEMER: Fitch Affirms 'B+' IDR, Outlook Stable

HOLY REDEEMER: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B1' Bond Rating to Stable
HONOR STUDIOS: Unsecureds to Get $3K per Month for 5 Years
HOUGHTON UNIVERSITY: S&P Affirms 'BB+' Rating on 2022A Rev. Bonds
HYPERION DEFI: Inks $500MM ATM Offering with Cantor and Chardan
HYPERSCALE DATA: Posts $13MM Q3 Net Loss, Lifts Going Concern Doubt

IGO MARKETING: Taps Law Office of Raymond W. Verdi as Counsel
INFINITY HOSPICE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
INGLE & ASSOCIATES: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Massachusetts
IRON HILL: Court OKs Brewery Asset Sale to IH Restaurants
J PAUL ROOFING: Unsecureds Will Get 7.43% of Claims over 4 Years

J.D.S. IMPROVEMENTS: James Cross Named Subchapter V Trustee
KOKINOS MANAGEMENT: Unsecureds to Get $263 per Month for 60 Months
L & D CAFE: Unsecureds Will Get 18% of Claims over 5 Years
LCC INC: Seeks to Tap General Ledgers Accounting as Accountants
LEARNINGSEL LLC: Claims to be Paid From Available Cash and Income

LEISURE INVESTMENTS: Lenders Claim Senior Liens in Ch. 11 Dispute
LINDEN COMMUNITY: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
LIRA HOSPICE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
LIVING FAITH TABERNACLE: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
LOVING KINDNESS: Amends Administrative Non-Tax Claims Pay

LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES: Volvo Terminates Framework Purchase Deal
M & N STRUCTURES: Unsecureds Will Get 100% of Claims over 5 Years
M&M CUSTARD: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
MAPLE RIDGE: Case Summary & Seven Unsecured Creditors
MARINE TRANSPORT: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Feb. 17, 2026

MAY INTERNATIONAL: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
MEDICO HOME: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
MIM LANDSCAPE: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
MOBIVITY HOLDINGS: Delays Q3 10-Q Filing Due to Auditor Review
MORNINGSIDE MINISTRIES: Fitch Affirms 'BB' IDR, Outlook Stable

MOSAIC COMPANIES: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to Feb. 3, 2026
MW MASON: Case Summary & 17 Unsecured Creditors
MW MASON: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in California
MY CHOICE THERAPY: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
NAPA FORD: Inks Deal With Ford Motor to Use Cash Collateral

NB MOUNTAIN: Trustee Taps Meridian Management Partners as Advisor
NEW FORTRESS: Fitch Lowers IDR to 'RD' on Missed Interest Payment
NEW FORTRESS: Moody's Appends 'LD' Designation to 'Ca-PD' PDR
NEW FORTRESS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC-', On CreditWatch Negative
NICKLAUS COMPANIES: Gets Court OK for $10MM Chapter 11 Loan

NORTHEAST OHIO: Receiver Gets Court OK to Operate Health Centers
NORTHERN DYNASTY: Reports C$7.9 Million Net Loss in 2025 Q3
NORTHERN LIGHTS: Steven Nosek Named Subchapter V Trustee
OAKTREE OCALA: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to January 12, 2026
OLIN CORP: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba1' CFR to Negative

OMNI HOME HEALTH: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
OPEN RANGE: Employs Ritchie Bros. Auctioneers as Auctioneer
OPEN TEXT: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
OPUS ESCROW: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 17
ORANGE COURIER: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 19

ORGANON & CO: Moody's Cuts CFR to 'Ba3', Outlook Negative
ORIGINAL MOWBRAY'S: Seeks to Sell Bernadino Property to Highest Bid
ORME BROTHERS: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
ORTHOPETS LLC: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Colorado
P3 HEALTH: Forms 80%-Owned MSO with Commonwealth ACO

PARKERVISION INC: Secures $1MM via Share Sale to Board Member
PHIL KEAN DESIGNS: Case Summary & Seven Unsecured Creditors
POSH QUARTERS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
RANPAK HOLDINGS: Moody's Affirms 'B3' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
RIDER UNIVERSITY: Moody's Cuts Issuer Rating to Caa2, Outlook Neg.

RIGHT CHOICE CAREGIVING: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
ROADRUNNER SCOOTERS: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 23
ROYALE ENERGY: Delays Q3 10-Q, Needs More Time on Disclosures
RP THE REYNOLDS: Hires Ortiz & Ortiz L.L.P. as Legal Counsel
S El CAMINO REAL: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary

S EL CAMINO: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in California
SABRE HOLDINGS: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B3' CFR to Negative
SCENIC CITY: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
SDLOMO PARTNERS: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Pennsylvania
SECOND STREET: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

SILVERSTRAND FITNESS: Stephen Darr Named Subchapter V Trustee
SONDER HOLDINGS: Sued by Former Employee After Chapter 7 Filing
SOUTH COAST EQUIPMENT: Amends Unsecureds & IRS Claims Pay Details
SOUTH COAST: Seeks Court Approval to Tap PPL Group as Auctioneer
SOUTHERN EXPRESS: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Dec. 17

SPEAR SECURITY: Taps Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler as Counsel
SPIRIT AIRLINES: Seeks Extra Time for Chapter 11 Plan Filing
SPIRIT AVIATION: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to April 28, 2026
SPLASH BEVERAGE: CFO William Devereux to Resign Effective Nov. 30
SPLASH BEVERAGE: Issues $588,000 Senior Notes Maturing Feb. 2026

ST. CHRISTOPHER’S: To Sell Vehicles & Equipment to Bryan Arredondo
STANDARD BUILDING: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba3' CFR to Stable
STEWARD HEALTH: Creditors Seek to Recover $1B in Cerberus Dividends
STM CONSTRUCTION: Employs Tittle Law Firm PLLC as Counsel
STONEBRIAR ABF: Fitch Rates $750MM 8.1% Sr. Unsecured Notes 'BB'

STORYBUILT LLC: Receiver Says $2B Valuation Unrealistic
STRAVINSKY HOLDINGS: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 17
STRUNZ MILK: Hires Richman & Richman LLC as Legal Counsel
TEADS HOLDING: Fitch Lowers Issuer Default Rating to CCC+
TEADS HOLDING: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B-', Outlook Negative

TOPGOLF CALLAWAY: Moody's Confirms B1 CFR, Alters Outlook to Stable
TRIMONT ENERGY GIB: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
TRIMONT ENERGY LIMITED: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
TRIMONT ENERGY NOW: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
TURNER PAVING: Hires Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard as Legal Counsel

TWISTED SKY: Hires Chad Van Horn Law Group as Legal Counsel
UNDER ARMOUR: S&P Places 'BB-' ICR on CreditWatch Negative
UNITED RENTALS: Moody's Rates New Senior Unsecured Notes 'Ba2'
UNIVERSAL DESIGN: To Sell Jacksonville Property to P. Chigurupati
VALVES AND CONTROLS: Seeks to Extend Exclusivity to March 24, 2026

VERITAS FARMS: Delays Q3 10-Q, Needs More Time for Auditor Review
VIVALDI HOLDINGS: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 17
VM CONSOLIDATED: Moody's Affirms 'Ba3' CFR, Outlook Stable
VON ROHR: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
WATER ENERGY: To Sell Ackerly Property to W&W LLC for $50K

WCB REALTY: Rita Hullett Named Subchapter V Trustee
WEST BRAZOS: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to February 28, 2026
WHITE ROCK: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
WHITNEY OIL & GAS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
WILD CARGO: Unsecured Creditors to Get 5 Cents on Dollar in Plan

WILLIS ENGINE V: Fitch Affirms 'BBsf' Rating on Series C Notes
X&Y DEVELOP: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
XWELL INC: Completes Series G Preferred Exchange for $3.4MM Notes
ZION OIL & GAS: Extends ZNOGW Warrants by Five Years to Jan. 2031
[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings


                            *********

1 SANDPIPER LLC: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to Jan. 12, 2026
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Pamela W. McAfee of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern
District of North Carolina extended 1 Sandpiper, LLC's exclusive
periods to file a plan of reorganization to January 12, 2026.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor is a Florida
limited liability company that has operated for the past nine years
as a vacation rental facility in Marathon, Florida. The Debtor
seeks to reorganize operations, reduce cash flow requirements and
continue with this line of business through a consensual
reorganization under Chapter 11.

The Debtor explains that Confirmation Hearing has been continued to
December 9, 2025, to allow the company and its only antagonistic
creditor, Pinnacle Business Funding, LLC, dba Custom Capital USA,
to participate in a mediation to hopefully resolve their disputes
and arrive at a fully consensual plan of reorganization.

The Debtor claims that it has significant support for its plan, and
believes that it will be able to confirm the same, but hopes to
resolve its disputes with Custom Capital so that the confirmation
may be consented to by all participating parties.

1 Sandpiper, LLC is represented by:

     Danny Bradford, Esq.
     Bradford Law Offices
     455 Swiftside Drive #106
     Cary, NC 27518-7198
     Tel: (919) 758-8879
     Email: Dbradford@bradford-law.com

                     About 1 Sandpiper LLC

1 Sandpiper, LLC owns a vacation rental property located at 1
Sandpiper Lane in Marathon, Fla. The property is valued at $3.65
million.

1 Sandpiper sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 25-01836) on May 15, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtor reported total assets of $3,822,330 and total
liabilities of $8,836,717.

Judge Pamela W. McAfee handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Danny Bradford, Esq., at Paul D.
Bradford, PLLC.


100 MCKNIGHT: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-----------------------------------------------
Debtor: 100 McKnight Owner LLC
        3930 N. Pine Grove, No. 602
        Chicago, IL 60613

Business Description: 100 McKnight Owner LLC, based in Chicago,
                      Illinois, engages in real estate activities,
                      including managing and overseeing property
                      assets, with holdings at 120 McKnight Street
                      in Normal, Illinois.  The Company operates
                      within the real estate management and
                      property services industry.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Illinois

Case No.: 25-18209

Judge: Hon. Jacqueline P Cox

Debtor's Counsel: Jeffrey Paulsen, Esq.
                  PAULSEN & HOLTSCHLAG LLC
                  1245 S Michigan #115
                  Chicago, IL 60605
                  Email: jpaulsen@ph-firm.com

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Nicholas Brinker as member.

The Debtor's petition indicates there are no unsecured creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/IC6ANFA/100_McKnight_Owner_LLC__ilnbke-25-18209__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


202-204 OCEAN: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to March 2, 2026
----------------------------------------------------------------
202-204 Ocean Ave Holdings LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of New York to extend its exclusivity periods
to file a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to
March 2, 2026 and May 1, 2026, respectively.

This is the Debtor's second request for an extension of the
exclusivity periods. This second request is not made for the
purpose of delay.

The Debtor explains that the second requested extension of the
exclusivity period is necessary due to the fact, that the Debtor's
time to file a plan and disclosure statement is set to expire on
December 30, 2025, but the Debtor needs an additional time to
negotiate an agreement with DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc. – Selene
Finance LP, to obtain Court approval for the settlement terms and
to file a feasible plan of reorganization and disclosure statement,
offering treatment to all creditors of the estate.

The Debtor claims that it is scheduling a conference call with
attorney for Selene Finance LP as Servicer for DLJ Mortgage
Capital, Inc. with respect to the adequate protection payments and
to initiate the settlement negotiations.

The Debtor asserts that an extension of the exclusive periods will
give the company a reasonable opportunity to negotiate and obtain
confirmation of a consensual plan with its creditors. Further, the
Debtor needs the requested extended period in order for all parties
to file their respective claims within the deadlines to be
established by the Court and for the Debtor to review said claims
once filed.

202-204 Ocean Ave Holdings LLC is represented by:

     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     Law Offices of Alla Kachan, PC
     2799 Coey Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Telephone: (718) 513-3145

                About 202-204 Ocean Ave Holdings LLC

202-204 Ocean Ave Holdings LLC filed its voluntary petition for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y.
Case No. 25-42218) on May 8, 2025, listing up to $50,000 in assets
and $1,000,001 to $10 million in liabilities.  

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord presides over the case.

Alla Kachan, Esq. at Law Offices Of Alla Kachan P.C. represents the
Debtor as counsel.


210 AT VALLEY: Brian Walding Named Subchapter V Trustee
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Administrator for the Northern District of
Alabama appointed Brian Walding of Walding, LLC as Subchapter V
Trustee for 210 at Valley Creek, LLC.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Brian R. Walding
     Walding, LLC
     2227 1st Avenue South,
     Suite 100
     Birmingham, Alabama 35233
     Phone: 205-307-5050
     Email: bwalding@waldinglaw.com

                   About 210 at Valley Creek LLC

210 at Valley Creek, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No.
25-03516) on November 18, 2025, with $1,000,001 to $10 million in
assets and liabilities.

Judge Tamara O. Mitchell presides over the case.


393 HOLDINGS: Seeks to Sell Condominiums at Auction
---------------------------------------------------
393 Holdings LLC seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of Florida, Pensacola Division, to sell
substantially all Assets, free and clear of liens, claims,
interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor is the developer and owner of Pinewood 30‑A, a
condominium project located at 179 S. County Highway 393, Santa
Rosa Beach, Florida 32459, consisting of approximately 100
condominium units and related amenities.

The Debtor's primary secured lender is CPIF MRA, LLC, successor to
CPIF Lending, LLC, with a restated balance of approximately $48
million reflected in the Fifth Amended and Restated Note.

Jaw 2 Investments, LLC is the Court‑approved DIP lender with a
junior lien subordinate to CPIF and other prepetition liens.

The Debtor intends to sell the Assets through a competitive auction
process under a chapter 11 plan of liquidation to maximize value
for the estate and creditors.

The Debtor filed its motion seeking approval of marketing and
bidding procedures for the sale of substantially all of its Assets.


As detailed in the Bid Procedures Motion, bids must include an
executed purchase agreement, evidence of financial ability to
close, a good‑faith deposit equal to 20% of the purchase price,
and comply with overbid increments of at least $100,000. The Court
will determine the highest and best offer at the Sale
Hearing.

The Successful Bidder will pay cash consideration equal to the
highest and best bid determined at the auction and approved by the
Court, and will assume specified liabilities under the APA,
including liabilities under assumed contracts and assigned permits,
developer rights obligations, and post‑closing liabilities
arising from the sale or lease of Units.

The Debtor will deliver customary seller closing documents,
including a special warranty deed, bill of sale, assignment of
leases and deposits, assignment of purchased contracts and
intangibles, assignment of developer rights, and tenant
notification letters. Title will be conveyed free and clear of
liens and encumbrances, subject only to permitted exceptions.

The Debtor will assume and assign to the Successful Bidder certain
executory contracts and unexpired leases identified prior to the
Sale Hearing. The Debtor will provide contract counterparties with
notice of proposed cure amounts.

The Debtor will seek approval of Jason Smoker of Counts Real Estate
Group as broker. Overbid increments are set at $100,000.

The Debtor, through the exercise of its business judgment, has
determined that the sale of the Debtor’s Assets to the Successful
Bidder is in the best interests of the Debtor, its creditors and
its
estate.

The Debtor, through its professionals, has engaged in extensive
efforts to market the Debtor's Assets and has determined that the
purchase price offered by the Successful Bidder, is the highest and
best offer received, is reasonable, represents fair market value,
and the proposed sale is in the best interests of the estate and
its creditors.

The Debtor requests approval to sell the Assets free and clear of
any and all Encumbrances.

         About 393 Holdings, LLC

393 Holdings, LLC, doing business as Pinewood 30-A, engages in
activities related to real estate in Santa Rosa Beach, Florida. The
Company manages and oversees operations associated with the
Pinewood 30-A condominium property at 179 South County Highway
393.

393 Holdings, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 25-31055-JCO).

At the time of filing, the Debtor reported estimated assets of
between $10 million and $50 million and estimated liabilities of
between $10 million and $50 million.

Judge Jerry C. Oldshue Jr. oversees the case.

Berger Singerman LLP serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


57-36 MYRTLE: Unsecured Creditors Out of Money in Liquidating Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------
57-36 Myrtle Ave, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of New York a Disclosure Statement describing Plan
of Liquidation dated November 21, 2025.

The Debtor owns the building located at 57-36 Myrtle Ave.,
Ridgewood, New York 11385 (the "Property).

The Debtor was formed as a New York limited liability Company on
December 9, 2016, for the purpose of owning the Property which was
leased to an entity that provides events at the leased premises.
This tenant has ceased paying rent and currently owes Debtor more
than $100,000, while continuing to operate at the Debtor's
expense.

The Debtor filed for bankruptcy because the Property was being
foreclosed upon by TD Bank, N.A. (the "Secured Lender" or "TD
Bank"). Debtor marketed the property through various methods using
a broker (whose listing expired) and through other sources.

The Sale closing date is expected to be no later than December 31,
2025 (the "Closing Date") to Moshe Cohen, or his assigns (the
"Purchaser") for $1,050,000, once the Plan is confirmed. A deposit
of $100,000 was received upon entering into the sale contract and
is being held by counsel to the Debtor with the balance to be paid
on the Closing Date. An order for the sale of the Property free and
clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances is expected to be
entered by the Bankruptcy Court on or about December 3, 2025 (the
"Sale Order").

The Sale Order approves the sale of the Property to the Purchaser
and the contract of sale entered into by and between the Debtor and
the Purchaser which is attached to the sale motion, and is
incorporated herein by reference, as well as other matters as
approved by the Bankruptcy Court; subject to a Plan being
confirmed.

The Debtor will not be operating after the sale of the Property;
however, it will make final distributions and file final operating
reports (or affidavits) and take all necessary action to close the
chapter 11 case, expeditiously.

Class 3 consists of Unsecured Claims. The following are the
Unsecured Claims: City of NY, Dept. of Finance ($26,000); Gas Gas
NYC LLC ($10,000); Scott J. Taub ($15,000); and Steven Hilsenrath,
Esq. ($35,000). The Allowed Unsecured Claims will not be paid in
the Plan in that there are no funds available to pay them once the
Secured Claims are paid. The Unsecured Claims are deemed to have
voted to reject the Plan.

Class 4 consists of the Equity Interest of the limited liability
owners of Debtor, as set forth in the Petition. The Equity
Interests will not receive a distribution from the Debtor.

For the Plan to be confirmed, it must be demonstrated that
consummation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by further
financial reorganization of the Debtor. Because Debtor is
liquidating and will cease business, it is unlikely that another
reorganization would be possible or necessary.

The Plan is designed as a liquidating plan and therefore the Debtor
will not be operating after the Confirmation of the Plan, except to
wind down. All of the assets of the Debtor will be distributed as
expeditiously as possible, and the Debtor will cease business.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated November 21,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Oq1dgJ from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     H. Bruce Bronson, Esq.
     BRONSON LAW OFFICES, P.C.
     480 Mamaroneck Ave.
     Harrison, NY 10528
     Tel: 914-269-2530
     Fax: 888-908-6906
     Email: hbbronson@bronsonlaw.net

                      About 57-36 Myrtle Ave

57-36 Myrtle Ave, LLC is a lessor of non-residential building. The
Debtor owns a property located at 5736 Myrtle Ave, Ridgewood, NY
11385-4940 valued at $1.5 million.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. N.Y. Case No. 23-40482) on February
13, 2023. In the petition signed by Paul Amato, managing member,
the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Jil Mazer-Marino oversees the case.

H. Bruce Bronson, Esq., at Bronson Law Office, P.C., represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


74 OXFORD STREET: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 15
----------------------------------------------------------------
On November 12, 2025, 74 Oxford Street LLC filed Chapter 11
protection in the District of Massachusetts. According to court
filing, the Debtor reports $6,464,475 in debt owed to 1 and 49
creditors. 

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
15, 2025 at 11:00 AM as Telephonic Meeting.

         About 74 Oxford Street LLC

74 Oxford Street LLC owns a multi-family residential building at
72-74 Oxford Street, Cambridge, MA, valued at $7.75 million.

74 Oxford Street LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 25-12442) on November
12, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets of
$7,750,000 and total liabilities of $6,464,475.

The Debtor is represented by Peter N. Tamposi, Esq. of THE TAMPOSI
LAW GROUP, P.A.


98 EAST: Brian Walding of Walding LLC Named Subchapter V Trustee
----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Administrator for the Northern District of
Alabama appointed Brian Walding of Walding, LLC as Subchapter V
Trustee for 98 East, LLC.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Brian R. Walding
     Walding, LLC
     2227 1st Avenue South,
     Suite 100
     Birmingham, Alabama 35233
     Phone: 205-307-5050
     Email: bwalding@waldinglaw.com

                         About 98 East LLC

98 East LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-03515) on November
18, 2025, listing between $1 million and $10 million in assets and
liabilities.

Judge Tamara O. Mitchell presides over the case.


A&M SMART: Claims to be Paid from Sale Proceeds & Rental Income
---------------------------------------------------------------
A&M Smart Investments, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Western District of Louisiana a Subchapter V Plan of
Reorganization dated November 20, 2025.

The Debtor is in the business of real estate development. Debtor's
principal place of business is located at 2410 Windbrooke Ct.,
Shreveport, LA, and Debtor operates throughout North Louisiana.

The Debtor is a limited liability company organized under Louisiana
law. Alphonso Williams owns 50% of Debtor, and Mary Jenkins
Williams owns 50% of Debtor.

Originating pre-petition, Debtor borrowed funds from Progressive
National Bank to develop and build a series of townhomes in
Shreveport, Louisiana. Debtor faced delays and higher than expected
costs throughout this development, as well as claims from
subcontractors and suppliers who filed Public Works Act claims
against the development.

The Debtor could not repay the bank loan when it came due,
Progressive Bank filed to foreclose on the development, and Debtor
was also sued by the subcontractors and suppliers for payment on
their claims. These suits, along with the difficulty repaying other
debts and limited liquidity, precipitated the filing of this
Chapter 11 case.

Class 5 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Pre-petition, Debtor
faced different liens and lawsuits from subcontractors and
suppliers for their work on the Chasewood Townhome development,
however, these claimants failed to file a proof of claim in
accordance with the Court's Claims Bar Date Order. As such,
whatever claim may have been made against the Debtor are barred,
and there are no general unsecured claims to be paid under this
Plan.

The Plan will be funded primarily from the proceeds of the
following:

     * Sale of Chasewood Townhomes: Debtor will continue to market
and sell the subdivision development knows as the Chasewood
Townhomes. Debtor expects that the sale of this property will
generate enough cash to completely satisfy the Class 1 Creditor,
and any surplus funds will be used to fund payments to other
classes.

     * Sale of Other Property: Debtor may also sell the other real
properties it owns, including the residential rental homes, and the
undeveloped lots of land. The proceeds from the sale of any estate
property will first be used to pay whichever creditor has a
mortgage or security interest in that piece of property, and
surplus funds will be used to fund payments to other classes.

     * Collection of Rental Income: Debtor is currently collecting
rental income from its residential properties, and these funds, in
Debtor's continued business operations, will be used to fund
payments to all classes.

     * Additional Contributions: Debtor may, but is not obligated
to, solicit additional voluntary contributions from affiliates,
insiders, or other parties to assist in payment to all classes and
facilitate a consensual confirmation.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan of Reorganization dated
November 20, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=gUudg3
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Bradley L. Drell, Esq.
     Conner L. Dillon, Esq.
     Gold Weems Bruser Sues & Rundell, APLC
     P.O. Box 6118
     Alexandria, LA 71307-6118
     Tel: (318) 445-6471
     Fax: (318) 445-6476
     Email: bdrell@goldweems.com

              About A&M Smart Investments, LLC

A&M Smart Investments LLC is a limited liability company.

A&M Smart Investments LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. La. Case No.
25-10791) on July 21, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports
estimated assets and liabilities between $1 million and $10 million
each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge John S. Hodge handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Conner L. Dillon, Esq. at GOLD, WEEMS,
BRUSER, SUES & RUNDELL, A PLC.


ADMIRE CARE: Court Denies Bid to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida,
Orlando Division, issued an order denying the motion by Admire
Care, LLC for authority to use cash collateral.

Admire Care had earlier filed a notice of effective date of its
Chapter 11 small business Subchapter V plan, which was confirmed by
the court on October 30.

                 About Admire Care LLC

Admire Care, LLC is a home healthcare services provider based in
Clermont, Florida, that offers medical and non-medical care to
patients in their homes.

Admire Care sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-03163) on May
27, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported estimated assets up
to $50,000 and estimated liabilities between $1 million and $10
million.

Judge Tiffany P. Geyer handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Jeffrey Ainsworth, Esq., at
BransonLaw, PLLC.


ADVENT TECHNOLOGIES: Swings to $8.6 Million Net Income in 2025 Q3
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Advent Technologies Holdings, Inc. filed with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q reporting
a net income of $8.6 million for the three months ended September
30, 2025, compared to a net loss of $18.5 million for the three
months ended September 30, 2024.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company reported
a net income of $1.6 million, compared to a net loss of $39.2
million for the same period in 2024.

Net revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and
2024, were $62,000 and $128,000, respectively.  For the nine months
ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company had net revenues of
$293,000 and $3.5 million, respectively.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $6.7 million in total
assets, $24.5 million in total liabilities, and $17.8 million in
total stockholders' deficit.

Advent says the Company's ability to meet its liquidity needs will
largely depend on its ability to generate cash in the future.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company used
$0.9 million of cash from operating activities, and the Company's
ability to generate cash in the future is subject to general
economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and
other factors that are beyond the Company's control.

Furthermore, the Company has suffered recurring operating losses
and has a negative net working capital position of $16.0 million as
of September 30, 2025. In addition, as of the issuance date of
these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements the
Company is overdue in a number of its obligations which could give
the right to creditors at any time from the issuance date of these
consolidated financial statements to raise legal action against the
Company which in turn could potentially lead to liquidation action
against the Company and/or its subsidiaries.

The transition to profitability and positive cash flow is highly
dependent upon the successful development, approval, and
commercialization of the Company's products and the achievement of
a revenue level adequate to support its cost structure and the
Company can give no assurances that this will occur.

Based on the Company's current operating plan, the Company believes
that its cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2025, of
$0.4 million is not sufficient to fund operations and capital
expenditures for the twelve months following the filing of this
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and the Company will need to obtain
additional funding in the very near term, otherwise the Company may
immediately substantially curtail or terminate its operations.

The Company performed a cash flow projection on a monthly basis for
the twelve-month period following the issuance of the consolidated
financial statements. The projected inflows from revenues and
grants will be insufficient to cover the projected outflows, as
such, the Company will continue to have a negative net working
capital position and a delay in the projected timing of the short
term financing and inflows and/or an immediate demand by creditors
of repayment of the long outstanding payables may result in the
Company being insolvent and short of cash at any specific time over
the coming weeks and over the next twelve months.

Until such time as the Company generates sufficient revenue to fund
its operations (if ever), the Company plans to finance its
operations and repay its existing and future liabilities and other
obligations through the sale of equity and/or debt securities and,
to the extent available, short-term and long-term loans.

With regards to the projected revenues and grants, a delay in the
projected timing of inflows may result in the Company remaining
insolvent and short of cash at any specific time over the next
twelve months. Also, there is no guarantee that the Company's plans
to reduce monthly expenditures will be successful.

If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient funding, it could be
required to delay its development efforts, limit activities, and
further reduce research and development costs, which could
adversely affect its business prospects and delivery of contractual
obligations. A cash shortfall at any point in time over the next
twelve months could result in the Company failing to meet its
overdue and current obligations, which could trigger action against
the Company and/or its subsidiaries for liquidation by employees,
authorities, or creditors.

Because of the uncertainty in securing additional funding, delays
in growth of revenue, failure to materialize cost-cutting efforts
and the insufficient amount of cash and cash equivalents as of the
consolidated financial statement filing date, management has
concluded that substantial doubt exists with respect to the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern for the next 12
months.

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at:

                   https://tinyurl.com/rk2ahbzt

                      About Advent Technologies

Headquartered in Livermore, Calif., Advent Technologies Holdings,
Inc. is an advanced materials and technology development company
operating in the fuel cell and hydrogen technology space. Advent
develops, manufactures and assembles the critical components that
determine the performance of hydrogen fuel cells and other energy
systems. To date, Advent's principal operations have been to
develop and manufacture Membrane Electrode Assembly (MEA), and fuel
cell stacks and complete fuel cell systems for a range of customers
in the stationary power, portable power, automotive, aviation,
energy storage and sensor markets.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $6.7 million in total assets,
against $36.1 million in total liabilities.

The Woodlands, Texas-based M&K CPAS, PLLC, the Company's auditor
since 2024, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated June 6, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the
Company has yet to achieve profitable operations, has negative cash
flows from operating activities, and is dependent upon future
issuances of equity or other financings to fund ongoing operations
all of which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue
as a going concern.


AFM MATTRESS: Committee Hires Dundon Advisers as Financial Advisor
------------------------------------------------------------------
The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of AFM Mattress
Company LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware to employ Dundon Advisers LLC as its financial
advisor.

The firm will provide these services:

     (a) evaluating the Debtor's leases, including assessing
economic reasonableness, potential rejection or assumption values,
and related implications for unsecured creditors, and assessing the
Debtor's profitability by location, sales channel, product, or any
other metrics;

     (b) evaluating any plan filed by the Debtor, including
analyzing feasibility and distributions to unsecured creditors;

     (c) analyzing and valuing potential causes of action,
including preference, fraudulent transfer, breach of fiduciary
duty, and insurance recovery claims;

     (d) reviewing the Debtor's assets, including financial
statements, business plans, budgets, and other financial
information; and

     (e) performing other necessary services as requested with
respect to financial, business, and economic issues.

The firm's discounted hourly rates are:

     - Managing Director: $650 per hour
     - Director: $550 per hour
     - Senior Associate: $450 per hour

Dundon Advisers also charges for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses,
including photocopying, facsimile charges, travel expenses, report
reproduction, and delivery service.

Dundon Advisers LLC is a "disinterested person" within the meaning
of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

     Dundon Advisers LLC
     1601 Belvedere Rd., Ste 305S
     West Palm Beach, FL 33406
     Phone: (561) 814-8303
     E-mail: info@dundon.com

                        About AFM Mattress Company LLC

AFM Mattress Company LLC, doing business as American Mattress, a
retail mattress company based in Elk Grove Village, Illinois.

AFM Mattress Company sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-11288) on July 6,
2025.
In its petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million and $10
million in assets and liabilities.

Maria Aprile Sawczuk, Esq., at Goldstein & Mcclintock, LLLP is the
Debtor's legal counsel.

Judge Mary F. Walrath oversees the case.

Pontiac Bank, as senior secured lender, is represented by:

   Ronald Gellert, Esq.
   Gellert Seitz Busenkell & Brown LLC
   1201 N. Orange Street, Suite 300
   Wilmington, DE 19801
   Telephone: (302) 425-5800  
   Email: rgellert@gsbblaw.com


ALL SEASONS WATERPROOFING: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------------------
All Seasons Waterproofing and Drainage, Inc. received final
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of
Washington to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The final order authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral
through January 31, 2026 to pay the expenses outlined in its
budget. The Debtor may exceed budgeted amounts by up to 15% without
further court approval and can carry forward any savings to
subsequent weeks.

The budget projects total operational expenses of $213,947 for
December and $215,997 for January 2026.

As adequate protection, the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S.
Small Business Administration will be granted replacement liens on
the Debtor's post-petition cash, accounts receivable, inventory,
and proceeds thereof, maintaining the same extent and priority as
their pre-bankruptcy liens.

In accordance with the budget, the Debtor must remit to the trust
account of Michael DeLeo the sum of $500, beginning this month and
continuing on the 20th of each month thereafter until plan
confirmation. Payments will be held for payment of administrative
fees pending further order of the court.

A copy of the final order is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=rc8UB8 from PacerMonitor.com.

        About All Seasons Waterproofing and Drainage Inc.

All Seasons Waterproofing and Drainage, Inc. sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wash.
Case No. 25-12912) on October 20, 2025, listing between $100,001
and $500,000 in assets and between $500,001 and $1 million in
liabilities.

Judge Timothy W. Dore oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Jennifer L. Neeleman, Esq.
   Thomas D. Neeleman, Esq.
   Neeleman Law Group, P.C.
   1403 8th Street  
   Marysville, WA 98270
   Tel: 425-212-4800
   jennifer@neelemanlaw.com
   courtmail@neelemanlaw.com


AMERICAN SIGNATURE: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Nine affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                         Case No.
    ------                                         --------
    American Signature, Inc. (Lead Case)           25-12105
    4300 East 5th Avenue
    Columbus, OH 43219-1816

    ASI Elston LLC                                 25-12100
    ASI Thomasville LLC                            25-12101
    American Signature Home Inc.                   25-12102
    American Signature USA Inc.                    25-12103
    American Signature Woodbridge LLC              25-12104
    ASI - LaPorte LLC                              25-12106
    ASI POLARIS LLC                                25-12107
    ASI Pure Promise Insurance LLC                 25-12108

Business Description: American Signature, Inc., together with its
                      subsidiaries, operates a residential
                      furniture retail business under the Value
                      City Furniture and American Signature
                      Furniture brands, offering living room,
                      bedroom, dining, mattress, and home-decor
                      products sourced primarily from Vietnam,
                      Malaysia, and domestic vendors.
                      Headquartered in Columbus, Ohio, the Company
                      sells through more than 120 stores across 17
                      U.S. states and an e-commerce channel,
                      fulfilling orders through distribution
                      facilities totaling over one million square
                      feet.  It employs approximately 3,000 people
                      across its retail, distribution, and
                      corporate operations.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 22, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Delaware

Judge:             Hon. J Kate Stickles

Debtors'
General
Bankruptcy
Counsel:           Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
                   David M. Bertenthal, Esq.
                   PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
                   919 North Market Street
                   17th Floor
                   Wilmington, DE 19801
                   Tel: 302-652-4100
                   Fax: 302-652-4400
                   Email: ljones@pszjlaw.com
                   Email: dbertenthal@pszjlaw.com

Debtors'
Restructuring
Advisor:           BERKELEY RESEARCH GROUP, LLC

Debtors'
Investment
Banker:            SSG CAPITAL ADVISORS, LLC

Debtors'
Solicitation,
Claims and
Noticing
Agent:             KURTZMAN CARSON CONSULTANTS, LLC
                   dba VERITA GLOBAL

Estimated Assets: $100 million to $500 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500 million to $1 billion

The petitions were signed by Rudy Morando as chief restructuring
officer.

A full-text copy of the Lead Debtor's petition is available for
free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/EELBIPI/American_Signature_Inc__debke-25-12105__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                           Nature of Claim   Claim Amount

1. Man Wah MCO                         Trade Debt      $14,569,745
EDF Comercial I Tak
12 Andar D
Rua De Pequim No 126 Macau
Email: chris@manwahgroup.com
Tel: 86-755-28630880-8011
Fax: 86-755-28631137

2. Targetcast LLC                      Trade Debt      $12,556,980
Assembly One World Trade
Center, 67th Fl
New York, NY, 10007
Email: ar-asm@assemblyglobal.com
Phone: 727-236-7053

3. H317 Logistics LLC                  Trade Debt       $4,975,800
9019 Somerset Bay Suite 402
Vero Beach, FL, 32963
Email: brenda.dlynn@gmail.com
Phone: 403-307-1621

4. Riverside Furniture Corp            Trade Debt       $3,992,020
7501 Jenny Lind Rd
Fort Smith, AR, 72908
Email: smora@riverside-furniture.com
Phone: 479-785-8232

5. Dickson Furniture International     Trade Debt       $3,912,148
dba Avalon Furniture LLC
7015 Grand Blvd
Houston, TX, 77054
Email: mwells@avalonfurniture.com
Phone: 281-501-3477

6. Holland House                       Trade Debt       $3,160,633
9420 East 33rd St
Indianapolis, IN, 46235
Email: kevin.vanmeter@hollan
dhousefurniture.com
Tel: 317-895-4300
Fax: 317-895-4315

7. Najarian Furniture Co Inc           Trade Debt       $3,004,962
17560 E Rowland St
Industry, CA, 91748
Email: gn@najarianfurniture.com
Tel: 626-839-8700
Fax: 626-839-8707

8. Magnussen Home                      Trade Debt       $2,965,709
Furnishings Inc
Po Box 8527
Moreno Valley, CA, 92552
Email: creditinfo@magnussen.com
Tel: 519-662-3040
Fax: 519-662-3733

9. Happy Furniture (Vietnam) Co Ltd    Trade Debt       $2,306,706

No 5, Huu Nghi Ave
Vsip Thing Phong Commune
Son Tinh District
Quang Ngai Province
Email: happyfurniture@ounoya.com
Phone: 86-137-5834-7955

10. Everest Technologies Inc           Trade Debt       $2,135,777
1105 Schrock Road
Suite #500
Columbus, OH, 43229
Email: ar@everesttech.com
Tel: 614-436-3120-296
Fax: 614-436-3130

11. LFN Limited                        Trade Debt       $2,045,758
3908 Two Exchange Square
8 Connaught Place
Central, Hong Kong
Email: kimg@lifestyle-us.com
Tel: 336-882-7900
Fax: 336-882-4910

12. Sealy Mattress                     Trade Debt       $2,016,175
Manufacturing
One Office Parkway
Trinity, NC, 27370
Email: sealyar@tempursealy.com
Phone: 336-861-3506

13. US Transport Inc dba UST           Trade Debt       $1,917,111
Logistical Systems
103 N Main Street Suite 300
Greenville, SC, 29601
Email: accountsreceivable@uste3.com
Phone: 704-815-4010

14. Mediterranean Shipping             Trade Debt       $1,655,777
Company Inc
330 East Main St, Suite 1180
Norfolk, VA, 23510
Tel: 757-625-0132
Fax: 757-625-1631

15. Manhattan Associates Inc           Trade Debt       $1,611,324
2300 Windy Ridge Parkway
Suite 1000
Atlanta, GA, 30339
Email: ar@manh.com

16. Tempur-Pedic North America LLC     Trade Debt       $1,601,364
1000 Tempur Way
Lexington, KY, 40511
Email: accts.receivable@tempurpedic.com
Phone: 336-861-3506

17. Steve Silver Company               Trade Debt       $1,586,773
1000 Fm 548 North
Forney, TX, 75126
Email: ar@stevesilver.com
Tel: 888-400-8113
Fax: 888-774-5837

18. CT Mattress Brother Co Ltd         Trade Debt       $1,248,015
7/788 Moo6 T Mapyangporn
A Pluak Daeng, Rayong 21140
Email: stacey@hailifurniture.com
Phone: 86-13515736447

19. Mellow River Inc dba HH2home       Trade Debt       $1,245,948
26245 W Main Street
West Point, MS, 39773
Email: missi@hh2home.com
Phone: 502-810-2452

20. Palmetto Home LLC                  Trade Debt       $1,214,786
1008 Hutton Lane, Suite 101
High Point, NC, 27262
Email: kerry@palmettohome.com
Phone: 336-822-2780

21. Kuka (HK) Trade Co Limited         Trade Debt       $1,210,036
Room 06 13A/F
South Tower World Finance Center
Harbour City
17 Canton Rd
TSK KL Hong Kong
Email: freya@kukahome.com
Tel: 852-2206-0092
Fax: 852-3003-0133

22. Rapid Response Inc                 Trade Debt       $1,202,867
155 Enterprise Dr
Wentzville, MO, 63385
Email: ar@rapidresponsestl.com
Phone: 636-875-5038

23. Sherwood Southeast LLC             Trade Debt       $1,194,227
3670 8th Street, Suite 300
Orlando, FL, 32827
Email: cviera@sherwoodbed.com
Phone: 251-810-5465

24. Ashley Holdings FL, Inc            Trade Debt       $1,170,494
One Ashley Way
Arcadia, WI, 54612
Email: kdrazkowski@ashleyfurniture.com
Tel: 608-323-1859
Fax: 608-323-6169

25. Intercon Inc                       Trade Debt       $1,142,267
635 North Billy Mitchell Road
Suite B
Salt Lake City, UT, 84116
Email: tvadnais@intercon1.com
Tel: 801-364-2504
Fax: 801-289-2722

26. Ideaitalia Contemporary            Trade Debt       $1,104,998
Furniture Corp
1902 Emmanuel Church Rd
Conover, NC, 28613
Accounts Payable
Email: ap@ideaitaliausa.com

27. Kyndryl Inc                        Trade Debt         $994,452
One Vanderbilt Avenue
15th Floor
New York, NY, 10017
Tel: 52-855-216-2156-6021

28. Vogue Home, LLC                    Trade Debt         $895,480
1020 N Gloster St #147
Tupelo, MS, 38804
Email: lisaw.vhf@gmail.com
Tel: 662-841-1929
Fax: 844-901-1980

29. Home Meridian Group LLC            Trade Debt         $809,945
2485 Penny Road
High Point, NC, 27265
Email: bspencer@homemeridian.com
Tel: 336-819-7246
Fax: 336-819-7646

30. ZIM Integrated Shipping            Trade Debt         $802,399
Services Ltd
9 Andrei Sakharov St
Maten Haifa, 31016 Israel
Email: us.cashier@zim.com
Phone: 757 228-1300


AMERICAN SIGNATURE: Gets Judge's Conditional Okay for DIP Plan
--------------------------------------------------------------
Emlyn Cameron of Law360 reports that during a Tuesday, November 25,
2025, hearing, a Delaware bankruptcy judge indicated she would
approve American Signature Furniture's request for interim
post-petition financing. The company argued the funding was
essential to support operations and preserve value for creditors as
it continues through Chapter 11.

The judge issued a mixed response to objections from the U.S.
Trustee's Office, which challenged certain aspects of the financing
structure. Still, she concluded that the retailer's urgent
liquidity needs outweighed those concerns at this stage and
permitted temporary access to the funds.

         About American Signature USA Inc.

American Signature USA Inc. specializes in designing, sourcing, and
distributing consumer products for a broad range of retail
markets.

American Signature USA Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-12103) on November
22, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets
between $100 million and $500 million and estimated liabilities
between $500 million and $1 billion.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge J. Kate Stickles handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Laura Davis Jones, Esq. of Pachulski,
Stang, Ziehl & Jones LLP.


ANTHOLOGY INC: Available Cash & Sale Proceeds to Fund Plan
----------------------------------------------------------
Anthology Inc. and affiliates field with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of Texas a Disclosure Statement for the
Joint Chapter 11 Plan dated November 21, 2025.

Anthology is a leading global end-to-end education technology
("EdTech") software provider. Headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida,
Anthology is the result of a consolidation of three companies
specializing in distinct areas of education technology.

Prior to commencing these chapter 11 cases, and following months of
arm's length negotiations between the Debtors and the Ad Hoc Group
regarding the potential terms of a proposed value-maximizing
transaction, the Debtors, certain consenting lenders, and
consenting stakeholders entered into the Restructuring Support
Agreement.

The Restructuring Support Agreement provides for (i) the
continuation of the Prepetition Sale Process to "market check" the
Stalking Horse Bids and facilitate consummation of a sale or
multiples sales to the highest or otherwise best offer(s) for
certain Business Segments, facilitated through the proposed Bidding
Procedures and (ii) the terms of the Plan, whereby the Company will
emerge from chapter 11 as a leaner enterprise organized around the
Teaching & Learning Business Segment. The Restructuring Support
Agreement also provides for terms regarding DIP financing, access
to cash collateral, and fully committed exit equity financing
raised through an equity rights offering and direct investment.

The Bidding Procedures contemplate two Sale Transactions, each in
accordance with the respective Sale Order: (a) the sale of the
Enterprise Operations Assets to Ellucian Company LLC pursuant to a
certain purchase agreement (the "Ellucian Stalking Horse
Agreement") and (ii) the sale of the Lifecycle Engagement Assets
and the Student Success & Other Assets to Encoura LE LLC
("Encoura," and, together with Ellucian, the "Stalking Horse
Bidders") pursuant to a certain purchase agreement (the "Encoura
Stalking Horse Agreement," and, together with the Ellucian Stalking
Horse Agreement, the "Stalking Horse Agreements," and the Bids
contained therein, the “"Horse Bids"). The Stalking Horse Bids
will be subject to higher or better offers received through the
Debtors' postpetition marketing and sale process.

The Plan contemplates certain Sale Transactions, which will be
consummated by one or more Sale Order(s), pursuant to section 363
of the Bankruptcy Code and in accordance with the Bidding
Procedures. On the applicable Closing Date, the Debtors shall
consummate the Sale Transactions and, among other things, the
Transferred Assets (as defined in the Stalking Horse Agreements, as
relevant), as set forth in the applicable Stalking Horse Agreement
or other Purchase Agreement, as applicable, shall be transferred to
and vest in Ellucian, Encoura, and/or the alternate successful
bidder(s) free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, interests,
or other encumbrances, and the Assumed Liabilities (as defined in
the Stalking Horse Agreements, as relevant) will transfer to and
vest in such successful bidder(s), pursuant to the terms of the
Confirmation Order, Plan, Stalking Horse Agreement(s) or other
Purchase Agreement(s), as applicable, and Sale Orders, as
applicable.

Class 8 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Except to the extent
that a Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim agrees to less
favorable treatment, on or after the Effective Date, each Holder of
an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share
of Distributable Cash, if any, in accordance with the Waterfall
Recovery. In the event that there is no such Distributable Cash
available for distribution to the Holders of Allowed General
Unsecured Claims pursuant to the Waterfall Recovery, Allowed
General Unsecured Claims shall be discharged and released, and each
Holder of a General Unsecured Claim shall not receive or retain any
distribution, property, or other value on account of such General
Unsecured Claim.

On the Effective Date, all Existing Equity Interests shall be
cancelled, released, extinguished, and discharged, and will be of
no further force or effect. The Holder of Existing Equity Interests
shall receive no recovery or distribution on account of the
Existing Equity Interests.

The Reorganized Debtors shall fund distributions under the Plan
with (1) the New Money Investments; (2) Net Sale Proceeds from the
sale of the Sale Assets; and (3) Cash on hand.

The Wind-Down Debtors will fund distributions under the Plan with
(a) Cash on hand on the Effective Date and (b) the revenues and
proceeds of all assets of the Debtors, including the Net Sale
Proceeds and proceeds from all Causes of Action not expressly
waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled
in the Plan or a Final Order, or sold pursuant to any Purchase
Agreement, in accordance with section 363 or 1123(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated November 21,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=sqwg8A from Stretto
Inc., claims agent.

Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors:                

                        Charles A. Beckham, Jr., Esq.
                        Arsalan Muhammad, Esq.
                        Kourtney Lyda, Esq.
                        Re'Necia Sherald, Esq.
                        HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP
                        1221 McKinney Street, Suite 4000
                        Houston Texas 77010
                        Tel: (713) 547-2000
                        Fax: (713) 547-2600
                        Email: charles.beckham@haynesboone.com
                               arsalan.muhammad@haynesboone.com
                               kourtney.lyda@haynesboone.com
                               renecia.sherald@haynesboone.com

                           AND


                        Charles M. Jones II, Esq.
                        2801 North Harwood Street, Suite 2300
                        Dallas, TX 75201
                        Tel: (214) 651-5000
                        Fax: (214) 651-5940
                        Email: charlie.jones@haynesboone.com

Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors:                

                        Chad J. Husnick, P.C.
                        Charles B. Sterrett, Esq.
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
                        KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
                        333 West Wolf Point Plaza
                        Chicago, Illinois 60654
                        Tel: (312) 862-2000
                        Fax: (312) 862-2200
                        Email: chad.husnick@kirkland.com
                               charles.sterrett@kirkland.com


                           AND
                        
                        Melissa Mertz, Esq.
                        601 Lexington Avenue
                        New York, New York 10022  
                        Tel: (212) 446-4800
                        Fax: (212) 446-4900
                        Email: melissa.mertz@kirkland.com

                             About Anthology Inc.

Anthology Inc., headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida, provides
education technology software and cloud-based services to higher-
education institutions, governments, and businesses in more than 80
countries. Formed through the consolidation of Campus Management
Corp., Campus Labs Inc., and iModules Software Inc., the Company
offers platforms for teaching and learning, student information and
enterprise planning, customer relationship management, and student
success, along with tools for admissions, enrollment management,
alumni engagement, and institutional effectiveness. It employs
about 1,550 people in the United States and reported revenue of
about $450 million in fiscal 2025.

Anthology sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex.) on September 29, 2025. In
the petitions signed by Heath C. Gray as chief restructuring
officer, the Debtors disclose an estimated assets (on a
consolidated basis) of $1 billion to $10 billion and estimated
liabilities (on a consolidated basis) of $1 billion to $10
billion.

The other affiliates are Blackboard Campuswide of Texas, Inc.,
OrgSync, Inc., Admissions US, LLC, Blackboard LLC, Blackboard
Holdings, LLC, Blackboard Super Holdco, LLC, Edcentric Holdings,
LLC, Astra Acquisition Corp., Astra Intermediate Holding Corp.,
Campus Management Acquisition Corp., Academic Management Systems,
LLC, Edcentric Midco, Inc., Edcentric, Inc., Anthology Inc. of
Missouri, Anthology Inc. of NY, ApplyYourself, Inc., AY Software
Services, Inc., BB Acquisition Corp., BB Management LLC, Blackboard
Collaborate Inc., Blackboard Student Services Inc., Blackboard
Tennessee LLC, Higher One Real Estate SP, LLC, MyEdu Corporation,
Blackboard International LLC, and Perceptis, LLC.

Judge Alfredo R. Perez presides over the case.

The Debtors' Local Bankruptcy & Conflicts Counsel is Charles A.
Beckham, Jr., Esq., Arsalan Muhammad, Esq., Kourtney Lyda, Esq.,
and Re'Necia Sherald, Esq., at HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, in Houston
Texas; and Charles M. Jones II, Esq., at HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, in
Dallas, Texas.

The Debtors' Bankruptcy Counsel is Chad J. Husnick, P.C., and
Charles B. Sterrett, Esq., at KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP and KIRKLAND &
ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP, in Chicago, Illinois; and Melissa Mertz,
Esq., at KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP and KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL
LLP, in New York.

The Debtors' Investments Banker is PJT PARTNERS LP.

The Debtors' Restructuring Advisor is FTI CONSULTING, INC.

The Debtors' Claims & Noticing Agent STRETTO INC.


ANTHOLOGY INC: Committee Hires Herbert Smith as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Anthology Inc. and
its affiliates seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of Texas to hire Herbert Smith Freehills
Kramer (US) LLP to serve as legal counsel.

Herbert Smith will provide these services:

(a) advising the Committee with respect to its rights, duties and
power in these Chapter 11 Cases;

(b) assisting and advising the Committee in its consultations with
the Debtors in connection with the administration of these Chapter
11 Cases;

(c) exercising oversight with respect to the Debtors' affairs,
including all issues in connection with the Debtors, the Committee,
and/or these Chapter 11 Cases;

(d) evaluating and negotiating the proposed debtor-in-possession
financing;

(e) evaluating and negotiating terms relating to the proposed
bidding procedures and asset purchase agreements;

(f) evaluating and negotiating modifications to the Debtors'
proposed second-day relief, and first-day relief that was entered
on a final basis;

(g) analyzing the restructuring support agreement and negotiation
and formulation of a chapter 11 plan and matters related thereto;

(h) evaluating and investigating, among other things, unencumbered
assets, liabilities, financial condition of the Debtors,
prepetition transactions, and operational issues concerning the
Debtors that may be relevant to these Chapter 11 Cases;

(i) preparing, on behalf of the Committee, any pleadings,
including motions, memoranda, complaints, objections, orders,
reports, and responses to any of the foregoing;

(j) appearing before this Court, and any other federal, state or
appellate court, and participating in litigation as a
party-in-interest, and at statutory meetings of creditors on behalf
of the Committee;

(k) communicating with the Committee's constituents in furtherance
of its responsibilities, including, but not limited to,
communications required under section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code;
and

(l) performing such other legal services as may be required or are
otherwise deemed to be in the interests of the Committee in
accordance with the Committee's powers and duties as set forth in
the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules, or other applicable law.

Hourly rates for professionals that may work on this matter are:

Partners: $1,550 - $2,200
Counsel: $1,370 - $2,100
Special Counsel: $1,325 - $1,545
Associates: $995 - $1,545
Paraprofessionals: $385 - $715

HSF Kramer is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

Pursuant to paragraph D, section 1 of the Revised U.S. Trustee
Guidelines, HSF Kramer responds to the questions set forth therein
as follows:

   Question: Did you agree to any variations from, or alternatives
to, your standard or customary billing arrangements for this
engagement?

   Answer: No.

   Question: Do any of the professionals included in this
engagement vary their rate based on the geographic location of the
bankruptcy case?

   Answer: No.

   Question: If you represented the client in the 12 months
prepetition, disclose your billing rates and material financial
terms for the prepetition engagement, including any adjustments
during the 12 months prepetition. If your billing rates and
material financial terms have changed post-petition, explain the
difference and the reasons for the difference.

   Answer: HSF Kramer did not represent the Committee before being
selected as its counsel on October 14, 2025. HSF Kramer's billing
rates have not changed since the Petition Date.

The firm can be reached at:

Rachael L. Ringer, Esq.
HERBERT SMITH FREEHILLS KRAMER (US) LLP
1177 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036

                                 About Anthology Inc.

Anthology Inc., headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida, provides
education technology software and cloud-based services to higher-
education institutions, governments, and businesses in more than 80
countries. Formed through the consolidation of Campus Management
Corp., Campus Labs Inc., and iModules Software Inc., the Company
offers platforms for teaching and learning, student information and
enterprise planning, customer relationship management, and student
success, along with tools for admissions, enrollment management,
alumni engagement, and institutional effectiveness. It employs
about 1,550 people in the United States and reported revenue of
about $450 million in fiscal 2025.

Anthology sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-90498) on
September 29, 2025. In the petitions signed by Heath C. Gray as
chief restructuring officer, the Debtors disclose an estimated
assets (on a consolidated basis) of $1 billion to $10 billion and
estimated liabilities (on a consolidated basis) of $1 billion to
$10 billion.

The other affiliates are Blackboard Campuswide of Texas, Inc.,
OrgSync, Inc., Admissions US, LLC, Blackboard LLC, Blackboard
Holdings, LLC, Blackboard Super Holdco, LLC, Edcentric Holdings,
LLC, Astra Acquisition Corp., Astra Intermediate Holding Corp.,
Campus Management Acquisition Corp., Academic Management Systems,
LLC, Edcentric Midco, Inc., Edcentric, Inc., Anthology Inc. of
Missouri, Anthology Inc. of NY, ApplyYourself, Inc., AY Software
Services, Inc., BB Acquisition Corp., BB Management LLC,
Blackboard
Collaborate Inc., Blackboard Student Services Inc., Blackboard
Tennessee LLC, Higher One Real Estate SP, LLC, MyEdu Corporation,
Blackboard International LLC, and Perceptis, LLC.

Judge Alfredo R. Perez presides over the case.

The Debtors' Local Bankruptcy & Conflicts Counsel is Charles A.
Beckham, Jr., Esq., Arsalan Muhammad, Esq., Kourtney Lyda, Esq.,
and Re'Necia Sherald, Esq., at HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, in Houston
Texas; and Charles M. Jones II, Esq., at HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, in
Dallas, Texas.

The Debtors' Bankruptcy Counsel is Chad J. Husnick, P.C., and
Charles B. Sterrett, Esq., at KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP and KIRKLAND &
ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP, in Chicago, Illinois; and Melissa Mertz,
Esq., at KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP and KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL
LLP, in New York.

The Debtors' Investments Banker is PJT PARTNERS LP.

The Debtors' Restructuring Advisor is FTI CONSULTING, INC.

The Debtors' Claims & Noticing Agent STRETTO INC.


ANTHOLOGY INC: Committee Seeks to Tap AlixPartners LLP as Advisor
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of Anthology Inc. and
its affiliates seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, to hire
AlixPartners, LLP to serve as its financial advisor.

AlixPartners will provide these services:

     (a) review and evaluate the Debtors' current financial
condition, business plans and cash and financial forecasts, and
periodically report to the Committee regarding the same;

     (b) review the Debtors' cash management, tax sharing and
intercompany accounting systems, practices and procedures;

     (c) evaluate any proposed sale process and related bids, and
participate in any meetings with bidders or auction, as required;

     (d) review and investigate: (i) related party transactions,
including those between the Debtors and non-debtor subsidiaries and
affiliates (including, but not limited to, shared services expenses
and tax allocations) and (ii) selected other prepetition
transactions;

     (e) identify and/or review potential preference payments,
fraudulent conveyances and other causes of action that the various
Debtors' estates may hold against third parties, including each
other;

     (f) analyze the Debtors' assets and claims and assess
potential recoveries to the various creditor constituencies under
different scenarios;

     (g) assist in the development and/or review of the Debtors'
restructuring support agreement, plan of reorganization and
disclosure statement;

     (h) review and evaluate court motions filed or to be filed by
the Committee, the Debtors, or any other parties-in-interest, as
appropriate;

     (i) render expert testimony and litigation support services,
as requested from time to time by the Committee and its counsel,
regarding any of the matters to which AlixPartners is providing
services;

     (j) attend Committee meetings and Court hearings as may be
required in the role of advisors to the Committee;

     (k) support eDiscovery obligations including in conjunction
with document requests, subpoenas, or other discovery requirements,
such as forensic data acquisition and analysis, data processing,
monthly secure data hosting, review and analysis, and productions,
and any other eDiscovery needs requested by the Debtors; and

     (l) assist with such other matters as may be requested that
fall within AlixPartners' expertise and are mutually agreeable.

AlixPartners will be paid at these current standard hourly rates,
subject to periodic adjustments:

     Partner/ Partner & Managing Director             $1,225 -
$1,540
     Senior Vice President/ Director                  $850 -
$1,150
     Vice President                                   $650 - $835
     Analyst/ Consultant                              $250 - $640

AlixPartners is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

     AlixPartners, LLP
     845 Texas Avenue, Suite 3920
     Houston, TX 77002
     Telephone: (713) 276-4900

                                   About Anthology Inc.

Anthology Inc., headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida, provides
education technology software and cloud-based services to higher-
education institutions, governments, and businesses in more than 80
countries. Formed through the consolidation of Campus Management
Corp., Campus Labs Inc., and iModules Software Inc., the Company
offers platforms for teaching and learning, student information and
enterprise planning, customer relationship management, and student
success, along with tools for admissions, enrollment management,
alumni engagement, and institutional effectiveness. It employs
about 1,550 people in the United States and reported revenue of
about $450 million in fiscal 2025.

Anthology sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-90498) on
September 29, 2025. In the petitions signed by Heath C. Gray as
chief restructuring officer, the Debtors disclose an estimated
assets (on a consolidated basis) of $1 billion to $10 billion and
estimated liabilities (on a consolidated basis) of $1 billion to
$10 billion.

The other affiliates are Blackboard Campuswide of Texas, Inc.,
OrgSync, Inc., Admissions US, LLC, Blackboard LLC, Blackboard
Holdings, LLC, Blackboard Super Holdco, LLC, Edcentric Holdings,
LLC, Astra Acquisition Corp., Astra Intermediate Holding Corp.,
Campus Management Acquisition Corp., Academic Management Systems,
LLC, Edcentric Midco, Inc., Edcentric, Inc., Anthology Inc. of
Missouri, Anthology Inc. of NY, ApplyYourself, Inc., AY Software
Services, Inc., BB Acquisition Corp., BB Management LLC, Blackboard
Collaborate Inc., Blackboard Student Services Inc., Blackboard
Tennessee LLC, Higher One Real Estate SP, LLC, MyEdu Corporation,
Blackboard International LLC, and Perceptis, LLC.

Judge Alfredo R. Perez presides over the case.

The Debtors' Local Bankruptcy & Conflicts Counsel is Charles A.
Beckham, Jr., Esq., Arsalan Muhammad, Esq., Kourtney Lyda, Esq.,
and Re'Necia Sherald, Esq., at HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, in Houston
Texas; and Charles M. Jones II, Esq., at HAYNES AND BOONE, LLP, in
Dallas, Texas.

The Debtors' Bankruptcy Counsel is Chad J. Husnick, P.C., and
Charles B. Sterrett, Esq., at KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP and KIRKLAND &
ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP, in Chicago, Illinois; and Melissa Mertz,
Esq., at KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP and KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL
LLP, in New York.

The Debtors' Investments Banker is PJT PARTNERS LP.

The Debtors' Restructuring Advisor is FTI CONSULTING, INC.

The Debtors' Claims & Noticing Agent STRETTO INC.


APPLIED DNA: Rebrands as BNB Plus to Highlight DeFi Treasury Focus
------------------------------------------------------------------
Applied DNA Sciences, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that effective
November 13, 2025, the Company changed its name to BNB Plus Corp.,
pursuant to an amendment to its amended and restated certificate of
incorporation adopted by the Company's Board of Directors and filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder
vote was not necessary to effectuate the Name Change and it does
not affect the rights of the Company's stockholders.

Alongside the rebranding, the Company also announced the
appointment of Josh Kruger as Chairman of the Board.

Mr. Kruger has deep expertise in managing blockchain-native assets
for yield and capital efficiency. He is the founder of OnChain
Alpha and previously served as Head of Trading at Coral Capital,
which was acquired by DNA Fund in late 2024.

As part of the leadership transition, Judy Murrah has voluntarily
stepped down as Chairperson of the Board and will continue to serve
as a Director.

"Josh's appointment signals our commitment to strengthening our
DeFi leadership as we enter our next phase of growth," said Clay
Shorrock, CEO and President of BNB Plus. "We believe his deep
expertise in sophisticated yield-generation strategies will prove
instrumental as we expand our BNB holdings and execute our planned
accretive yield model."

"I'm excited to serve as Chairman during this transformative
chapter for the Company," said Josh Kruger, Chairman of the Board.
"BNB Plus is building a bold financial architecture rooted in
Binance-native tools, and I look forward to working with the team
to drive disciplined execution and unlock new forms of shareholder
value."

Following its recent ticker change to BNBX, the Company initiated a
formal rebranding process to BNB Plus, including the development of
its soon-to-be launched website BNB.plus and additional investor
materials. Further updates will be shared as the transition
progresses.

A full text of the certificate of amendment is available at
https://tinyurl.com/y694vns6

                   About BNB Plus Corp.

BNB Plus is unlocking institutional-grade access to the Binance
ecosystem, delivering non-directional yield strategies and long BNB
exposure, powering the future of blockchain through a transparent,
actively managed BNB treasury. The Company's differentiated
strategy blends sophisticated DeFi yield generation with
Binance-native opportunities, unlocking access to high-performance
digital assets for investors traditionally excluded from the space.
Formally Applied DNA Sciences, Inc., BNB Plus continues to
commercialize proprietary nucleic acid production solutions for the
biopharmaceutical and diagnostics markets.

                     About Applied DNA Sciences

Applied DNA Sciences -- https://adnas.com/ -- is a biotechnology
company developing technologies to produce and detect
deoxyribonucleic acid ("DNA"). Using the polymerase chain reaction
("PCR") to enable both the production and detection of DNA, the
Company currently operates in three primary business markets: (i)
the enzymatic manufacture of synthetic DNA for use in the
production of nucleic acid-based therapeutics and the development
and sale of a proprietary RNA polymerase ("RNAP") for use in the
production of mRNA therapeutics; (ii) the detection of DNA and RNA
in molecular diagnostics and genetic testing services; and (iii)
the manufacture and detection of DNA for industrial supply chain
security services.

Melville, NY-based Marcum LLP, the Company's auditor since 2014,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated Dec. 17,
2024, citing that the Company has incurred significant losses and
needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain
its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, Applied DNA Sciences had $9.93 million in
total assets, $2.95 million in total liabilities, and $6.99 million
in total equity.



ARCHDIOCESE OF NEW ORLEANS: Reaches Deal with Bondholders
---------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that the Roman Catholic Archdiocese
of New Orleans informed a Louisiana bankruptcy judge that it has
resolved a key dispute standing in the way of confirmation of its
Chapter 11 plan. The Archdiocese said it reached a settlement with
the bondholders who had lodged significant objections during the
restructuring process.

According to the filing, the deal removes one of the largest
remaining obstacles to moving its plan forward. With the bondholder
challenge now addressed, the Archdiocese is positioned to continue
pursuing approval of its proposed reorganization framework.

                 About Roman Catholic Church of
                 The Archdiocese Of New Orleans

The Roman Catholic Church of the Archdiocese of New Orleans --
https://www.nolacatholic.org/ -- is a non-profit religious
corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Created as a diocese in 1793, and established as an archdiocese in
1850, the Archdiocese of New Orleans has educated hundreds of
thousands in its schools, provided religious services to its
churches and provided charitable assistance to individuals in need,
including those affected by hurricanes, floods, natural disasters,
war, civil unrest, plagues, epidemics, and illness. Currently, the
archdiocese's geographic footprint occupies over 4,200 square miles
in southeast Louisiana and includes eight civil parishes:
Jefferson, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St. Charles, St. John
the Baptist, St. Tammany, and Washington.

The Roman Catholic Church for the Archdiocese of New Orleans sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. La. Case No. 20-10846) on May 1,
2020. The archdiocese was estimated to have $100 million to $500
million in assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

Judge Meredith S. Grabill oversees the case.

Jones Walker, LLP and Blank Rome, LLP, serve as the archdiocese's
bankruptcy counsel and special counsel, respectively. Donlin,
Recano & Company, Inc., is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 5 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on May 20, 2020. The committee is represented
by the law firms of Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones, LLP and Locke
Lord, LLP. Berkeley Research Group, LLC is the committee's
financial advisor.


ARKEN HEALTHCARE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
----------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Arken Healthcare Services Inc. filed for
Chapter 7 bankruptcy protection in the Central District of
California. Court documents indicate the Debtor reports between
$100,001 and $1,000,000 in obligations to 1-49 creditors.

              About Arken Healthcare Services Inc.

Arken Healthcare is a California-based healthcare provider offering
home health and hospice solutions. Its services include skilled
nursing, physical and occupational therapy, and palliative care,
designed to improve patients’ quality of life while allowing them
to remain in their homes.

Arken Healthcare Services Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-18510) on November 25,
2025. The filing shows estimated assets of $100,001-$1,000,000 and
estimated liabilities in the same range.

The case is presided over by Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Magdalena
Reyes Bordeaux.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


ARTICHOKE MUSIC: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
---------------------------------------------------------
On November 24, 2025, Artichoke Music Services Inc. filed Chapter 7
protection in the Central District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in
debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

           About Artichoke Music Services Inc.

Artichoke Music Services Inc. provides music production and audio
support services to artists, bands, and venues. The company focuses
on sound engineering, studio management, and equipment rental to
deliver high-quality musical experiences.

Artichoke Music Services Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-11582) on November 24,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$0-$100,000 and estimated liabilities of $100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Ronald A. Clifford III handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Martha A. Warriner.


ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE: Expects Positive Cash Flow by May 2026
---------------------------------------------------------------
Artificial Intelligence Technology Solutions, Inc. shared its
expectations to achieve positive operational cash flow in April or
May 2026.

The Company noted that continuing recurring revenue growth at
fiscal Q3 rates, confidence in the positive effects of RAD-G's
SARA(TM) revenue streams being turned on and making financial
contributions combined with continued disciplined expense control
make this updated forecast reasonable and achievable.

The Company noted that this target reflects years of disciplined
execution, ongoing growth in monthly recurring revenue and a
maturing product portfolio that continues to win adoption across
key sectors. AITX also emphasized the durability of its trajectory,
underscoring its ability to advance through market cycles while
building toward debt reduction, a stronger balance sheet and the
long-term objective of a Nasdaq uplist.

"Reaching positive operational cash flow this spring will mark a
significant milestone for AITX, as it does for any company," said
Steve Reinharz, CEO/CTO and founder of AITX. "It reflects the
quality of our team, the appeal of our value proposition and the
growing client recognition of every RAD."

AITX acknowledged that few technology companies reach this stage,
especially after a decade of product innovation, market shifts and
the pressure that comes with building a recurring revenue model
from the ground up. The Company highlighted its expanding base of
long-term clients, consistent growth in software adoption and a
clear path toward a stronger balance sheet as signals that its
trajectory continues to strengthen.

Industry observers note that long term survival in the technology
sector is uncommon, with many startups unable to progress beyond
their first several years of operations. AITX emphasized that
reaching its tenth year while approaching positive operational cash
flow places the Company in a select group of technology firms that
advance beyond early-stage volatility and move toward sustained
performance. The Company added that only a small fraction of
technology startups evolve into significant valuation stories,
reinforcing the importance of the milestones now ahead.

"I am proud of what this team has achieved and even more excited
for what comes next," Reinharz added. "We are moving toward
positive operational cash flow, we see a clear route to reducing
debt, and we are building a foundation that supports larger
ambitions including a future uplist and the scale that follows. Our
best work is still ahead, and I believe the rewards will reflect
the effort."

The Company reiterated that its long-term objectives remain
unchanged, including a targeted reduction of substantially all debt
within the next twelve to eighteen months.

AITX noted that this progress would support its pursuit of a future
Nasdaq uplist and the longer-range ambition of building a company
capable of reaching significantly higher valuations. The Company
stated that these goals reflect its confidence in the direction of
the business and the expanding market for its solutions.

                About Artificial Intelligence Technology

Headquartered in Ferndale, Mich., Artificial Intelligence
Technology Solutions Inc. provides artificial intelligence-based
solutions that empower organizations to gain new insight, solve
complex challenges, and fuel new business ideas. Through its
next-generation robotic product offerings, AITX's RAD, RAD-R,
RAD-M, and RAD-G companies help organizations streamline
operations, increase ROI, and strengthen business. AITX technology
improves the simplicity and economics of patrolling and guard
services, allowing experienced personnel to focus on more strategic
tasks. Customers augment the capabilities of existing staff and
gain higher levels of situational awareness, all at drastically
reduced costs. AITX solutions are well-suited for use in multiple
industries such as enterprises, government, transportation,
critical infrastructure, education, and healthcare.

As of August 31, 2025, the Company had $9.53 million in total
assets, $56.41 million in total liabilities, and a total
stockholders' deficit of $47 million.

Deer Park, Ill.-based L J Soldinger Associates, LLC, the Company's
auditor since 2019, issued a "going concern" qualification in its
report dated May 29, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2025, citing
that the Company had negative cash flow from operating activities
of approximately $12.2 million, an accumulated deficit of
approximately $156.5 million and negative working capital of
approximately $2.5 million as of and for the year ended February
28, 2025, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.


AXALTA COATING: Moody's Puts 'Ba2' CFR Under Review for Upgrade
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings placed the ratings of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.
(Axalta), Axalta Coating System, LLC and Axalta Coating Systems
Dutch Holding B B.V under review for upgrade following the
announcement that Axalta has entered into an agreement to undertake
an all-stock merger of equals with Akzo Nobel N.V. (Akzo; Baa3
stable). The ratings placed under review for upgrade include the
Ba2 long-term corporate family rating and the Ba2-PD probability of
default rating of Axalta Coating Systems Ltd.; the Ba3 senior
unsecured notes issued by Axalta Coating Systems, LLC and Ba1
senior secured revolving credit facilities and Ba3 backed senior
unsecured notes issued at Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding B
B.V.; and the Ba1 senior secured term loan of Axalta's wholly owned
subsidiaries -- Axalta Coating Systems Dutch Holding B B.V.,
co-borrower Axalta Coating Systems US Holdings, Inc. Axalta's
Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating (SGL) remains unchanged at
SGL-1. Previously, the outlooks were stable.

ESG considerations are a key driver for this rating action.
Governance risks will be improved, supported by the combined
company's size, finanical flexibility and stated credit metric
target.  

"The merger will create a global coatings company with $17 billion
in revenues and management has confirmed its intent to maintain an
investment grade rating," said John Rogers, Senior Vice President
at Moody's and lead analyst for Axalta.

RATINGS RATIONALE / FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR
DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The review will focus on the pro forma credit metrics of the
combined entity, as well as an analysis of the debt in the proposed
capital structure. Axalta's senior unsecured notes could remain
outstanding subsequent to the merger. Hence, Moody's will need to
understand the potential for structural subordination at the merged
company, as well as the potential for any intracompany guarantees
that could reduce or eliminate any subordination.

On Tuesday, November 18, 2025, Akzo and Axalta jointly announced
their agreement to undertake an all-stock merger with Akzo's
shareholders obtaining roughly 55% of the merged company's equity
and Axalta's shareholder getting approximately 45%. The combined
company will have roughly $17 billion in annual sales, over $3
billion of pro forma EBITDA, after including roughly $600 million
in synergies, and roughly $9.4 billion of debt. Akzo will dividend
out about EUR2.5 billion to its shareholders prior to completion of
the transaction in a combination of ordinary dividends to be paid
in 2026 and an extraordinary dividend. The companies expect to
close the transaction in late 2026 or early 2027. The closing of
the transaction is subject to the approval of shareholders of both
companies and regulatory approvals.

LIQUIDITY

The SGL-1 Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating is supported by a
substantial cash balance (over $600 million at September 30, 2025)
and roughly $780 million of availability under its revolving credit
facility due 2029. The credit agreement governing the revolver
includes a maximum first lien leverage ratio test set at 5.5x that
is only tested if revolver borrowings exceed 30% of capacity at the
end of the fiscal quarter.

PRINCIPAL METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemicals
published in October 2023.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

PROFILE

Axalta Coating Systems Ltd. is one of the world's leading coatings
companies. The company operates two business segments: (i)
Performance Coatings, which accounts for about 64% of sales; and
(ii) Mobility Coatings, which accounts for about 36% of sales.
Headquartered in Philadelphia, Pa., Axalta generates over $5
billion of revenues.


AZ GROVES: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
--------------------------------------------
Debtor: AZ Groves LLC
        15138 W Melvin Street
        Goodyear, AZ 85338

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Arizona

Case No.: 25-11363

Judge: Hon. Madeleine C Wanslee

Debtor's Counsel: Ronald J. Ellett, Esq.
                  ELLETT LAW OFFICES, P.C.
                  2999 North 44th Street
                  Suite 330
                  Phoenix, AZ 85008
                  Tel: 602-235-9510
                  E-mail: rjellett@ellettlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Carter Groves as member.

The Debtor failed to attach a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors to the petition.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/H6PCLIQ/AZ_Groves_LLC__azbke-25-11363__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


B. RILEY FINANCIAL: Secures Conditional Nasdaq Listing Extension
----------------------------------------------------------------
B. Riley Financial, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 18,
2025, it received a written notification from the Nasdaq Hearings
Panel notifying the Company of its decision to grant the Company's
request to continue its listing on The Nasdaq Stock Market, subject
to the Company's meeting certain conditions outlined in the
letter.

The Company participated in a hearing with the Panel on November 4,
2025 in connection with the Company's non-compliance with Nasdaq
Listing Rule 5250(c)(1), as previously notified by the Nasdaq
Listing Qualifications Staff on April 3, 2025, May 21, 2025 and
August 20, 2025.

The basis for the Staff Determination Letter was that the Company
had not yet filed its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the
periods ended March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2025 with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").  

In the Decision Letter, the Hearings Advisor noted that the Panel
reviewed the information presented by the Company, detailing the
compliance plan proposed by the Company, as well as all other
correspondence previously submitted by the Company and the Staff.

Panel Decision:

Based on the information presented, the Panel determined to grant
the Company an exception to cure its filing delinquencies. In the
Decision Letter, the Panel noted the challenges the Company has
faced in its financial reporting function and that the Company has
retained appropriate external consultants, service providers and a
new CFO in an effort to cure the current delinquency and aid in
financial reporting moving forward. The Panel granted the Company's
request for continued listing on Nasdaq, subject to the following
terms:

     1. On or before November 21, 2025, the Company shall file the
Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2025;

     2. On or before December 23, 2025, the Company shall file the
Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2025; and

     3. On or before January 20, 2026, the Company shall file the
Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2025.

The Company filed its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
ended March 31, 2025 with the SEC on November 18, 2025.

The Company anticipates filing its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q
for the periods ended June 30, 2025 and September 30, 2025 by the
deadlines set forth in the Decision Letter.

The Decision Letter also noted that, should the Company miss any
such deadline, the Panel will delist the Company's securities from
the Exchange.

The Panel also made it a requirement during the exception period
that the Company provide prompt notification of any significant
events that occur during this time that may affect the Company's
compliance with Nasdaq requirements.

The Company has the right to request that the Nasdaq Listing and
Hearing Review Council review the Decision Letter within 15 days
from the date of the decision. The Company does not anticipate
making such a request at this time.

In addition, the Decision Letter advised that the Listing Council
may, on its own motion, determine to review any Panel decision
within 45 calendar days after issuance of the written decision. If
the Listing Council determines to review this Decision Letter, it
may affirm, modify, reverse, dismiss or remand the decision to the
Panel.

                     About B. Riley Financial

B. Riley Financial, Inc. -- http://www.brileyfin.com/-- is a
diversified financial services company that delivers tailored
solutions to meet the strategic, operational, and capital needs of
its clients and partners. B. Riley leverages cross-platform
expertise to provide clients with full service, collaborative
solutions at every stage of the business life cycle. Through its
affiliated subsidiaries, B. Riley provides end-to-end financial
services across investment banking, institutional brokerage,
private wealth and investment management, financial consulting,
corporate restructuring, operations management, risk and
Compliance, due diligence, forensic accounting, litigation support,
appraisal and valuation, auction, and liquidation services. B.
Riley opportunistically invests to benefit its shareholders, and
certain affiliates originate and underwrite senior secured loans
for asset-rich companies.

As of March 31, 2025, B. Riley Financial had $1.5 billion in total
assets, $2 billion in total liabilities, and $454 million in total
deficit.


BAILEYS' OLIVE: Case Summary & Five Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Baileys' Olive West, Inc.
           d/b/a Hugo's Pizzeria
        3135 Lafayette Ave
        Saint Louis, MO 63104

Business Description: Baileys' Olive West, Inc., doing business as
                      Hugo's Pizzeria, operates as a Single Asset
                      Real Estate company with its primary asset
                      located at 3131–3137 Olive Street, St.
                      Louis, Missouri 63103.  The Company
                      historically conducted restaurant operations
                      under the Hugo's Pizzeria brand, offering
                      Italian-style cuisine with a focus on pizza,
                      shareable plates, and a bar program.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 24, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Missouri

Case No.: 25-44579

Debtor's Counsel: Spencer Desai, Esq.
                  THE DESAI LAW FIRM
                  13321 North Outer Forty Road
                  Suite 300
                  Chesterfield, MO 63017
                  Tel: 314-666-9781
                  E-mail: spd@desailawfirmllc.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by David L. Bailey as president.

A copy of the Debtor's list of five unsecured creditors is
available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BNYM5HI/Baileys_Olive_West_Inc__moebke-25-44579__0002.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BBN3ASQ/Baileys_Olive_West_Inc__moebke-25-44579__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BEAN BROTHERS HARDWARE: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------------------
Bean Brothers Hardware & Supply, LLC received another extension
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North
Carolina to use cash collateral.

The court authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral until the
next hearing on December 19 to pay operating expenses consistent
with its updated budget. The Debtor is considered in budget
compliance so long as no line item is exceeded by more than 10% on
a cumulative basis.

The budget projects total operational expenses of $203,109.42 for
December.

As adequate protection, creditors that may have interests in the
cash collateral will be granted replacement liens on post-petition
property and its proceeds, with the same priority and extent as
their pre-bankruptcy interests.

The order is expressly without prejudice to the rights of the
Debtor or any party in interest to later challenge the validity,
priority, or extent of creditor liens, or for creditors to assert
defenses and adequate protection claims in any future proceedings.

The Debtor has identified several creditors with UCC financing
statements filed in North Carolina but has not yet fully reviewed
the related loan documents.

The creditors are 1 DC Funding, CT Corporation System, Corporation
Service Company, The Fidelity Bank, First Corporate Solutions,
Huckleberry Capital, Huntington Distribution Finance Inc., Navitas
Credit Corp., VState, and Wells Fargo Commercial Distribution
Finance, LLC.

The court order is available at https://is.gd/1W5Rd1 from
PacerMonitor.com.

               About Bean Brothers Hardware & Supply, LLC

Bean Brothers Hardware & Supply, LLC filed its voluntary petition
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.C.
Case No. 25-40202) on September 5, 2025, listing $500,001 to $1
million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Ashley Austin Edwards presides over the case.

John C. Woodman, Esq., at Essex Richards, P.A. represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


BELLAVIVA AT WHISPERING: Hires Lippes Mathias LLP as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Bellaviva at Whispering Hills, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida to hire Lippes
Mathias LLP to serve as legal counsel.

Lippes Mathias will provide these services:

(a) give the Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession legal advice with
respect to its powers and duties in these proceedings;

(b) prepare on behalf of the Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession the
necessary applications, answers, orders, reports and other legal
papers;

(c) perform all other legal services for the Debtor and
Debtor-in-Possession which may be necessary herein;

(d) represent the Debtor in any proceedings and hearings in the
Bankruptcy Court;

(e) negotiate with creditors, including the secured lender;

(f) examine liens against property of the estate;

(g) negotiate with regulatory authorities, if necessary;

(h) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the Debtor's
estate, including prosecution or defense of actions on the Debtor's
behalf;

(i) assist and advise concerning confirmation of any proposed
plan(s) and solicitation of acceptances or responding to rejections
of such plan(s);

(j) assume or reject executory contracts and leases, manage sales
of assets, and other bankruptcy-related matters arising from this
Chapter 11 Case;

(k) advise the Debtor regarding all legal matters arising during
the Chapter 11 Case, including corporate and real estate matters;
and

(l) provide all other pertinent and required representation in
connection with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

Lippes Mathias LLP shall receive hourly rates of $525 for partners
and counsel, $245–$290 for paralegals, and other standard hourly
rates as applicable.

Lippes Mathias LLP is a "disinterested person" within the meaning
of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

John A. Mueller, Esq.
LIPPES MATHIAS LLP
50 Fountain Plaza, Suite 1700
Buffalo, NY 14202
Telephone: (716) 853-5100
E-mail: jmueller@lippes.com

                                    About Bellaviva at Whispering
Hills LLC

Bellaviva at Whispering Hills LLC, based in Orlando, Florida,
develops and manages residential real estate, focusing on the
Whispering Hills subdivision in Lake County. The Company is a
single-asset real estate entity whose activities are concentrated
on designing, building, and promoting residential properties in
this development.

Bellaviva at Whispering Hills LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-06655) on
October 16, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets between $50 million and $100 million and estimated
liabilities between $10 million and $50 million.

The Debtor is represented by Stewart J. Subjinski, Esq. of LIPPES
ATHIAS, LLP.


BETANXT INC: $185MM Term Loan Add-on No Impact on Moody's 'B3' CFR
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings said that the credit ratings and negative outlook
of BetaNXT, Inc. (BetaNXT), including its B3 Corporate Family
Rating, are unaffected by the company's launch of a $185 million
fungible incremental add-on to its backed senior secured first lien
term loan (rated B3). Proceeds will be used, along with an equity
infusion from the parent company, to pay off outstanding debt at
the parent company used to acquire investment fund software
solutions provider Delta Data, to pay off the $40 million backed
senior secured first lien revolving credit facility balance at
BetaNXT, to add about $40 million to the balance sheet (mainly to
eventually cover the LSEG liability), and to cover deal fees and
expenses.

As part of the transaction, the company will add to BetaNXT's
credit group Delta Data and Mediant, a provider of digital investor
communications software and services that was acquired by the
company's parent in 2023.

The transaction is largely credit neutral, since it's leveraging on
the one hand at elevated interest rate spreads of about 575 basis
points, but has the positive aspect of improving the liquidity
position and adding cash directly to BetaNXT's balance sheet to
eventually cover the estimated $35 million deferred consideration
liability due to the London Stock Exchange Group (LSEG), BetaNXT's
previous owner, in September 2026.

The negative outlook reflects the likelihood that the company will
continue to rely on the revolver to fund substantial capital
investments and working capital needs, along with debt servicing
costs, with a revolver that matures in July 2027. That said, the
outlook could stabilize if solid growth and reduction of capital
needs lead to a sustained free cash flow positive track record,
along with the extension of the revolver's maturity.

The B3 CFR reflects high financial leverage, expected to end 2025
at about 5.8x on a pro forma basis (albeit above 10x when
considering capex and working capital usage), negative free cash
flow given elevated capital investments and capitalized vendor
payments, and customer concentration with the top 5 clients
accounting for about 63% of pro forma revenue in 2024, and one
client for about 25%, both lower than before the proposed
combination of Mediant and Delta Data into BetaNXT. Consolidation
among BetaNXT's wealth management customers could lead to customer
churn, and contract renegotiations could lead to pricing
pressures.

At the same time, BetaNXT extended its contract with its largest
client for seven years in 2023 and renewed almost all remaining
material clients in 2024 for at least four years, with about 62% of
pro forma revenue now being subscription-based, and about 30%
volume-based re-occurring sales. The company's operating
performance has also improved, and Moody's expects revenue and
EBITDA growth in 2025, as well as further benefits from upsell and
cross-sell revenue related to Mediant, Delta Data, and tax solution
Maxit. Also, the company's integrated wealth management platform
for self-clearing wealth management firms is deeply ingrained in
its customer's operations, making it a sticky product.

Pro forma liquidity is adequate and includes $61 million of cash at
September 30, 2025 (pro forma for the transaction), and an undrawn
$100 million revolver. The liquidity position is expected to
decline moderately in the near term with ongoing investments and
debt-servicing costs. The revolving credit facility and term loan
contain a first lien net leverage financial covenant set at a
maximum of 7.75x, and Moody's expects the company to maintain
adequate cushion under that test over the next year.

The ratings could be upgraded with consistent free cash flow
generation, such that free cash flow to debt is sustained in the
mid-single-digit range, with ongoing revenue and EBITDA growth, and
debt-to-EBITDA maintained below 6x.

The ratings could be downgraded with revenue or EBITDA declines,
debt-to-EBITDA sustained above 7x, and/or sustained negative free
cash flow and a weakening of the liquidity profile.

Headquartered in New York City, BetaNXT, Inc. is a leading provider
of self-clearing and related solutions to the US wealth management
industry. BetaNXT was carved out from London Stock Exchange Group
plc by sponsors Clearlake and Motive in July 2022, with pro forma
LTM revenues of approximately $396 million. The company's customer
base consists of leading wirehouse and independent wealth
management brokerage firms. Customer relationships are governed by
long-term contracts, with volume-based tiered pricing that includes
applicable minimums.


BH DOWNTOWN: Hires Berkowitz Pollack Brant Advisors as Consultants
------------------------------------------------------------------
BH Downtown Miami, LLC and 340 Biscayne Owner LLC seek approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Florida
to hire Berkowitz Pollack Brant Advisors + CPAs to serve as their
financial consultant.

BPB will provide these services:

     (a) assist the Debtors in supporting the claims raised in the
Adversary Proceeding;

     (b) provide advice, reports, testimony if needed, and any
other assistance requested by the Debtors;

     (c) provide financial forensics, commercial litigation
services, internal investigations, and financial analysis of
disputes; and

     (d) render professional services to trustees, debtors,
creditors, creditors’ committees, and others in numerous
bankruptcy matters.

BPB will seek compensation at its standard hourly rates, which
range from $195 to $605 per hour for professionals and $100 to $180
per hour for paraprofessionals.

Joel D. Glick, the professional primarily responsible for Debtors'
work, charges $565 per hour.

According to court filings, BPB is a "disinterested person," having
no adverse interests to the Debtors, estates, creditors, or the
U.S. Trustee.

The firm can be reached at:

Berkowitz Pollack Brant Advisors + CPAs
200 S Biscayne Blvd, 7th and 8th Floors
Miami, FL 33131
      
                                 About BH Downtown Miami

BH Downtown Miami, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 24-23028) on Dec. 13,
2024. In its petition, the Debtor reported estimated assets between
$100 million and $500 million and estimated liabilities between $50
million and $100 million.

Judge Laurel M. Isicoff oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Pardo Jackson Gainsburg & Shelowitz, PL as
counsel and Gould & Pakter Associates, LLC as financial expert.


BIOLARGO INC: Officers Convert $99,901 Salary to Locked Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------
BioLargo Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 14, 2025, two
officers of the Company agreed to convert an aggregate $99,901 of
unpaid salary and unreimbursed business expenses into shares of
common stock at a price-per-share equal to the closing price of
BioLargo's common stock on November 14, 2025 of $0.16.

An aggregate 624,383 shares were issued to the two officers.

The shares issued are subject to a Lock-Up Agreement dated as of
the issuance date whereby the shares are locked-up and restricted
from sale until BioLargo reports gross revenue of at least $40
million on a consolidated basis for any reported period (e.g,
quarter or annual), or its market capitalization exceeds $300
million, or it undergoes a "change in control".

                       About BioLargo Inc.

Headquartered in Westminster, Calif., BioLargo, Inc. --
www.BioLargo.com -- is a cleantech and life sciences innovator and
engineering services solution provider.  The Company's core
products address PFAS contamination, achieve advanced water and
wastewater treatment, control odor and VOCs, improve air quality,
enable energy-efficiency and safe on-site energy storage, and
control infections and infectious disease.  Its approach is to
invent or acquire novel technologies, develop them into product
offerings, and extend their commercial reach through licensing and
channel partnerships to maximize their impact.

In its report dated March 31, 2025, the Company's auditor Hacker,
Johnson & Smith PA, issued a "going concern" qualification citing
that the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has
negative cash flow from operations and has a significant
accumulated deficit.  These matters raise substantial doubt about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $12.5 million in total assets,
$6.4 million in total liabilities, and a total stockholders' equity
of $6.1 million.


BK & MK LLC: Case Summary & 12 Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: BK & MK LLC
        229 Burke Court
        Schaumburg, IL 60193

Case No.: 25-18130

Business Description: BK & MK LLC operates a trucking and freight
                      transportation business with a fleet of
                      Class 8 Freightliner tractors and Wabash
                      trailers used for long-haul cargo hauling.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 24, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Illinois

Judge: Hon. Deborah L Thorne

Debtor's Counsel: David Freydin, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICES OF DAVID FREYDIN
                  8707 Skokie Blvd
                  Suite 305
                  Skokie, IL 60077
                  Tel: 888-536-6607
                  Fax: 866-575-3765
                  Email: david.freydin@freydinlaw.com

Total Assets: $906,419

Total Liabilities: $2,528,112

The petition was signed by Borislav Kirilov as member-manager.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 12 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2FRSUZI/BK__MK_LLC__ilnbke-25-18130__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BLACKBERRY LIMITED: Names John Wall New President of QNX Division
-----------------------------------------------------------------
BlackBerry Limited disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that effective November 18,
2025, Mattias Eriksson stepped down from his position as President
of the QNX division of the Company to pursue other opportunities.

Mr. Eriksson will remain as an advisor to the Company until
December 31, 2025. Mr. Eriksson's departure is not the result of
any disagreement with the Company on matters related to its
strategy, operations, policies or practices.

On November 17, 2025, the Company and Mr. Eriksson entered into a
separation agreement pursuant to which Mr. Eriksson will receive
certain separation pay and benefit entitlements as described in the
Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, which was
filed with the SEC on May 12, 2025.

Appointment of John Wall as President of QNX Division:

On November 17, 2025, the Company announced the appointment of John
Wall as President of its market-leading QNX division, effective
immediately. Wall will report to BlackBerry CEO, John J.
Giamatteo.

Wall, widely recognized as a leading authority in embedded
software, has been an integral member of the QNX team since joining
in 1993. He has held roles of escalating seniority within the
organization, including in product engineering, service delivery
and sales, and most recently served as the division's Chief
Operating Officer. Wall has overseen the planning, design and
development of QNX's product portfolio and played a key role in
driving its significant growth in automotive and general embedded
systems. Wall holds a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Carleton
University.

"I'm pleased to announce the appointment of John Wall as President
of our QNX business," said Giamatteo. "John's experience and strong
reputation in the industry position him uniquely to help drive the
QNX business forward. As we embark on the next phase of the QNX
growth journey, John's deep knowledge of the product portfolio and
the wider embedded software market will ensure we're well-placed to
address the incredible opportunities we have in front of us."

"I am honored to take this role at QNX at such an exciting time in
its journey. We continue to strengthen our position as a leading
provider of high-performance, foundational software in the car and
beyond," said Wall. "QNX's world-class team has recently brought to
market exciting new products, such as our next-generation SDP 8.0
operating system and significantly expanded our presence in
adjacent verticals such as industrial automation and robotics. I'm
thrilled to lead the team as we deliver transformative value for
our customers worldwide."

Wall will succeed Mattias Eriksson, who has decided to pursue other
opportunities outside of BlackBerry.

The BlackBerry Board expresses its thanks to Mattias for his
significant contributions and wishes him well for the future.
Eriksson will remain as an advisor to the company until December 31
to ensure a smooth transition.

                          About BlackBerry

Headquartered in Waterloo, Canada, BlackBerry Limited provides
intelligent security software solutions.

As of August 31, 2025, the Company had $1.18 billion in total
assets, $459 million in total liabilities, and $725.1 million in
total stockholders' equity.

                           *     *     *

Egan-Jones Ratings Company on May 30, 2025, maintained its 'CCC'
foreign currency and local currency senior unsecured ratings on
debt issued by BlackBerry Limited.


BLUEWATER RESIDENTIAL: Steven Nosek Named Subchapter V Trustee
--------------------------------------------------------------
The Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 12 appointed Steven Nosek as
Subchapter V trustee for Bluewater Residential Services, LLC.

Mr. Nosek will be paid an hourly fee of $400 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Nosek declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Steven B. Nosek
     10285 Yellow Circle Drive
     Hopkins, MN 55343
     Email: snosek@noseklawfirm.com

             About Bluewater Residential Services LLC

Bluewater Residential Services, LLC provides adult foster care
services for individuals with traumatic brain injuries and mental
illness, offering 24-hour support, long-term care, and
skill-building programs. The company operates from its facility at
925 East 4th Street in Duluth, Minnesota, where it delivers
community-based residential services under a Home and
Community-Based Services license. Its operations include daily
living assistance, medication management, transportation, and
therapeutic and recreational activities within the broader
residential care industry.

Bluewater Residential Services sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Minn. Case No. 25-50824) on
November 18, 2025, listing between $100,001 and $500,000 in assets
and between $1 million and $10 million in liabilities.

Judge William J. Fisher presides over the case.

Joseph W. Dicker, Esq., at Joseph W. Dicker PA represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


BODYWORX PHYSICAL: Patrick Malloy Named Subchapter V Trustee
------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 14 appointed Patrick Malloy, III as
Subchapter V trustee for Bodyworx Physical Therapy, PLLC.

Mr. Malloy will be paid an hourly fee of $350 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.  

Mr. Malloy declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Patrick J. Malloy, III
     401 S. Boston Ave., Suite 500
     Tulsa, OK 74103
     Telephone: (918) 699-0345
     Email: pjmiii@sbcglobal.net

               About Bodyworx Physical Therapy PLLC

Bodyworx Physical Therapy, PLLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Okla. Case No.
25-13588) on November 18, 2025, listing between $100,001 and
$500,000 in assets and between $1 million and $10 million in
liabilities.

Amanda R. Blackwood, Esq., at Blackwood Law Firm, PLLC represents
the Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.


BON MORRO: Seeks to Tap Stephen S. Gray of Gray & Company as CRO
----------------------------------------------------------------
The Bon Morro, LLC and its affiliates seek approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Massachusetts to hire Gray &
Company, LLC to provide and designate Stephen S. Gray as chief
restructuring officer.

Mr. Gray will provide these services:

(a) oversee the Debtors' restructuring process and execution of
strategic alternatives available to the Debtors;

(b) represent the Debtors' interests in negotiations with all
stakeholders;

(c) coordinate the services of all professionals that may be
retained by the Debtors, including attorneys, investment bankers,
and accountants in consultation with the Debtors' directors and
officers; and

(d) attend all court hearings and provide any testimony and
declarations as required by these Chapter 11 Cases.

Mr. Gray will be paid at an hourly rate of $950. Bon Morro, LLC
will reimburse Gray & Company, LLC for reasonable and necessary
direct out-of-pocket expenses incurred, including legal fees to
review D&O, indemnity and governance issues, travel, meals,
lodging, and delivery services.

Gray & Company, LLC is a "disinterested person" within the meaning
of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Stephen S. Gray
Gray & Company LLC
207 Union Wharf
Boston, MA 02109
Telephone: (617) 845-6404

                                  About The Bon Morro, LLC

The Bon Morro, LLC and its debtor affiliates, a Boston, MA-based
single-asset real estate debtor holding the ground lease to "The
Bon," a 451-unit mixed-use project at 1260 Boylston Street, filed
for Chapter 11 protection on Nov. 2, 2025 in the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Massachusetts (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No.
25-12379).

At the time of the filing, the company reported $100 million to
$500 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Christopher J. Panos oversees the case.

Choate Hall & Stewart LLP is Debtors' legal counsel.


BREAD FINANCIAL: Fitch Rates Preferred Stock 'B-'
-------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned Bread Financial Holdings (BFH;
BB/Stable) a rating of 'B-' to its Perpetual, Non-Cumulative
Preferred Stock issuance.

BFH plans to use the proceeds for general corporate purposes, which
may include contributing or lending all or a portion of the
proceeds to one of their subsidiary Banks, Comenity Capital Bank,
and share repurchases.

The final rating is subject to the receipt of final documentation
conforming to information already received.

Key Rating Drivers

BFH's preferred equity shares are rated four notches below its 'bb'
Viability Rating (VR), which conforms with baseline notching for
preferred equity, according to Fitch's "Bank Rating Criteria." The
rating reflects two notches for loss severity and two for
non-performance risk. In October 2025, Fitch upgraded Bread's
Rating to 'BB' with a Stable Outlook from 'BB-' with a Positive
(for details, please see "Fitch Upgrades Bread Financial Holdings,
Inc. to 'BB'; Outlook Stable").

Rating Sensitivities

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- A downgrade of BFH's Viability Rating would lead to a downgrade
of the preferred equity rating.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- An upgrade of BFH's Viability Rating would lead to an upgrade of
the preferred equity rating.

ESG Considerations

Bread Financial Holdings, Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '4'
for Customer Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due
to its exposure to compliance risks including fair lending
practices, debt collection practices and consumer data protection,
which has a negative impact on the credit profile, and is relevant
to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

Bread Financial Holdings, Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '4'
for Financial Transparency. Due to the company's non-BHC status for
regulatory purposes, BFH has exposure to quality of financial
reporting and auditing processes, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction
with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt         Rating           
   -----------         ------           
Bread Financial Holdings, Inc.

   Preferred        LT B-(EXP) Expected Rating


BREAD FINANCIAL: Moody's Rates Non-Cumulative Pref. Stock 'B1(hyb)'
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned a rating of B1 (hyb) to Bread
Financial Holdings, Inc.'s (Bread Financial) proposed
non-cumulative preferred stock issuance. All other ratings and
assessments of Bread Financial, and its bank subsidiaries Comenity
Bank (Comenity) and Comenity Capital Bank (Comenity Capital) are
unaffected by the issuance. The outlooks for Bread Financial's Ba2
long-term issuer and senior unsecured ratings and Comenity's and
Comenity Capital's Baa2 long-term deposit ratings and Ba2 long-term
issuer ratings remain positive.

The non-cumulative preferred stock issuance will be additive to
Bread Financial's Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 leverage ratio and total
risk-based capital ratio. The proceeds of the offering are expected
to be used for general corporate purposes, which may include
contributing or lending all or a portion of the proceeds to one of
their subsidiary banks, Comenity Capital, and share repurchases.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The non-cumulative preferred stock rating of B1 (hyb) is three
notches below the ba1 baseline credit assessments (BCAs) of Bread
Financial's banks and reflects Moody's advanced Loss Given Failure
(LGF) analysis for banks. For this analysis, Moody's assumes
residual tangible common equity of 3% and losses post-failure of
13% of tangible banking assets. These assumptions are in line with
Moody's standard assumptions for US Title I banks. The three notch
differential between the preferred stock rating and the BCA
includes one notch attributable to volume and subordination of the
debt class in accordance with Moody's LGF framework, and two
additional notches to reflect the risk of skipped coupons of
non-cumulative preferred securities that could become impaired
prior to the bank's failure.

The BCA of ba1 reflects Bread Financial's strong profitability,
solid capital and loss reserve levels, and granular retail
deposits. These credit strengths are countered by a highly
concentrated business in US credit cards, a higher amount of
nonprime consumer credit exposure than peers, retail partner
concentrations, and higher levels of less stable brokered
deposits.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The BCAs of Bread Financial's bank subsidiaries (Comenity and
Comenity Capital) could be upgraded upon further improvement in its
net charge-off rate closer to its 6% long-term target, sustained
return on tangible assets of greater than 2%, and continued
reduction of brokered deposits as a percentage of total deposits.
An upgrade would also be contingent upon the company maintaining
common equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio above 12.5%.

Bread Financial's rating would likely be upgraded if its bank
subsidiaries' BCAs are upgraded barring any meaningful changes to
its funding structure.

The outlooks for Bread Financial's senior unsecured and long-term
issuer ratings together with Comenity's and Comenity Capital's
long-term issuer and deposit ratings could be revised to stable if
asset quality and/or profitability do not improve from current
levels over the outlook horizon or its CET1 ratio falls and is
sustained below 12.5% for multiple quarters. Given the positive
outlook, a downgrade is less likely in the near-term. Longer-term,
the BCAs of Bread Financial's bank subsidiaries (Comenity and
Comenity Capital) could be downgraded if there is a sustained
decline in CET1 below 11% or a material decline in asset quality
and profitability over a sustained period.

Bread Financial's rating would likely be downgraded if its bank
subsidiaries' BCAs are downgraded barring any meaningful changes to
its funding structure.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Banks published
in November 2025.

Bread Financial Holdings, Inc.'s "Assigned BCA" score of ba1 is set
three notches below the "Financial Profile" initial score of baa1
to reflect its business concentration in credit cards, elevated
nonprime credit exposure, and the omission of the deferred tax
asset cap in its capital score.


BROOKDALE HOSPICE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
-----------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Brookdale Hospice Inc. filed Chapter 7
protection in the Central District of California. According to the
court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,001–$1,000,000 in
debt owed to 1–49 creditors.

             About Brookdale Hospice, Inc.

Brookdale Hospice Inc. provides specialized hospice care for
patients with terminal conditions, offering pain management,
clinical supervision, emotional support, and family counseling. Its
services aim to improve comfort and quality of life in both home
and facility settings.

Brookdale Hospice Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-20560) on November 25, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0–$100,000
and estimated liabilities of $100,001–$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Sheri Bluebond handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq., of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


BROOKDALE SENIOR: Names Mary Patchett as Chief Operating Officer
----------------------------------------------------------------
Brookdale Senior Living Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November
17, 2025, the Board of Directors appointed Mary Sue Patchett as the
Company's Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
effective December 1, 2025. Ms. Patchett will serve as the
Company's principal operating officer effective upon her
appointment.

Ms. Patchett, age 62, rejoined the Company in August 2025 and has
served as Interim Executive Vice President – Community & Field
Operations since September 2025. Previously, she held various
senior leadership positions at the Company from 2011 until her
retirement in 2021.

In her last position at the Company, she served as Executive Vice
President of Strategic Operations from March 2020 to June 2021. Ms.
Patchett also served as Executive Vice President of Community and
Field Operations at the Company, and before that, was President of
the former Southeast Division. Ms. Patchett has also served as
Chief Operating Officer of Horizon Bay from January 2011 through
August 2011 and as Senior Vice President of Operations from March
2008 through December 2011.

Prior to joining Horizon Bay, she was President and owner of
Patchett & Associates, Inc., a management consulting firm for
senior housing and other healthcare companies, served as Divisional
Vice President for Alterra Healthcare Corporation for over six
years, and started in senior living with nine years in numerous
leadership positions at Sunrise Senior Living. Ms. Patchett earned
her B.S. in business management from George Mason University. She
currently serves on the advisory board of the Florida Senior Living
Association and on the Board of Directors of Guardian Pharmacy
Services, Inc., where she serves on the Audit Committee and the
Compensation Committee. She also serves as Board Chair of Angels in
Action.

There are no family relationships, as defined in Item 401 of
Regulation S-K, between Ms. Patchett and any of the Company's
executive officers or directors. Ms. Patchett has not engaged in
any transaction with the Company during the last fiscal year, and
does not propose to engage in any transaction, that would be
reportable under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K. There is no
arrangement or understanding between Ms. Patchett and any other
person pursuant to which she was appointed to serve as Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.

In connection with Ms. Patchett's appointment, the Compensation
Committee of the Board approved the following compensation
arrangements to be effective December 1, 2025:

     (i) an annual base salary of $530,000;
    (ii) eligibility to participate in the Company's annual cash
incentive program generally applicable to members of management,
with the target cash bonus reflecting 80% of her base salary paid
during the plan year; and
   (iii) beginning in 2026, eligibility to receive annual long-term
incentive awards under the Company's 2024 Omnibus Incentive Plan
with performance- and time-based vesting terms to be approved by
the Committee (which vesting terms generally will be consistent
with those provided to other executive officers of the Company).

Her long-term incentive awards for 2026 will consist of (x) annual
awards with an aggregate target grant value of $800,000 for her
2026 service and (y) prorated awards with an aggregate grant value
of $67,945 for her service in December 2025.

In addition, the Committee approved that the retirement provision
in Ms. Patchett's long-term incentive award agreements will reflect
that her previous service with the Company will count toward her
aggregate service for purposes of determining eligibility under the
retirement provision.

Effective December 1, 2025, Ms. Patchett will also participate in
the Amended and Restated Tier I Severance Pay Policy, which is
described in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with
the SEC on August 7, 2025.

The Company has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with Ms.
Patchett in substantially the form of the Form Indemnification
Agreement for Directors and Officers filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 2011 as an
exhibit to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2010.

In a press release announcing the appointment, Management and Ms.
Patchett commented:

"It has been over 10 years since Brookdale formally appointed a COO
and Mary Sue is the right leader during this transformative time at
Brookdale," said Nick Stengle, Chief Executive Officer. "We are
focused on improving operating performance and continue to build
upon the momentum that began earlier this year. With Mary Sue's
experience, competency and passion for our mission, she's the right
person for this position. I'm excited to partner alongside her each
day and accomplish our goals as a team."

As Chief Operating Officer, Ms. Patchett has six regional vice
presidents as well as leaders in clinical, dementia care, service
alignment, resident and family engagement and experience and dining
reporting to her. As the nation's largest senior living provider,
Brookdale's new regional operating model allows for
decision-making, insight, and resources to be closer to
residents--enabling team members to respond faster, be more agile
and tailor decisions to local communities.

"I'm honored to step into this role," said Ms. Patchett. "We have
an incredibly talented team in place, and together I'm confident we
will continue enriching the lives of seniors and their families.
I'm grateful for the trust Nick and the company has placed in me as
we continue our progress toward operational excellence."

                  About Brookdale Senior Living

Headquartered in Brentwood, Tenn., Brookdale Senior Living Inc.
operates senior living facilities in the United States.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $6.01 billion in total
assets, $6.02 billion in total liabilities, and $5.3 million in
total stockholders' deficit.

                           *     *     *

Egan-Jones Ratings Company on June 16, 2025, maintained its 'CC'
foreign currency and local currency senior unsecured ratings on
debt issued by Brookdale Senior Living Inc.


BYJU'S ALPHA: Gets Approval for Deal Linked to $533MM Clawback
--------------------------------------------------------------
Clara Geoghegan of Law360 reports that Byju's secured approval
Wednesday, November 27, 2025 from a Delaware bankruptcy judge for a
settlement the company says reveals crucial information about $533
million that went missing before its Chapter 11 filing. According
to Byju's, the agreement offers long-sought clarity on what
happened to the funds and identifies parties involved in their
movement.

The edtech group said the settlement marks a significant turning
point in its restructuring, giving it a stronger foundation to
pursue recovery of the money. Byju's added that the newly uncovered
information will inform its next steps as it continues navigating
the Chapter 11 process.

            About BYJU's Alpha

BYJU's Alpha, Inc., designs and develops education software
solutions.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 24-10140) on Feb. 1, 2024. In the
petition signed by Timothy R. Pohl, chief executive officer, the
Debtor disclosed up to $1 billion in assets and up to $10 billion
in liabilities.

Judge John T. Dorsey oversees the case.

Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP, and Quinn Emanuel Urquhart &
Sullivan, LLP serve as the Debtor's legal counsel.

GLAS Trust Company LLC, as DIP Agent and Prepetition Agent, is
represented in the Debtor's case by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Pachulski
Stang Ziehl & Jones, and Reed Smith.


CALPINE CORP: Fitch Keeps 'B+' IDR on Watch Positive
----------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has maintained the Rating Watch Positive (RWP) on
Calpine Corporation (Calpine) and Calpine Construction Finance
Company L.P.'s (CCFC) 'B+' Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The RWP
reflects Constellation Energy Corp.'s (CEG; not rated) stronger
credit profile. Post-close, Fitch expects Calpine's rating to
benefit from legal, strategic, and/or operational support given its
importance to CEG's growth strategy, and from integration of
management and operations with CEG.

Fitch has affirmed Calpine's first lien debt at 'BB+' with a
Recovery Rating of 'RR1', its senior unsecured notes at
'BB-'/'RR3', and CCFC's term loan at 'BB+'/'RR1'.

In January 2025, CEG announced it was acquiring Calpine for $16.4
billion and assuming its debt. Closing is expected in 4Q25, subject
to regulatory approvals. Post-close, Fitch will assess Calpine
under its "Parent and Subsidiary Linkage Rating Criteria," likely
resulting in a multi-notch upgrade. Fitch expects to resolve the
RWP upon closing, currently expected by YE 2025.

Key Rating Drivers

Strong Results: Calpine's credit metrics have notably improved in
recent years, with 2024 EBITDA leverage dropping to 3.3x from 4.2x
in 2023 and 5.6x in 2022. This progress is due to robust commodity
margins across various segments, driven by higher spark spreads and
above-market hedges. Increased electricity demand from economic
growth, including data centers and electrification, has also
bolstered operating results. In 2022, volatile Henry Hub natural
gas prices ($3-$10/MMBtu) led to higher wholesale electricity
prices, enabling Calpine to secure above-market hedges for 2023 and
2024.

Fitch expects Calpine's strong financial performance to continue
through 2028, with an adjusted EBITDA leverage range of 3.5x-4.0x.
Since early 2023, natural gas prices have stabilized below
$4/MMBtu, but wholesale electricity prices remain elevated.
Unfavorable weather conditions and a challenging macro environment
could lead to volatile wholesale electricity prices, potentially
affecting Calpine's forecast EBITDA negatively. However, Calpine's
mostly hedged profile for 2026 and 2027 alleviates these risks in
the near term.

Tailwinds from Demand Growth: Recent energy demand has exceeded
historical averages of the past decade, driven by economic growth,
transportation electrification and increased data center demand.
Fitch expects Calpine's fleet to benefit from rising energy prices
and spark spreads in the near term. The recent PJM capacity auction
showcased a substantial increase in capacity prices hitting the
FERC approved price cap at $329.17/MW-day from $269.92/MW-day in
2025/2026 and $28.92/MW-day in 2024/2025. This was due to increased
demand, insufficient future transmission planning, retirement of
fossil-fired generation, long interconnection queues and FERC
market reforms.

Fitch's EBITDA outlook is supported by expected higher capacity
payments at Calpine's California fleet, which balances solar and
wind generation intermittency. While increased battery storage
penetration could pressure these margins, Fitch expects this impact
over an extended period.

Acquisition by CEG Credit Positive: Fitch expects Calpine's
Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) to benefit from CEG's stronger
credit profile. The transaction creates the largest U.S. power
generation company, combining CEG's 33 GW nuclear portfolio with
Calpine's 27.7 GW of natural gas capacity, enhancing scale, fuel
diversity, and geographic reach in Texas and California. CEG
maintains solid financials with EBITDA leverage around 2x. While
Fitch anticipates pro forma consolidated leverage will increase
temporarily in 2026, management targets a return to pre-acquisition
levels by 2027 through repayment of Calpine's higher-coupon debt.

Material Deleveraging Potential for Calpine: Following the
acquisition, CEG intends to retire Calpine's higher coupon debt
utilizing FCF and future debt issuance at the CEG level. CEG also
plans to refinance Calpine's debt maturities at the holding company
level over time, thereby consolidating Calpine's capital structure
into CEG. This could lead to significant deleveraging of Calpine's
SCP, potentially elevating it to investment grade over time.

No Change of Control Triggered: Fitch believes that the change of
control event will not be triggered if the planned acquisition of
Calpine goes ahead. Key provisions in Calpine's bond documentation
indicate that a change of control would only be triggered if there
is an ownership change in relation to more than 50% of the voting
stock and a credit rating downgrade by both S&P and Moody's. Fitch
considers a downgrade unlikely, given Calpine's pro forma
acquisition by a strong parent and CEG's plan to fund the deal in a
credit-supportive manner with no acquisition debt.

Low Execution Risk: CEG's acquisition of Calpine has progressed
through key regulatory milestones. The transaction received
conditional approval from FERC on July 23, 2025, subject to
completion of the proposed divestiture plan and adherence to
mitigation measures agreed upon with PJM's market monitor. Earlier
approvals from the New York Public Service Commission and Public
Utility Commission of Texas have been obtained. The transaction,
expected to close in 4Q25, remains subject to clearance by the
Department of Justice and other customary closing conditions.

Rating Linkages with CCFC: The IDRs of Calpine and its subsidiary
CCFC are the same due to parent-subsidiary rating linkage between
the two companies. CCFC sells most of its power plant output under
a long-term tolling arrangement with Calpine's wholly owned
marketing subsidiary. CCFC is also a party to a master operation
and maintenance agreement and a master administrative services
agreement with another wholly owned Calpine subsidiary.

Equalized SCP: Fitch determines Calpine's SCP based upon
consolidated metrics. Fitch considers CCFC to have a stronger SCP
than Calpine. As such, Fitch has followed the stronger subsidiary
path. Legal ring-fencing and access and control are evaluated as
open due to strong contractual, operational and management ties
between Calpine and CCFC resulting in the consolidated 'B+' IDR at
both CCFC and Calpine.

Peer Analysis

Calpine is currently unfavorably positioned compared with Vistra
Corp. (BB+/Stable) regarding size, asset composition and fuel
diversity. Vistra is the largest independent power producer in the
U.S., with approximately 44 gigawatts of generation capacity,
compared with Calpine's 28 gigawatts. Vistra's generation capacity
is well-diversified by fuel, compared with Calpine's natural
gas-heavy portfolio. Vistra also benefits from its ownership of
large and well-entrenched retail electricity businesses compared
with Calpine, whose retail business is smaller.

Fitch believes Calpine's biggest qualitative strength is its
younger and predominantly natural gas-fired fleet, which bears less
operational and environmental risk than coal-fired assets owned by
Vistra and Talen (BB-/Negative). Calpine also has much larger asset
scale than Talen. In addition, Calpine's fleet is more
geographically diversified than Vistra's or Talen's, which are
concentrated in Texas and PJM, respectively.

However, Calpine's leverage is higher than Vistra's, which results
in a lower rating. Calpine's forecast leverage, measured as
consolidated gross debt/EBITDA, is projected to be approximately
3.5x-4.0x for 2025-2028. This is slightly above Vistra's projected
leverage of 3.1x and Talen's post-acquisition leverage of 3.5x.

Key Assumptions

- The acquisition of Calpine is completed by or around YE 2025 as
per the announced terms;

- There are no legal ties or guarantees available to Calpine's
bonds;

- CEG has announced it will undertake a proactive approach to
resolving any potential market power concerns with the divestiture
of assets, specifically in PJM. However, Fitch does not assume any
asset divestitures at Calpine due to a lack of details.

Recovery Analysis

The individual security ratings at Calpine are notched above the
IDR because of the relative recovery prospects in a hypothetical
default scenario. Fitch values the power generation assets that
guarantee the parent debt using a net present value (NPV) analysis
and its electricity retail business using a 4.5x EV/EBITDA
multiple. A similar NPV analysis is used to value the generation
assets that reside in non-guarantor subsidiaries, and the excess
equity value is added to the parent recovery prospects. The
generation asset NPVs vary significantly based on future gas price
assumptions and variables such as the discount rate and heat rate
forecasts in California, ERCOT and the Northeast.

For the NPV of generation assets used in Fitch's recovery analysis,
Fitch uses the plant valuation provided by its third-party power
market consultant, Wood Mackenzie, as well as Fitch's own gas price
deck and other assumptions. The NPV analysis for Calpine's
generation portfolio yields approximately $1,770/kW for the
geothermal assets and an average of $640/kW for the natural gas
generation assets. The valuation for the natural gas assets has
increased from Fitch's prior assumption of $550/kW to reflect
greater reliance on natural gas plants for reliability purposes.

The recovery analysis assumes Calpine would be considered a going
concern in bankruptcy. Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative
claim. Fitch also assumes a full draw of all of Calpine's credit
facilities in the recovery analysis. The recovery analysis resulted
in a Recovery Rating of 'RR1', implying outstanding recovery (in a
range of 91%-100%), for the first lien debt and a Recovery Rating
of 'RR3', implying good (51%-70%) recovery for the senior unsecured
debt of Calpine in the event of default. The recovery analysis also
results in a 'RR1' recovery for CCFC's secured debt.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- The RWP on Calpine and CCFC's IDRs could be removed if the
acquisition does not proceed.

If the acquisition does not close, the Calpine and CCFC's IDRs
could be downgraded for the following reasons:

- Sale of core assets with an aim to maximize shareholder returns
without commensurate debt reduction;

- Decreased power demand or higher-than-expected power supply,
depressing wholesale power prices in its core regions;

- Unfavorable changes in regulatory construct and rules in its
markets;

- An aggressive growth strategy that diverts a significant
proportion of growth capex toward merchant assets or an inability
to renew expiring long-term contracts;

- Total adjusted debt/EBITDA and FFO leverage above 6.0x on a
sustained basis;

- Any incremental leverage and/or deterioration in NPV of the
generation portfolio would lead to downward rating pressure on the
unsecured debt.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Fitch expects to resolve the RWP and raise the rating by one or
more notches upon completion of the announced acquisition under
proposed terms.

If the acquisition does not close, Calpine and CCFC's IDRs could be
upgraded for the following reasons:

- Consolidated gross debt /EBITDA below 4.0x on a sustainable
basis, conservative capital allocation policies, and a strong
commitment to maintaining lower leverage.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Fitch views Calpine's liquidity position as adequate. The company
had approximately $1.15 billion of cash and cash equivalents,
excluding restricted cash, at the corporate level as of Sept. 30,
2025, and $1.82 billion of availability under the corporate
revolving facility. Calpine also can issue first lien debt for
collateral support. As of Sept. 30, 2025, a three standard
deviation shift in collateral exposure based on commodity price
changes would have resulted in lower collateral posted of
approximately $688 million versus $778 million as of Sept. 30,
2024.

In December 2024, Calpine amended its corporate revolving facility
with $2.4 billion expiring in January 2029, while the remaining
$100 million expires in January 2027. As of Sept. 30, 2025, Calpine
had $682 million in letters of credit outstanding with no
borrowings outstanding and $1.8 billion in remaining available
capacity under its corporate revolving facility.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, Calpine was in compliance with all the
covenants in their debt agreements.

Issuer Profile

Calpine is an independent power producer in the U.S. with a total
generation capacity of 27,977 MW. It owns and operates
natural-gas-fired and geothermal power plants in North America and
has a significant presence in major U.S. nonregulated power
markets.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

Fitch removes the effects of MTM (mark-to-market) adjustments in
its EBITDA calculation.

Fitch removes major maintenance expense out of operating costs to
capex.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt         Rating                     Recovery   Prior
   -----------         ------                     --------   -----
Calpine
Corporation      LT IDR B+ Rating Watch Maintained           B+

   senior
   unsecured     LT     BB- Affirmed                   RR3   BB-

   senior
   secured       LT     BB+ Affirmed                   RR1   BB+

Calpine
Construction
Finance
Company, L.P.    LT IDR B+ Rating Watch Maintained           B+

   senior
   secured       LT     BB+ Affirmed                   RR1   BB+


CARHAVEN INC: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Carhaven, Inc.
        8258 Veterans Highway
        Suite 6
        Millersville, MD 21108

Business Description: Carhaven, Inc. operates a used vehicle
                      dealership in Millersville, Maryland,
                      offering pre-owned cars, trucks, and SUVs to
                      retail customers in the region.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 24, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Maryland

Case No.: 25-21081

Debtor's Counsel: Craig M. Palik, Esq.
                  MCNAMEE HOSEA, P.A.
                  6404 Ivy Lane, Suite 820
                  Greenbelt, MD 20770
                  Tel: (301) 441-2420
                  Email: cpalik@mhlawyers.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Steve Travers as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's four unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/73UV7AI/Carhaven_Inc__mdbke-25-21081__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


CASTILLO GRAND: To Hire Tripp Scott P.A. as Legal Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------
Castillo Grand Hotel Condiminium Residences Association, Inc. seeks
approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
of Florida to hire David A. Ray, Esq. of Tripp Scott, P.A. to serve
as legal counsel.

Mr. Ray and Tripp Scott will provide these services:

(a) advise the Debtor with respect to its responsibilities in
complying with the United States Trustee's Guidelines and Reporting
Requirements and with the rules of the Court;

(b) prepare motions, pleadings, orders, applications, adversary
proceedings, and other legal documents necessary in the
administration of this case;

(c) protect the interests of the Debtor in all matters pending
before the Court; and

(d) represent the Debtor in negotiations with its creditors and in
the preparation and confirmation of a plan.

The current hourly rate for David A. Ray, Esq. is $600.

Tripp Scott, P.A. is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

David A. Ray, Esq.
TRIPP SCOTT, P.A.
110 S.E. Sixth St., 15th Floor
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301
Telephone: (954) 525-7500
FaCsimile: (954) 761-8475
E-mail: dar@trippscott.com

                           About Castillo Grand Hotel Condominium
Residences Association, Inc.

Castillo Grand Hotel Condominium Residences Association, Inc. is a
Florida-based not-for-profit corporation that manages property
operations and resident affairs at 1 North Fort Lauderdale Beach
Boulevard in Fort Lauderdale, overseeing the Castillo Grand Hotel
Residences condominium complex.

Castillo Grand Hotel Condominium Residences Association, Inc. in
Fort Lauderdale, FL, sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-23247) on Nov. 7, 2025,
listing $500,000 to $1 million in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities. Bruno R. Mazzotta signed the petition as
president, signed the petition.

TRIPP SCOTT, P.A. serve as the Debtor's legal counsel.


CHARLES & COLVARD: Delays 10-Q Report, Cites Ongoing Litigation
---------------------------------------------------------------
Charles & Colvard, Ltd. filed a Notification of Late Filing on Form
12b-25 with respect to its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2025, with the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission, informing that it was unable to file the
Q1 FY2026 Form 10-Q within the prescribed time period without
unreasonable effort or expense because it requires additional time
to complete procedures relating to its delinquent annual financial
statements. Ongoing litigation and shareholder activism diverted
valuable Company resources and management time, contributing to the
delay.

While the Company intends to file the Q1 FY2026 Form 10-Q as soon
as practicable, the Company does not anticipate being able to file
its Q1 FY2026 Form 10-Q within the five-day grace period provided
by Rule 12b-25 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

Based on the currently available information, and consistent with
the Company's disclosure in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2024, its Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2024,
and its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
March 31, 2025, the Company expects to disclose in its Q1 FY2026
Form 10-Q, that:

     (1) certain material weaknesses exist in internal controls
over financial reporting, and
     (2) certain factors raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

In response to this and the continued challenging economic
environment, the Company continues to reduce spend across the board
in order to stabilize and right-size its business.

Consistent with the Company's results for the first, second and
third quarters of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, and the
anticipated results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, the
Company expects net sales for the quarter ended September 30, 2025
to decrease compared to net sales for the quarter ended September
30, 2024.

Further, consistent with the Company's results for the first,
second and third quarters of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025,
and the anticipated results for the fiscal year ended June 30,
2025, the Company expects to report a net loss for the quarter
ended September 30, 2025. A reasonable net loss estimate for the
quarter ended September 30, 2025 cannot be made at this time until
the completion of the quarter-end financial statement review
process for the quarter ended September 30, 2025.

The Company has implemented a cost reduction strategy that includes
a decrease in headcount and related payroll, executive salary
reductions, reevaluation of its supplier base, and inventory
repurposing – all through the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025,
and continuing in the quarter ended September 30, 2025.

                  About Charles & Colvard Ltd.

Charles & Colvard, Ltd., a North Carolina corporation, was founded
in 1995. The Company manufactures, markets, and distributes Charles
& Colvard Created Moissanite and finished jewelry featuring
moissanite, including Forever One, the Company's premium moissanite
gemstone brand, for sale in the worldwide fine jewelry market. The
Company also markets and distributes Caydia lab-grown diamonds and
finished jewelry featuring lab grown diamonds and created color
gems for sale in the worldwide fine jewelry market.

As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $29.11 million in total
assets, $10.02 million in total liabilities, and total
stockholders' equity of $19.09 million.

The Company concluded in the quarterly period ended March 31, 2025
that its existing cash and cash equivalents and availability of
other resources combined will not be sufficient to meet working
capital and capital expenditure needs over the next 12 months, and
therefore, there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern.


CHEZ JOEY: Unsecured Creditors to Get 7 Cents on Dollar in Plan
---------------------------------------------------------------
Chez Joey, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Maryland a Subchapter V Plan dated November 20, 2025.

The Debtor is a corporation. Since 2012, the Debtor has been in the
business of operating an adult entertainment venue in Baltimore,
Maryland.

The Debtor's operations include bar service, adult stage
performances, and related hospitality services. The total plan
payments are based on combined projections with Bottoms Up
Gentlemen's Club (25-17671-DER).

During the term of this Plan, the Debtor shall pay the disposable
income necessary for the performance of this plan to the Subchapter
V Trustee and shall pay the Trustee the sums set forth herein.

The value of the property to be distributed under the Plan during
the term of the Plan is not less than the Debtor's projected
disposable income for that same period. Unsecured creditors holding
allowed claims will receive distributions, which the Debtor has
valued at approximately 7 cents on the dollar. The Plan also
provides for the payment of secured, administrative, and priority
claims in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code.

Unless otherwise provided in this Plan or indicated on Appendix B,
funds received by the Trustee or otherwise included in this Plan
but not specifically disbursed to a secured creditor under this
Plan, shall be used to pay the following claims in the priority
indicated:

     * Except as provided in Section 1191(e) of the Bankruptcy
Code, all claims entitled to priority under Section 507 of the
Bankruptcy Code shall be paid in accordance with Section 1129(a)(9)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

     * Pursuant to Section 1191(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the
payment of claims entitled to priority under Section 507(a)(2) and
Section 507(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be paid under the
Plan.

     * All secured claims shall be paid in accordance with Section
1129(b)(2)(A), Section 1191(b), and Section 1191(c) of the
Bankruptcy Code.

     * After payment of the foregoing claims, sums received by the
Trustee shall be paid, on a pro-rata basis, to allowed general
unsecured claims.

     * In accordance with Section 1191 of the Bankruptcy Code and
the terms of this Plan, the Debtor's equity security holders shall
retain their interests in the Debtor.

Except as provided in this Plan or the order confirming this Plan,
all of the property of the estate, pursuant to Sections 1141(b) and
1141(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, vests in the Debtor as of the
Effective Date free and clear of any claim or interest of any
creditor provided for by this Plan.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated November 20, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=GR13Ei from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Samuel R. Ingram, Esq.
     1211 Light St., Ste. 216
     Baltimore, MD 21230
     Phone: 410-881-7344
     Email: ross.one.law@gmail.com

                        About Chez Joey, LLC

Chez Joey LLC is a Baltimore-based nightlife establishment located
at 415 E. Baltimore Street.

Chez Joey LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 25-17669) on Aug. 21, 2025.  In its
petition, the Debtor estimated assets up to $50,000 and estimated
liabilities between $500,000 and $1 million.

The Debtor is represented by Law Office of Thomas J. Maronick Jr,
LLC.


CINEMA MANAGEMENT: To Sell Film Distribution Assets to TPC Library
------------------------------------------------------------------
John Pringle, the Chapter 11 trustee of Cinema Management Group,
LLC, seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Central District of California, Los Angeles Division, to sell
substantially all Assets, free and clear of liens, claims,
interests, and encumbrances.

Cinema Management Group, LLC commenced its bankruptcy case on
December 20, 2024.

On or about January 9, 2025, John Pringle was appointed as the
Chapter 7 trustee of the Debtor's bankruptcy estate.

The Debtor was a full-service international sales company that was
headed by veteran sales and distribution executive, Edward
Noeltner. As of the Petition Date, the Debtor held distribution
rights related to 82 feature films.

Typically, for each feature film, the Debtor entered into a written
sales agency agreement with the production company that owns the
rights to such film pursuant to which the Debtor was granted the
exclusive right to negotiate and enter into agreements with third
party distributors, licensees and broadcasters to distribute the
film within specified territories for a specified term.

The Debtor's Amended Schedule A/B lists assets with a total
estimated value of approximately $2,454,000 as of the Petition
Date, including cash of approximately $1,268,000 and outstanding
accounts receivable with a total face value of approximately
$240,000.

The Debtor's Amended Schedules DIE and F list secured debts 9 owed
to Banc of California and Bondit LLCtotaling approximately
$1,738,000, and unsecured debts totaling approximately $7,972,974.


Based on the Trustee's preliminary analysis of the Debtor's film
library and related rights, Mr. Fier advised that a Chapter 11 sale
process for the Debtor's assets, which maintained the Debtor's
business as a going concern, would be the best way to attract
serious buyers and maximize the value that could be realized for
the Debtor's assets.

The Trustee then determined that the Debtor's business operations
could be maintained in the ordinary course of business, albeit on a
streamlined basis, with the assistance of Tiffany Kilgore, the
Marketing and Logistics Director for the Debtor, and Makayla
Wilson, the Head of Operations for the Debtor. Both Ms. Kilgore and
Ms. Wilson confirmed to the Trustee that they were willing to work
with the Trustee to maintain the Debtor's business operations and
fulfill the Debtor's obligations under the Sales Agency Agreements
and Distribution Agreements.

The Debtor's assets are comprised primarily of intangible assets
including, but not limited to, the Debtor's rights and interests
under the Sales Agency Agreements and Distribution Agreements for
the Debtor's library of feature films and the Potential
Distribution Collections and accounts receivable.

At the Trustee's request, Focus analyzed the Debtor's Assets and
prepared an appraisal report for such Assets, a complete copy of
which was shared with the Debtor's secured creditors. Based on the
appraised value of the Debtor's Assets, which Focus believed
exceeded the total amount of secured debt asserted against the
Debtor and its estate, the Trustee believed that it was in the best
interests of the Debtor's estate and creditors to pursue a
marketing and sale process for the Assets.

Following the Trustee's appointment, the Trustee identified Focus
as the ideal firm to act as the Trustee's financial advisor to
package and market the Debtor's Assets for sale, create an
electronic data room that prospective buyers can access to assist
in such parties' due diligence efforts, address inquiries and
coordinate requests for information from prospective buyers, advise
the Trustee on the merits of any purchase offers, assist the
Trustee in negotiating and documenting the terms for the sale of
the Debtor's Assets.

In connection with the marketing and sale process for the Assets,
the Trustee determined that it would be in the best interests of
the estate to establish certain bidding procedures.

The Bidding Procedures Order established a deadline of May 13, 2025
for the 15 Trustee to receive qualified written bids for the
Assets.

The Bidding Procedures Order also provided that the Trustee would
seek the entry of a Bankruptcy Court order approving and
authorizing the sale of the Assets to the successful bidder, at a
hearing to be held on June 10, 2025 at 1:00 p.m. or such other date
and time as the Court might set.

The Trustee received three written bids for the Assets by the
Original Bid Deadline. The Trustee, in consultation with the
Secured Creditors, determined that the highest and best bid
received was the bid submitted by TPC Library Holdings, LLC.

However, the bid from the Buyer was not in an amount sufficient to
satisfy the secured debt against the Assets or even the amounts
required to be paid to cure defaults under the Sales Agency
Agreements, which would be necessary to effectively assume and
assign such agreements to the Buyer. As a result, the Trustee
paused the sale process and elected not to proceed with an auction
or the Sale Hearing on June 10, 2025.

The Trustee requested that Focus go back to the Buyer to negotiate
a revised offer for the purchase of the Assets to make the sale of
the Assets feasible. As a result of such discussions, the Buyer
ultimately agreed to submit a revised offer for the Assets which
would provide for the Buyer's purchase of a subset of the Assets at
an increased purchase price.

As described in the Asset Purchase Agreement, the purchase price
offered by the Buyer for the Acquired Assets is comprised of two
components: (i) cash in the sum of $400,000, and (ii) a
participation interest entitling Banc of California and the
Debtor's bankruptcy estate to receive 25% of all gross revenue from
the Acquired Assets, less the 18 amounts payable to the producers
under their respective Sales Agency Agreements in excess of
$400,000 received by, credited to the 20 account of, or otherwise
collected by Buyer for a period of three years after the sale
closing date.

The Cure Amounts for the Distribution Agreements for the 69 films
that comprise the Acquired Assets are estimated to total $0.

Although the Revised Bid from the Buyer offers a Purchase Price
that exceeds the estimated Cure Amounts for the Sales Agency
Agreements sought to be assigned to the Buyer, the Purchase Price
is still not sufficient to satisfy the secured debt against the
Acquired Assets in full.

The Trustee and his counsel engaged in discussions with the Secured
Creditors in an effort to reach agreement regarding a framework for
a sale transaction that would be acceptable to the Secured
Creditors.

After extensive discussions between the Trustee and the Buyer and
the Trustee and the Secured Creditors, on the other hand, the
parties were successful in negotiating an improved bid for the
Acquired Assets from the Buyer.

The terms of the AP A comply with the terms of the Global
Settlement Agreement and are supported by the Debtor's secured
creditors, and the Trustee believes will result in the most
recovery possible for creditors under the circumstances of the
Debtor's case.

To induce the Buyer to submit what is, in effect, a "stalking
horse" offer to purchase the Acquired Assets, the Buyer is
requiring that certain modifications to the Original Bidding
Procedures be implemented, including, without limitation, the
payment of a break-up fee in 3 the sum of $20,000 to the Buyer in
the event that the Trustee enters into a definitive agreement with
a party other than the Buyer for the sale of all or substantially
all of the Acquired Assets and such Alternative Transaction is
approved by the Court and consummated.

The Trustee believes that the proposed sale of the Acquired Assets
to the Buyer (or a successful overbidder) will generate cash and
other consideration for the benefit of the Debtor's administrative
and secured creditors and will facilitate the orderly
administration and wind-down of the Debtor's estate.

Moreover, while the Trustee has made efforts to greatly reduce the
administrative costs 1 7 of maintaining the "status quo" of the
Debtor's streamlined operations, there are still costs 18
associated with doing so and limited cash in the Debtor's estate to
cover such costs. The 19 consummation of the sale of the Acquired
Assets will effectively transfer the obligation to 20 cover such
operational costs to the Buyer (or a successful overbidder).

The Buyer is a third party buyer who has no affiliation with the
Debtor or the Trustee. The Trustee anticipates that, if there is a
successful overbidder, that bidder will not be an "insider" of the
Debtor or the Trustee.

The Trustee negotiated the terms of the proposed sale of the
Acquired Assets in accordance with the terms of the form AP A, at
arms' length and in good faith.

         About Cinema Management Group

Cinema Management Group, LLC is an international sales company that
was launched in 2003 and was previously headed by veteran sales and
distribution executive, Edward Noeltner. Since 2003, the company
has added over 80 feature film titles to its line-up. It currently
holds distribution rights related to 82 feature films.

Cinema Management Group filed Chapter 7 voluntary petition (Bankr.
C.D. Calif. Case No. 24-20369) on December 20, 2024. The case was
converted to one under Chapter 11 on February 6, 2025, and John
Pringle was appointed as Chapter 11 trustee on February 10, 2025.

Judge Neil W. Bason oversees the case.

The Chapter 11 trustee is represented by Levene, Neale, Bender, Yoo
& Golubchik L.L.P.

Banc of California is represented by Alex M. Weingarten, Esq., at
Willkie Farr & Gallagher, LLP, in Los Angeles, California; Jennifer
J. Hardy, Esq., at Willkie Farr & Gallagher, LLP, in Houston,
Texas; and Elizabeth A. Wayne, Esq., at Willkie Farr & Gallagher,
LLP, in Chicago, Illinois.


CITADEL ASSISTED: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Colorado
---------------------------------------------------------
On November 21, 2025, Citadel Assisted Living LLC filed
Chapter 11 protection in the District of Colorado. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in
debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

    About Citadel Assisted Living LLC

Citadel Assisted Living LLC is a healthcare services provider
dedicated to senior care and assisted living. The company manages
residential facilities designed to support aging adults with
medical supervision, social engagement, and personalized care plans
that enhance overall well-being.

Citadel Assisted Living LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-17658) on November 21,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between
$100,001 and $1,000,000 and estimated liabilities in the same
range.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Michael E. Romero handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Jeffrey Weinman, Esq. of Michael Best
& Friedrich LLP.


COBRA EQUITY: Fitch Assigns 'B' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR)
of 'B' to Cobra Equity Holdco LLC and its subsidiaries Cobra
AcquisitionCo LLC and Exeter Finance LLC (collectively, Exeter).
The Rating Outlook is Stable. Fitch has also assigned a rating of
'B-' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR5' to Cobra AcquisitionCo LLC's
outstanding senior unsecured notes.

Key Rating Drivers

Solid Franchise and Liquidity: Exeter's rating is supported by its
solid franchise and market position as a leading independent
subprime auto lender, an experienced management team, relatively
consistent profitability, and adequate liquidity.

Leverage, Secured Funding Constrain the Rating: The ratings are
constrained by Exeter's monoline business model with high subprime
exposure, elevated leverage, predominantly secured funding profile,
and private equity ownership which increases the possibility of
shareholder-friendly actions and adds long-term strategic
uncertainty.

Monoline Subprime Lender: Exeter is a leading independent subprime
auto lender with a network of over 11,000 dealers across the U.S.
at 3Q25. The franchise has grown in recent years as the company has
expanded its core dealer network, added second-look origination
partners, and increased direct refinancing. Originations were $5.5
billion in 9M25 compared with $4.3 billion in 9M24.

Still, Fitch believes large banks maintain scale and cost-of-funds
advantages over independent auto lenders. The monoline business
model and focus on subprime customers exposes the company to
elevated credit risk and movement in used vehicle prices.

Asset Quality Stabilizing: Asset performance has improved in recent
quarters, with 30+ day delinquencies and bankruptcy loans declining
to 14.7% at 3Q25 from 16.3% at YE24 and 17.1% at YE23. Credit
performance weakened notably in 2022-2023, consistent with
industry-wide trends, leading the company to tighten its
underwriting standards, with the stronger portfolio mix driving
improved performance. Net charge-offs were 8.9% in 9M25
(annualized) compared to 8.9% in 2024 and 11.3% in 2023.

Fitch expects performance to remain stable in the near term as the
portfolio mix strengthens, although weakening macroeconomic
conditions will be a headwind. Fitch believes the company's
customer base, which is already challenged by high inflation, will
be particularly vulnerable to economic stresses such as rising
unemployment.

Solid Profitability: Profitability, as measured by pre-tax return
on average assets (ROAA), was 1.8% in 9M25 (annualized) compared
with 3.3% in 2024 and 2.9% in 2023. Adjusted for gains on sale of
securitization residuals in 2023 and 2024, profitability has
remained stable, which Fitch expects to continue. Still,
profitability remains highly sensitive to consumer credit
performance given the business model.

Elevated Leverage: Fitch views Exeter's leverage (debt/tangible
equity) as high for the risk profile of the portfolio. Leverage was
16.6x at 3Q25 compared with 13.2x at YE24 and 17.0x at YE23. These
levels correspond to Fitch's 'b' category quantitative benchmark
range of 7.5x-22.5x for balance sheet-heavy finance and leasing
companies with a sector risk operating environment (SROE) score in
the 'a' category.

Management evaluates leverage on an owned basis which excludes
portions of the assets and liabilities of securitizations for which
the related residual interest has been sold to third parties. On
this basis, leverage would be 11.6x at 3Q25, excluding the
mezzanine equity. Fitch treats the $118 million of mezzanine equity
as debt given the investor put rights which may require redemption
in cash, beginning with 20% of shares at 90% fair market value in
2028 and escalating to 100% of shares at fair market value by
2030.

Secured Funding Profile: Exeter's funding profile is largely
secured, which Fitch views as credit negative due to the
encumbrance of assets and limited financial flexibility during
periods of stress. The company's proportion of unsecured debt,
adjusted for the mezzanine equity, was 6.3% at 3Q25, which is
within Fitch's 'b' category quantitative benchmark range of 1% to
10% for balance sheet-heavy finance and leasing companies with a
SROE score in the 'a' category. Secured debt comprises
securitizations, warehouse agreements, and repurchase agreements
used to finance its required risk retention holdings. Fitch would
view further increases in funding diversification and unencumbered
assets as positive for the credit profile.

Adequate Liquidity: Fitch views Exeter's liquidity as adequate to
support its operations and near-term funding obligations. At 3Q25,
available liquidity consisted of $30 million of cash and $174
million of undrawn borrowing capacity on its warehouse facilities
given available unencumbered assets. The unsecured notes mature in
2029, maturities on the repurchases agreements are based on
collateral maturities, and the warehouse facilities are expected to
be extended prior to their maturity dates in 2026-2028.

Stable Outlook: The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation
that leverage and credit performance will remain relatively stable,
liquidity will remain adequate, and the unsecured funding mix will
be sustained above 5% of total debt.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Sustained increase in leverage above 20x;

- Sustained deterioration in credit performance, including net
charge-offs sustained above 10%;

- Sustained decrease in the unsecured debt mix below 5% of total
debt;

- Sustained decline in ROAA below 1%;

- Inability to access term funding for a prolonged period of 12-24
months;

- The imposition of new and more onerous regulations that
negatively impact Exeter's ability to execute on its business
model.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A sustained decline in leverage below 10x;

- A sustained increased in the unsecured funding mix above 20% of
total debt;

- Maintenance of charge-offs below 10% through credit cycles.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

The senior unsecured debt rating is rated one notch below the
Long-Term IDR, reflecting Fitch's expectation of below-average
recovery prospects in a stress scenario given the notes'
subordination to repurchase agreements, the predominantly secured
funding profile and limited unencumbered assets.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The senior unsecured debt rating is primarily sensitive to changes
in the Long-Term IDR, the funding mix, and availability of
unencumbered assets to support recovery prospects in a stressed
scenario. Meaningful growth in unencumbered assets or a reduction
in repurchase agreement borrowings could result in a narrowing of
the notching between the unsecured debt rating and the IDR.
Conversely, additional subordination of the notes or lower
unencumbered asset availability could result in wider notching.

SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATE RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

The ratings of Exeter Finance LLC (the operating company) and Cobra
AcquisitionCo LLC (the debt-issuing subsidiary) are equalized with
that of Cobra Equity Holdco LLC given they are wholly owned
subsidiaries and the unsecured debt issued by Cobra AcquisitionCo
LLC benefits from a corporate guarantee from Exeter Finance LLC.

SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATE RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The IDRs of Exeter Finance LLC and Cobra AcquisitionCo LLC are
equalized with that of Cobra Equity Holdco LLC and are expected to
move in tandem with it.

ADJUSTMENTS

The Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) has been assigned in line with
the implied SCP.

The Business Profile score has been assigned below the implied
score due to the following adjustment reason: Business model
(negative).

The Earnings & Profitability score has been assigned below the
implied score due to the following adjustment reasons: Future and
historical metrics (negative); Portfolio risk (negative); Revenue
diversification (negative).

The Funding, Liquidity & Coverage score has been assigned below the
implied score due to the following adjustment reason: Divergent
benchmarks (negative).

Date of Relevant Committee

31-Oct-2025

External Appeal Committee Outcomes

In accordance with Fitch's policies the Issuer appealed and
provided additional information to Fitch that resulted in a rating
action that is different than the original rating committee
outcome.

ESG Considerations

Cobra Equity Holdco LLC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Customer Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy & Data Security due to
the importance of fair collection practices and consumer
interactions and the regulatory focus on them, which has a negative
impact on the credit profile and is relevant to the ratings in
conjunctions with other factors.

Cobra Equity Holdco LLC has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Governance Structure due to due to the presence of private equity
ownership, which has a negative impact on the credit profile and is
relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                   Rating           Recovery   
   -----------                   ------           --------   
Exeter Finance LLC         LT IDR B  New Rating

Cobra Equity Holdco LLC    LT IDR B  New Rating

Cobra Acquisitionco LLC    LT IDR B  New Rating

   senior unsecured        LT     B- New Rating     RR5


COLLABORATIVE TECHNOLOGY: Continued Operations to Fund Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------
Collaborative Technology Solutions International, Inc. filed with
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Colorado a Subchapter
V Plan of Reorganization dated November 21, 2025.

The Debtor is a Colorado limited liability company owned by Marc
Galante. The Debtor provides IT services to third parties.

The Debtor filed bankruptcy protection due to litigation with White
Label. White Label was a former vendor of the Debtor who provided
IT subcontractor services for the Debtor. Disputes arose as to
invoices alleged to be owed by the Debtor to White Label. Further,
approximately seven years ago Mr. Galante purchased a 49% ownership
interest in White Label.

The bankruptcy filing was prompted due to its cash flow being
unable to meet its current debt obligations due to a significant
reduction in 2024 revenues due to a tech industry-wide reduction in
the hourly billable rate for salesforce.com services starting in
January in 2024. After both a market-wide rate correction to
historical norms, as well as significant retooling and internal
reorganization, the Debtor has returned to profitability, and
restructuring of the Debtor's debt will allow it to operate
profitably.

The total general unsecured claims in the amount of $570,315.67
having been asserted against the estate.

Class 2 consists of general unsecured creditors of the Debtor who
hold Allowed Claims. Holders of Class 2 Allowed Claims shall share
on a Pro Rata basis monies deposited into the Unsecured Creditor
Account as set forth herein. As set forth in Article III, paragraph
3.2 of this Plan, upon the first full month following the Effective
Date of the Plan and every month until Administrative Claims are
paid in full and then for the remainder of the Term of the Plan the
Debtor will every month in accordance with the terms of this Plan
deposit for the four year Term of the Plan: (a) during the first
year of the Plan $10,860.84; (b) during the second year of the Plan
$12,299.30; (c) during the third year term of the Plan $11,579.72;
and (d) during the fourth year of the Plan $12,676.79.

At the end of each calendar quarter, the balance of the Unsecured
Creditor Account will be distributed to the holders of Allowed
Administrative Claims on a Pro Rata basis until such time as all
holders of Allowed Administrative Claims have been paid in full and
then to Tax Claims and Class 1 on a Pro Rata Basis until paid in
full and then will be distributed to Class 2 general unsecured
creditors that hold Allowed Claims on a Pro Rata basis.

All funds recovered by the Debtor on account of Avoidance Actions
shall be distributed to Allowed Administrative Claims until paid in
full and then to Class 2, net of attorneys' fees and costs. Whether
or not the Debtor pursues any Avoidance Actions shall be up to the
Debtor and the decision to pursue such claims shall be
discretionary with the Debtor.

Class 3 includes the Interests in the Debtor, which Interests are
unimpaired by the Plan. Upon confirmation of the Plan, all Class 3
Interest holders will retain their ownership Interests in the
Debtor.

The Debtor shall be empowered to take such action as may be
necessary to perform its obligations under this Plan.

The Debtor believes that the Plan, as proposed, is feasible. The
funding for the Plan will come from the Debtor's continued
operations. As detailed in the Projections, the Debtor will have
sufficient cash on hand and profits during the term of the Plan to
satisfy its Plan obligations.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated November 21, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=p7IRGA from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Aaron A. Garber, Esq.
     WADSWORTH GARBER WARNER CONRARDY, P.C.
     2580 West Main Street, Suite 200
     Littleton, CO 80120
     Telephone: (303) 296-1999
     Telecopy: (303) 296-7600
     E-mail: agarber@wgwc-law.com

                       About Collaborative Technology Solutions

Collaborative Technology Solutions International LLC provides
technology consulting and cloud-based solutions to small and
mid-market organizations worldwide, offering advisory services,
project implementations, and ticket-based support for CRM and other
cloud platforms. The Company customizes its services to meet
individual business needs and integrates technologies from
providers such as Microsoft, Amazon Web Services, Zapier, Opero,
ZoomInfo, Formstack, HubSpot, ActiveCampaign, Conga, DocuSign, and
QuickBooks. It partners with firms including Owls Head,
Cloudstreet, and Insycle to enhance its service offerings.

Collaborative Technology Solutions International LLC sought relief
under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Col. Case No. 25-16557) on October 9, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtor reports total assets of $380,763 and total
liabilities of $1,092,702.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Kimberley H. Tyson handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Aaron A. Garber, Esq. of WADSWORTH
GARBER WARNER CONRARDY, P.C.


COMPEER FINANCIAL: S&P Rates $300MM Preferred Debt to 'BB+'
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' rating to Compeer Financial
ACA' s $300 million fixed-rate reset perpetual non-cumulative
preferred stock, series C-1. Compeer intends to use the net
proceeds to pay down a portion of its wholesale loan with AgriBank,
fund loans for eligible borrowers, and for general corporate
purposes. S&P Global Ratings maintains a 'BBB+' issuer credit
rating on Compeer. S&P rates the company's preferred stock relative
to its stand-alone credit profile (SACP) to reflect the possibility
that this instrument could have nonpayment risk before more senior
instruments. Therefore, we rate the preferred issue 'BB+', three
notches below the group SACP for risk of deferral and coupon
nonpayment.

S&P said, "Our assessments of the company's business position,
risk, funding, liquidity, and capital and earnings are unchanged.
The outlooks remain stable, indicating that we expect Compeer will
continue to generate strong earnings with manageable asset quality
metrics over the next two years."



COMPOSECURE INC: Fitch Assigns 'BB-' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned CompoSecure, Inc., and Co-Borrowers,
CompoSecure, L.L.C., and Husky Holdings LLC, (collectively
CompoSecure) a first-time Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of
'BB-'. Fitch has also assigned the co-issued super-priority
revolver a rating of 'BB+' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR1' and the
first lien secured term loan and delayed-draw term loan a rating of
'BB+'/'RR2'. The Rating Outlook is Stable.

The ratings reflect pro forma CompoSecure's niche market
leadership, predictable demand with about 67% aftermarket/recuring
revenue exposure, and cost-advantaged, IP-backed solutions that
elevate customer switching costs. Fitch forecasts $200 million pro
forma FCF in 2026 and upside for incremental improvement from
implementation of Resolute Operating System (ROS) strategies.

These strengths are balanced by limited product and end-market
diversification. Fitch forecasts EBITDA leverage around 3.5x and
EBITDA interest coverage in the high-3.0x range. Successful
operational execution that de-risks implementation of strategic
objectives and enhances diversification through M&A could support
positive rating momentum.

Key Rating Drivers

Management Value, Decentralized Operating Model: The combination of
CompoSecure and Husky brings together two pure-play businesses
under a decentralized model. This preserves distinct operations and
management teams while leveraging ROS disciplines and leadership to
drive value. The pro forma platform will broaden the product
portfolio, aligning with a strategy of targeted M&A that enhances
industrial capabilities and opportunities across adjacencies.

Fitch believes integration execution risks associated with M&A are
mitigated by management's track record and decentralized approach.
The Resolute governance and management fee structure also
introduces incremental execution risk in the longer-term value
realized under the company's diversified industrial conglomerate
strategy.

Limited Diversification: The combined company's business profile
will continue to exhibit limited diversification in select product
categories and end markets. Although the transaction enhances scale
and introduces exposure to new end markets, Fitch projects Husky
will contribute around 70% of consolidated EBITDA. As a result,
cash flow will remain closely tied to polyethylene terephthalate
(PET)-based product demand within the food, beverage, and
healthcare markets. Legacy CompoSecure's top two customers account
for over 60% of revenues, heightening customer concentration. This
will improve to 15% under the pro forma group structure.

Concentration is mitigated by long-standing customer relationships,
solid operating performance through economic cycles given end
market resiliency, and cash generating capabilities of the combined
entity. Continued M&A that broadens industrial capabilities across
noncyclical sectors and enhances cash generation could support
positive rating momentum.

Leader in Niche Markets: CompoSecure and Husky have strong
footholds in the niche segments in which they operate, anchored by
manufacturing depth, engineering capabilities, and focus on core
product portfolios. Both platforms deliver benefits for customers
that enhance its defensibility and create customer switching costs,
evidenced by Husky's 40% share in PET systems and CompoSecure's 75%
share in metal payment cards.

Mid-3x Leverage and Coverage: Fitch forecasts pro forma gross
EBITDA leverage, net of the 10% management fee, in the mid-3x range
following the Husky acquisition, consistent with the company's
sub-3.5x financial policy. M&A could lift EBITDA leverage to
3.5x-4x. EBITDA interest coverage is forecast in the mid-to-high-3x
range. The evolution of the leverage profile is dependent on the
size, pace, and funding mix of future M&A, however the company's
positive FCF profile supports deleveraging capacity.

Aftermarket, Recurring Revenue Provides Stability: The business
benefits from recurring and aftermarket-weighted cash flow streams.
Husky's 13,500-system installed base, 25-year equipment lifecycles,
and $680 million backlog supports utilization-linked maintenance
revenue. Serving high-volume PET applications, Husky secures
first-call parts/service by leveraging its growing remote
monitoring application to ensure customers reduce downtime risk.
CompoSecure generates around 75% of revenue from recurring card
reissuance/expiration and fraud-related replacements. These
offerings strengthen the operating profile and provide stable,
long-term revenue visibility.

High-20% EBITDA, 10% FCF Margins: Fitch expects the combined
CompoSecure group to operate with EBITDA margins in the high-20%
range and FCF margins of around 10%, which are strong for the 'BB'
category. Further margin expansion will be driven by
commercialization of existing products and services in targeted
growth areas, operational streamlining, and opportunistic M&A.

Bespoke Engineering Advantage: Both businesses exhibit technology
leadership in its markets underpinned by IP, engineering, and
customization that support customer stickiness. Husky's hot runner
expertise and spec-to-SKU molds, designed exclusively for Husky
equipment, enable equipment adaptations without system replacement.
Ongoing R&D investment sustains product innovation on an
18-24-month cycle. CompoSecure's proprietary production assets and
embedded security features enable quick design and differentiated
products. These capabilities create a competitive moat, supporting
premium pricing and stable margins.

Peer Analysis

Fitch compares CompoSecure to other diversified manufacturing
peers, including JBT Marel, Matthews International Corporation
(BB-/Stable), Hillman Solutions Corp. (BB-/Stable), and Park-Ohio
Holdings Corp. (B+/Stable).

CompoSecure's resilient end markets and predominant aftermarket
exposure reduces cyclical risk and is comparable to JBT and
Matthews. In contrast, Hillman and Park-Ohio face greater exposure
to consumer retail demand trends that lead to cyclicality in their
cash flow profiles. While Hillman and Park-Ohio have broader
end-market and product application diversification, CompoSecure's
cash flow stability is comparatively stronger.

CompoSecure is forecast to operate with leverage around 3.5x
throughout the forecast, similar to Matthews but weaker than both
JBT (2.5x-3x) and Hillman (low-3x). Park-Ohio's leverage profile is
weaker than the peer group average at the 3.5x-4x range. Hillman
and Park-Ohio's smaller scale, weaker cash flow generation, and
greater cyclicality relative to CompoSecure are offset at their
respective leverage and rating levels.

Key Assumptions

- Mid-single-digit organic revenue growth through the forecast
driven mainly by expansion into growth markets;

- EBITDA margin expansion into the high-20% range from operational
efficiency gains, inclusive of 10% management fee to Resolute
Holdings Management;

- Capex remains in the 3% to 3.5% range throughout the forecast;

- Capital allocation assumed to be opportunistic, prioritizing
inorganic growth over debt repayments or shareholder returns;

- Bolt-on acquisitions completed annually beginning at the start of
2027 at low-double-digit multiples;

- SOFR assumed at 3.75% in 2026, stabilizing at 3.5% thereafter.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Sustained EBITDA leverage above 4.0x and EBITDA interest coverage
below 3.0x;

- A deviation in M&A strategy or operational missteps that
heightens execution and cash flow risk;

- Erosion of competitive advantages that weaken market position.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Continued execution and maturation of the business and cash flow
risk profiles;

- Demonstrated execution of an M&A strategy that enhances
diversification;

- Disciplined financial and capital allocation policy that supports
EBITDA leverage sustained below 3.5x;

- Maintenance of (CFO-Capex)/Debt at or above 7.5%.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Fitch expects CompoSecures' liquidity to be sufficient over the
rating horizon. Liquidity and financial flexibility are bolstered
by the company's FCF generation and availability under the proposed
$273.5 million revolver.

Following the transaction close, CompoSecure will have 2029 debt
maturities. The company's proposed capital structure will be
comprised of a super senior secured revolving credit facility as
well as a senior secured term loan and delayed-draw term loan.

Issuer Profile

CompoSecure is a leading manufacturer of premium metal payment
cards. It will acquire Husky Technologies, a provider of engineered
tooling, injection molding systems, hot runners, and services for
plastic packaging across food and beverage and other end markets.

Date of Relevant Committee

11-Nov-2025

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt              Rating             Recovery   
   -----------              ------             --------   
CompoSecure, L.L.C.   LT IDR BB-  New Rating

   senior secured     LT     BB+  New Rating     RR2

   super senior       LT     BB+  New Rating     RR1

CompoSecure, Inc.     LT IDR BB-  New Rating

Husky Holdings LLC    LT IDR BB-  New Rating

   senior secured     LT     BB+  New Rating     RR2

   super senior       LT     BB+  New Rating     RR


COOKSON'S TRANSMISSION: Unsecureds to Get Share of GUC Recovery
---------------------------------------------------------------
Cookson's Transmission City, Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Texas a Chapter 11 Plan of
Reorganization dated November 20, 2025.

The Debtor is an automotive repair shop located in Duncanville,
Texas. The Debtor provides all types of automotive repair and
service work, focusing particularly on transmission service and
repair.

On October 13, 2025, the Debtor filed Debtor's Application for
Entry of an Order Pursuant to Sections 327(a) and 328(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code Authorizing the Employment and Retention of Arise
Capital Real Estate as Broker for the Debtor, seeking entry of an
order authorizing the employment of Arise Capital Real Estate
("Arise Capital") as real estate broker for the Debtor's real
property located at (a) 723 E. Hwy 67, Duncanville, Texas 75137;
(b) 1218 Crestdell Drive, Duncanville, Texas 75137; (c) 1201
Crestdell Drive, Duncanville, Texas 75137; and (d) 1211 Crestdell
Drive, Duncanville, Texas 75137 (collectively, the "Duncanville
Property").

Since the Petition Date, the Debtor has been marketing the
Duncanville Property for sale. The Debtor has received some
interest from prospective buyers, but as of the filing of this
Plan, the Debtor has not received a firm offer to purchase the
Duncanville Property. The Duncanville Property is listed for sale
for $2,650,000.00.

Class 6 consists of all General Unsecured Claims against any
Debtor. Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed General
Unsecured Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and
final satisfaction, compromise, settlement, release, and discharge
of and in exchange for each General Unsecured Claim, each holder of
an Allowed Class General Unsecured Claim shall, until paid or
satisfied in accordance with this Plan, accrue interest at 5%
simple interest per annum and be paid their pro rata share of the
GUC Recovery. The GUC Recovery shall be paid by the Debtor to
holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims prior to the Plan
Completion Date.

Class 6 is Impaired and is entitled to vote to accept or reject the
Plan.

Class 7 consists of all the Interests in the Debtor. On the
Effective Date, all Class 7 Interests shall remain in place at
their prepetition priority and status.

Pursuant to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule
9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions,
releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the
Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good
faith compromise and settlement of all Claims and Interests and
controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan (collectively, the
"Plan Settlement").

The Plan will be funded, in part, by a sale of any of the following
portions of real estate parcels owned by the Debtor: (a) 723 E. Hwy
67, Duncanville, Texas 75137; (b) 1218 Crestdell Drive,
Duncanville, Texas 75137; (c) 1201 Crestdell Drive, Duncanville,
Texas 75137; and (d) 1211 Crestdell Drive, Duncanville, Texas 75137
(defined, supra, as the "Duncanville Property").

The Debtor will use commercially reasonable and good faith efforts
to sell all or a portion of the Duncanville Property prior to the
Plan Completion Date in an amount sufficient to satisfy the
treatment of Holders of Claims against the Debtor as classified in
this Plan.

The Reorganized Debtor shall fund Plan Distributions with: (1) Cash
on hand; (2) the sale of the Duncanville Property; and (3) the
proceeds of operations.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated November 20,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=WIfgUi from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Bryan Assink, Esq.
     Bonds Ellis Eppich Schafer Jones LLP
     420 Throckmorton Street, Suite 1000
     Fort Worth, TX 76102
     Telephone: (817) 405-6900
     Facsimile: (817) 405-6902
     Email: bryan.assink@bondsellis.com

                   About Cookson's Transmission City

Cookson's Transmission City, Inc. provides automotive repair
services with a focus on transmission diagnostics, maintenance, and
rebuilding, and also offers related services including tune-ups,
air conditioning repair, and alternator replacement. The Company
has operated in Duncanville, Texas since 1978, serving individual
car owners and local customers in the Dallas-Fort Worth area.

Cookson's sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-33212) on August 22, 2025,
listing $1,063,188 in total assets and $880,770 in total
liabilities. Joey Carbon, president, signed the petition.

Judge Michelle V. Larson oversees the case.

Bryan C. Assink, Esq., at Bonds Ellis Eppich Schafer Jones, LLP
represents the Debtor as counsel.


CORNERSTONE BUILDING: Moody's Cuts CFR to 'Caa1', Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded Cornerstone Building Brands, Inc.'s
corporate family rating to Caa1 from B3, its probability of default
rating to Caa1-PD from B3-PD, the senior secured bank credit
facility rating to Caa1 from B3, senior secured notes rating to
Caa1 from B3 and the senior unsecured notes rating to Caa3 from
Caa2. The rating outlook remains stable.

"The downgrade of the CFR to Caa1 reflects anticipated weaker
earnings in 2025 and 2026 compared to Moody's prior expectations,
driven by sustained softness in residential new construction and
repair-and-remodel volumes relative to historical levels," said
Griselda Bisono, VP-Senior Credit Officer at Moody's Ratings.
Furthermore, the ability to offset materials inflation through
price increases, without impacting volumes, remains unclear.
Moody's expects key credit metrics will remain weak through 2026,
including debt / EBITDA at about 9.0x and EBITA / Interest Expense
at about 0.6x.        

The stable outlook reflects improving fundamentals within the
company's Metal Solutions segment, which should partially offset
volume declines in the Windows and Doors and Siding and Accessories
segments. In addition, the outlook considers a weaker, but still
stable, liquidity profile.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Cornerstone's Caa1 CFR reflects high leverage, weak interest
coverage, and a low margin profile. Sales volumes will remain
pressured by soft remodeling demand, driven by low existing home
sales and weak new residential construction. While non-residential
construction may improve modestly in 2026, it will not offset
weakness in the other end markets. This is compounded by the
discretionary nature of Cornerstone's products and consumer
preference for lower-cost renovations.

Tariffs add further downside risk through higher input costs and
reduced remodel demand. Moody's projects EBITA margins will remain
flat at about 5–5.5% through 2026, reflecting earnings from the
Metal Sales acquisition offset by materials inflation due to
tariffs. The highly competitive landscape will also limit pricing
power.

Moody's expects Cornerstone to maintain adequate liquidity over the
next 18 months, despite Moody's forecasts for negative free cash
flow in 2025 resulting from weak operating cash generation.
However, Moody's expects free cash flow to turn positive in 2026
driven mainly by working capital improvements. Moody's liquidity
assessment reflects higher revolver usage on the company's $1.037
billion ABL and cash flow facilities, no near-term maturities and
weakened but sufficient cushion on financial covenants.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL, GOVERNANCE CONSIDERATIONS

Moody's changed the governance risk score for Cornerstone to G-5
(very highly negative) from G-4 (highly negative) and the credit
impact score to CIS-5 (very highly negative) from CIS-4 (highly
negative). The change in governance risk and credit impact scores
reflects very aggressive financial policies under private equity
ownership, as evidenced by very high leverage and weak interest
coverage. The company has a track record of operational
underperformance and no meaningful track record in achieving
near-term performance targets, which further elevates its
governance risk.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company sustains improved
credit metrics, including total debt-to-EBITDA below 6.5x, adjusted
EBITA-to-interest expense above 1.5x and positive free cash flow.
An upgrade would also require maintenance of good liquidity.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company generates negative
operating cash flow and liquidity deteriorates. A downgrade would
also be triggered by increased likelihood of a restructuring or
default.

Headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, Cornerstone Building Brands,
Inc., is the largest manufacturer of exterior building products for
residential and low-rise non-residential buildings in North
America. Following the going private transaction, Cornerstone
became a privately owned business by Clayton, Dubilier and Rice.
  
The principal methodology used in these ratings was Manufacturing
published in September 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


CROSSCOUNTRY INTERMEDIATE: Moody's Rates $500MM Unsec. Notes 'B1'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has assigned a B1 backed senior unsecured debt
rating to CrossCountry Intermediate Holdco, LLC's proposed $500
million backed senior unsecured notes due in 2032. The company
intends to use the net proceeds from the offering to pay down its
secured mortgage servicing rights (MSR) facilities. Remaining
proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes.

CrossCountry Intermediate Holdco, LLC is the intermediate holding
company of CrossCountry Holdco, LLC (CrossCountry). The rating
action does not affect CrossCountry's Ba3 corporate family rating.
The outlook for both entities is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's views the proposed transaction as modestly credit positive.
Although overall corporate leverage will increase slightly from the
current level, the transaction will reduce the company's reliance
on secured MSR financing, increasing financial flexibility.

CrossCountry's Ba3 CFR reflects the company's strong profitability
despite difficult conditions for residential mortgage companies as
well as its growing franchise in the US residential mortgage
market, where it is a top 10 mortgage originator and the largest in
the distributed-retail channel. CrossCountry's current
capitalization is solid, and the company's hedging strategy helps
preserve equity and lessen the impact of MSR fair value changes.

The B1 senior unsecured debt rating is one notch below the
company's Ba3 CFR, incorporating the debt's priority of claim,
strength of asset coverage and Moody's expectations of the
company's use of secured corporate debt relative to total corporate
debt.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that
CrossCountry's asset quality, capitalization and funding profile
will remain stable over the next 12-18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if the company: 1) strengthens its
capitalization, such that its tangible common equity (TCE) to
tangible managed assets (TMA) increases and remains above 22.0%; 2)
decreases its reliance on secured financing; 3) maintains
profitability as measured by net income to total managed assets
exceeding 4.0%; and 4) lowers its proportion of
non-agency/non-government loan origination volumes relative to its
total originations.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company: 1) weakens its
financial profile or franchise position, such that its TCE/TMA
declines to less than 12% or net income to average assets remains
below 2.0%; 2) increases the proportion of
non-agency/non-government loan origination volumes to more than 30%
of total originations without a commensurate increase in
alternative liquidity sources and capital to address the riskier
liquidity and asset quality profile that such an increase would
entail; or 3) increases refinance risk such that the average
remaining time to maturity of its warehouse lines decreases and
Moody's expects it to remain less than 12 months. In addition, if
secured MSR debt or other secured corporate debt to total corporate
debt increases and Moody's expects it to remain above 50%, Moody's
could downgrade the long-term senior unsecured debt rating.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Finance Companies
published in July 2024.


CRS SERVICES: Edward Burr Named Subchapter V Trustee
----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 17 appointed Edward Burr of Mac
Restructuring Advisors, LLC as Subchapter V trustee for CRS
Services, Limited.

Mr. Burr will be paid an hourly fee of $450 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Burr declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Edward Burr
     Mac Restructuring Advisors, LLC
     10191 E. Shangri La Road
     Scottsdale, AZ 85260
     Phone: (602) 418-2906
     Email: Ted@macrestructuring.com

                    About CRS Services Limited

CRS Services, Limited provides home security systems, alarm
systems, UL-listed monitoring, and video surveillance services for
residential and commercial clients across Nevada through its CRS
Home Services division, and it also offers smart home automation
systems that integrate with Brinks Home Security monitoring. It
additionally provides solar panel and battery backup solutions
along with water filtration systems and operates from Henderson,
Nevada.

CRS Services filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Nevada Case No. 25-16917) on November
17, 2025, with $100,000 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities. Steven D. Boyer, managing member, signed
the petition.

Judge August B. Landis presides over the case.

Matthew C. Zirzow, Esq., at Larson & Zirzow, LLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


DEEJAYZOO LLC: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to December 22
--------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Nancy Hershey Lord of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of New York extended Deejayzoo LLC d/b/a
Shhhowercap's exclusive periods to file a plan of reorganization
and obtain acceptance thereof to December 22, 2025 and February 23,
2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtor explains that an
extension of the exclusive periods will give the company a
reasonable opportunity to negotiate and obtain confirmation of a
consensual plan with its creditors. Further, it needs the requested
period in order for all parties to file their respective claims
within the deadlines to be established by the Court and for the
Debtor to review said claims once filed.

The Debtor claims that the requested extensions of the exclusivity
period to file a plan and disclosure statement will not harm any
economic stakeholder. Rather, the time will be used to negotiate a
resolution of claims filed in this case, in order to propose
feasible plan and disclosure statement.

Deejayzoo LLC is represented by:
   
     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C.
     2799 Coney Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Telephone: (718) 513-3145

                           About Deejayzoo LLC

Deejayzoo LLC develops and markets SHHHOWERCAP, a reusable and
innovative shower cap designed to replace disposable alternatives.
The product is waterproof, humidity-defying, antibacterial, fits
all hair types, and machine washable. The Company operates from its
headquarters in Brooklyn, New York, and is led by founder Jacquelyn
De Jesu.

Deejayzoo LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-42617) on May 28, 2025. In its
petition signed by Jacquelyn De Jesu, president, the Debtor
disclosed total assets of $12,166 and total liabilities of
$2,846,653.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Nancy Hershey Lord handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Alla Kachan, Esq., at the Law Offices
of Alla Kachan, P.C.


DEL MAR RACE: Fitch Affirms BB- Rating on $29MM 2015 Revenue Bonds
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Del Mar Race Track Authority, CA's (RTA)
$29 million Series 2015 revenue bonds at 'BB-'. The Rating Outlook
is Stable.

RATING RATIONALE

The 'BB-' rating reflects the elevated vulnerability of the RTA's
operating profile to the declining popularity of horse racing in
California and across the country. Longer-term historical declines
in track attendance have reduced margins for track net revenue,
leading to lower net revenue from racing operations and greater
reliance on concession revenue to support debt service.

Although Del Mar hosted the Breeders Cup in 2024 and 2025, Fitch's
rating case assumes a continued decline in gross track revenue in
2026, with net concession revenue becoming the sole source for debt
service after 2027. Under the rating case, the 10-year average DSCR
is 1.32x, with a minimum of 0.91x in 2037. The rating is supported
by strong debt structural features, including prepayment tests that
trigger if coverage exceeds or falls below 2.0x, expected early
amortization of the bonds, and reduced long-term risk for horse
racing, consistent with a 'BB-' rating. Fitch's rating case does
not assume any prepayments under the debt structure, although
prepayments are expected in practice.

Although net concession revenue bolsters the debt service coverage
ratio (DSCR) through debt tenor, this revenue depends on the
facility remaining open, with either sustained attendance at
non-racing events or higher per capita concession spending, which
is uncertain over the long term. Fitch will monitor the facility's
financial viability and update the rating to reflect future
material credit events as they arise.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Risk: Franchise - Weaker

Declining Fan Base: Declines in the California horse racing, as
well as exposure to adverse events such as equine deaths at tracks,
have driven a long-term trend of reduced attendance and uncertainty
in fan support, despite temporary improvements during the pandemic.
Tracks also increasingly compete with internet gaming and regional
casinos for gamblers. These weaknesses are somewhat offset by an
affluent service area combined with semi-diverse revenue from
wagering, and concessions generated from other fairground events.
However, given the industry's continued deterioration, track
revenue appears less sustainable over the longer term.

Facility Infrastructure Development/Renewal - Midrange

Limited Financial Obligation to Capital Improvement Plan: The score
reflects the limited capacity of excess cashflow available to the
RTA to fund any potential fairgrounds capital projects. Recent
large fairgrounds capital projects were separately funded by the
22nd District Agricultural Association (DAA), including the
renovation of an existing satellite wagering building into a
multi-purpose entertainment venue, "the Sound," which is bolstering
DAA concession revenue and supporting a mild diversification in
pledged revenue. The RTA has previously relied on bond financings
to fund major capital renovations to the track grounds. Currently
the RTA is not responsible for any major capital spending plans.

Debt Structure - 1 - Stronger

Favorable Provisions and Reserves: Debt is 100% fixed rate and
fully amortizes by 2038 with a flat debt service profile of $3.2
million per annum. A debt prepayment feature accelerates prepayment
of principal in the amount of 30% of pledged net revenue (subject
to a $4 million cap on net concession revenue) that exceeds 2.0x
debt service. A second prepayment feature offers further protection
if coverage test revenue (i.e., pledged revenue, including all
available uncapped net concession revenue) should fall below 2.0x
debt service. No debt may be issued senior to the 2015 bonds, and
rating agency verification is required for any additional parity
bonds. A debt service reserve fund (DSRF) is fully cash funded at
maximum annual debt service (MADS).

Financial Profile

Overall financial performance for 2024 was broadly in line with
prior years. Net track revenue declined somewhat, while net
concession revenue increased, benefiting from hosting the 2024
Breeder's Cup, as well as revenue diversification from the new
music venue at the fairgrounds, which also contributed to net
concession revenue.

Fitch cases reflect declining horse-racing trends and thin
operating margins on net racetrack revenue. This leads to higher
reliance on net concession revenue, which also is vulnerable to
deterioration. Under Fitch's rating case, net racetrack revenue is
depleted by 2028, and the 10-year average DSCR is 1.32x, falling to
a minimum of 0.91x in 2037, as no pledged racetrack revenue are
available to support debt service. The profile exhibits a high
degree of volatility with slight changes in net track profitability
contributing to large variances in annual DSCR.

PEER GROUP

There are no directly comparable peers, as this is the only
racetrack that Fitch rates.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Continued decline in horse racing such that the racetrack is no
longer financially sustainable.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Proactive managerial decisions that lead to viable cost
reductions and/or consistent revenue growth resulting in a stable
long-term financial profile.

CREDIT UPDATE

Net track revenue for 2024 came in at $1.79 million, slightly
higher than anticipated during the previous review. Concession net
revenue totaled $3.31 million. Unencumbered operating cash and
investments in LAIF decreased slightly, with $31.8 million
available in December 2024. Wagers increased as expected, with a
total handle (the total amount wagered on a race) of $872.6 million
2024, up 28.1% from 2023, due to inclusion of Breeders' Cup
handles. Excluding the Breeders' Cup, wagers were $669.2 million,
decreasing by 1.7% in 2024. Fitch views the 2024 handle growth as
primarily event-driven, with the decline in core wagering excluding
the Breeders' Cup indicating subdued underlying demand.

Total track attendance during 2024 was higher than 2023, at 387,054
patrons. However, this increase is attributed to hosting the
Breeders' Cup. Summer meet attendance was 273,587 (70.7% of total),
which returned to 31 race days from 30 days the previous year.
Average daily attendance in the summer was down 4.2% compared with
2023. The 14-day fall meet (11.9% of total) had attendance of
46,049, a 10.74% decrease from 2023 fall attendance, despite the
increase in racing days from 13 to 14 for the 2024 season. The
Breeders' Cup, which was not held the previous year, saw attendance
of 67,418. Attendance in 2024 represents 83% of pre-pandemic
attendance, which had already fallen from previous peaks of over
700,000 patrons. Fitch views the increase in attendance as largely
nonrecurring, and notes patronage remains below pre-pandemic
levels, which may limit onsite revenue growth.

Overall handle in 2024 increased 28.1% due to the hosting of the
Breeder's Cup at Del Mar in 2024, which greatly increased wagering.
Non-Breeder's Cup handle decreased slightly in 2024 when compared
with 2023. Out-of-state wagering continues to be the largest
component of total handle at 55%, followed by offtrack wagering at
32%. On-track wagering makes up only 8% of the total, representing
a significant decline from 17% of total handle in 2014.

Net racetrack revenue decreased by 31.46% in 2024 to an estimated
$1.79 million due to a major increase in operating expenses. The
decline in net track revenue in 2024 was attributed to increases in
advertising, service contracts and equipment rentals.

In 2023, "the Sound" opened on the fairgrounds. The venue is an
1,892 seat multi-use entertainment venue that primarily hosts
concerts. This capital project was undertaken and financed by DAA
and was a renovation of an existing satellite wagering building. In
2024, the venue hosted 60 events, falling short of the forecasted
80 shows. Despite the decrease in shows, net income for the year
amounted to $505,170, which falls below the forecast by about 10%.
Fitch views the development of the venue as a signal that
management intends to diversify revenue streams at the fairgrounds
and contribute additional concession revenue toward the rated
bonds. No other major capital expenditures are planned at Del Mar.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by net concession revenue (capped at $4
million) generated by the DAA and net track revenue generated by
DMTC.

ESG Considerations

Del Mar Race Track Authority (CA) has an ESG Relevance Score of '4'
for Financial Transparency due to delays in publication of audited
financial statements, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other
factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt                  Rating          Prior
   -----------                  ------          -----
Del Mar Race Track
Authority (CA)

   Del Mar Race Track
   Authority (CA) /Sports
   Facility Revenues –
   First Lien/1 LT           LT BB-  Affirmed   BB-


DENVER BOULDERING: Continued Operations to Fund Plan Payments
-------------------------------------------------------------
Denver Bouldering Club, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Colorado a Subchapter V Plan of Reorganization
dated November 21, 2025.

The Debtor is a Colorado limited liability company that operates
two bouldering and climbing gyms in the Denver Metro area.

The Debtor was forced to file bankruptcy due to an underperforming
location, unfavorable lease, and a dip in memberships, which
created cash flow issues. While Debtor's business model has the
potential to be profitable, Debtor could not maintain its
prepetition obligations. Faced with mounting debt and limited
liquidity, Debtor had no viable option but to seek bankruptcy
protection.

The Debtor has listed its assets with the market values above. In a
liquidation, the Debtor's secured creditor would seek relief from
the automatic stay and foreclose on its collateral. The secured
claim encumbering the Debtor's assets totals approximately
$492,319.96, far exceeding the value of the Debtor's assets and
leaving no value in a liquidation.

The Debtor scheduled two unsecured pre-petition debts. Chase in the
amount of $16,392.14 and Thomas Betterton in the amount of
$8,750.97. Chase has filed a Proof of Claim for $16,392.14. The
Debtor also rejected the lease for 720 W. 84th Ave., Ste. A,
Thornton, CO 80221. The landlord for this location, Huron Plaza,
LLC filed a claim for $1,322,816.85. However, the landlord failed
to use the cap contained in Section 502(b)(6) of the Bankruptcy
Code for its lease rejection claim.

Class 3 consists of general unsecured creditors of the Debtor who
hold Allowed Claims. Holders of Class 3 Allowed Claims shall share
on a Pro Rata basis monies deposited into the Unsecured Creditor
Account as set forth herein. As set forth in Article III, paragraph
3.2 of this Plan, upon the first full month following the Effective
Date of the Plan and every month until Administrative Claims are
paid in full and then for the remainder of the Term of the Plan the
Debtor will every month in accordance with the terms of this Plan
deposit for the five year Term of the Plan: (a) during the first
year of the Plan $209.49 per month and $2,513.92 per year; (b)
during the second year of the Plan $341.82 per month and $4,101.82
per year; (c) during the third year term of the Plan $480.76 per
month and $5,769.11 per year; (d) during the fourth year of the
Plan $626.65 per month and $7,519.76 per year and (e) during the
fifth year of the Plan $779.83 per month and $9,357.95 per year.

At the end of each calendar quarter, the balance of the Unsecured
Creditor Account will be distributed to the holders of Class 3
general unsecured creditors that hold Allowed Claims on a Pro Rata
basis. The account will be maintained at a federally insured
banking institution and shall be maintained within the insurance
limit of the institution.

Class 4 includes the Interests in the Debtor, which Interests are
unimpaired by the Plan. Upon confirmation of the Plan, all Class 4
Interest holders will retain their ownership Interests in the
Debtor.

The Debtor shall be empowered to take such action as may be
necessary to perform its obligations under this Plan.

The Debtor believes that the Plan, as proposed, is feasible. The
funding for the Plan will come from the Debtor's continued
operations. As detailed in the Projections, the Debtor will have
sufficient cash on hand and profits during the term of the Plan to
satisfy its Plan obligations.

A full-text copy of the Subchapter V Plan dated November 21, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=uWqXce from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     David J. Warner, Esq.
     Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C.
     2580 West Main Street, Suite 200
     Littleton, CO 80128
     Tel: (303) 296-1999
     Fax: (303) 296-7600 FAX
     Email: dwarner@wgwc-law.com

                    About Denver Bouldering Club LLC

Denver Bouldering Club, LLC operates multiple climbing gyms in the
Denver area, offering memberships, coaching, and outdoor
education.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-14161) on July 3,
2025. In the petition signed by Thomas Betterton, managing member,
the Debtor disclosed up to $100,000 in assets and up to $1 million
in liabilities.

Judge Thomas B. McNamara oversees the case.

David J. Warner, Esq., at Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C.,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


DIOCESE OF BURLINGTON: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity
-------------------------------------------------------
The Roman Catholic Diocese of Burlington Vermont asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Vermont to extend its
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to March 30, 2026 and May 29, 2026,
respectively.

The Diocese believes that the limited proposed extension to
formulate and file a plan sought in the Motion will be beneficial
to the estate, will allow the plan to be based on more accurate
information, and will result in a more efficient use of the
estate's assets for the benefit of all creditors.

The Debtor explains that the status of the case and the application
of the factors identified support the conclusion that an extension
of the exclusivity period and solicitation period is warranted in
the Diocese's case, including because:

     * The Diocese's case is large and complex, involving
complicated property of the estate and claim issues;

     * The Diocese and the Committee require more time to negotiate
a plan of reorganization and prepare adequate information for a
disclosure statement;

     * The Diocese has been working diligently and in good faith
toward a Chapter 11 plan, including in consultation with the
Committee;

     * The Diocese is paying its bills as they become due; and

     * The Diocese is about to participate in continued mediation
with the Committee.

In sum, the Diocese believes that the extensions sought will be
beneficial to the Diocese as well as creditors and other parties in
interest; will provide time to attempt to reach a consensus
regarding plan terms; will allow the plan to be based on more
accurate information; and will result in a more efficient use of
estate assets for the benefit of all creditors.

The Debtor explains that the requested extensions of the exclusive
period and solicitation period are essential to allow the Diocese
to proceed with the plan process as contemplated by the Bankruptcy
Code. Moreover, the possibility of multiple plans would inevitably
lead to unnecessary and costly confrontations that would likely
cause a dramatic increase in the professional fee burden borne by
the estate and reduce potential distributions to creditors.

The Roman Catholic Diocese Of Burlington is represented by:

     Raymond J. Obuchowski, Esq.
     OBUCHOWSKI LAW OFFICE
     1542 Route 107, PO Box 60
     Bethel, VT 05032
     Phone: (802) 234-6244
     Email: ray@oeblaw.com

     James L. Baillie, Esq.
     Steven R. Kinsella, Esq.
     Samuel M. Andre, Esq.
     Katherine A. Nixon, Esq.
     FREDRIKSON & BYRON, P.A.
     60 South Sixth Street, Suite 1500
     Minneapolis, MN 55402-4400
     (612) 492-7000
     Email: jbaillie@fredlaw.com
           skinsella@fredlaw.com
           sandre@fredlaw.com
           knixon@fredlaw.com

                About Roman Catholic Diocese Of Burlington Vermont

Roman Catholic Diocese of Burlington sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Vt. Case No. 24-10205) on
Sept. 30, 2024. In the petition signed by Reverend John Joseph
McDermott, bishop, the Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in assets
and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Heather Z. Cooper oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped James Baillie, Esq., at Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
as bankruptcy counsel and Obuchowski Law Office as local counsel.


DISCOVERY ENERGY: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed the ratings of Discovery Energy Holding
Corporation (DEHC), including the B1 corporate family rating, B1-PD
probability of default rating and B1 backed senior secured first
lien bank credit facility rating. The outlook remains stable.

The affirmation of the CFR reflects Moody's expectations that DEHC
will maintain its competitive position as a manufacturer of backup
generators and gas and diesel engines, while improving its earnings
and managing its moderate financial leverage.

RATINGS RATIONALE

DEHC's B1 CFR reflects the company's good size and scale as a
manufacturer of backup generators and gas and diesel engines. DEHC
has a healthy assortment of product offerings and a broad
geographic presence with a global sales and manufacturing
footprint. Moody's expects demand for the company's products to
remain strong and to support favorable pricing. The US electrical
grid infrastructure is aging and weather related power outages are
occurring increasingly frequently, which will drive demand for
industrial and residential generators.

However, DEHC faces formidable competitors in the market for backup
generators. The company has a limited history as a standalone
entity from a carve-out transaction in May 2024, which could still
pose execution risk. Private equity ownership may lead to a more
aggressive financial policy, including the payment of a large
shareholder distribution or debt funded acquisition.

Moody's expects organic revenue to grow by 4% per year over the
next 12-18 months, driven by growth in the Industrial Energy
Systems, including from products to support data centers, and the
Home Energy segment, which sees healthy demand from residential end
markets.

Moody's forecasts that adjusted EBITA margin will improve to 7.1%
over the next 12 to 18 months. The improvement is underpinned by
favorable pricing, an ongoing mix-shift to sales of higher margin
products, including for residential end markets and data centers,
and strong cost and expense controls. The ensuing higher earnings
will lower debt-to-EBITDA to 3.9x, as Moody's expects.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that modest
revenue growth and better product mix toward higher margin products
and strong cost and expense controls will drive higher earnings,
lowering the company's financial leverage and generating positive
free cash flow.

Moody's expects DEHC's liquidity to be good over the next 12
months, which is largely supported by Moody's expectations for free
cash flow of more than $115 million over the next 12 months. Free
cash flow will benefit from improved earnings. Liquidity is also
underpinned by the $400 million asset-based lending (ABL) facility,
which was undrawn as of the end of September 2025. The facility is
set to expire in May 2029. The company has no significant debt
maturities over the next 12 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if DEHC grows organic revenue and
sustains an improvement in margin such that EBITA margin exceeds
8%, if debt-to-EBITDA is sustained below 4.0x, and if
EBITA-to-interest is sustained above 3.5x. The demonstration of
conservative financial policies could also support a ratings
upgrade.

The ratings could be downgraded if organic revenue or order rates
decline significantly, if EBITA margin declines below 6%, or if
debt-to-EBITDA is sustained above to 5.0x. The ratings could also
be downgraded if the company implements an increasingly aggressive
financial policy, including the payment of a large shareholder
distribution or debt funded acquisition.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Manufacturing
published in September 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

Discovery Energy Holding Corporation (DEHC), the former energy
division of Kohler Co., is a global manufacturer, distributor and
installer of energy resilience products including backup generators
and gas and diesel engines. These products are often used in
residential, commercial, industrial and off-highway power
equipment. The company was acquired by Platinum Equity Investors
from Kohler Co. in a carve-out transaction in May 2024. Revenue for
the last twelve months ended September 2025 was about $4.0 billion.


DOUBLE S SIGNS: Unsecureds Will Get 17.31% of Claims over 5 Years
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Double S Signs, LLC, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization dated November
20, 2025.

The Debtor started operations in June 2018. Double S Signs, LLC
operates a commercial sign company business.

Double S Signs, LLC elected to file a chapter 11 reorganization as
the best means to resolve the current liabilities of the company
and determine the secured portions of those creditors.

The Debtor filed this case on August 25, 2025. Debtor proposes to
pay allowed unsecured based on the liquidation analysis and cash
available. Debtor anticipates having enough business and cash
available to fund the plan and pay the creditors pursuant to the
proposed plan. It is anticipated that after confirmation, the
Debtor will continue in business. Based upon the projections, the
Debtor believes it can service the debt to the creditors.

The Debtor will continue operating the businesses. The Debtor's
Plan will break the existing claims into six classes of Claimants.
These claimants will receive cash repayments over a period of time
beginning on or after the Effective Date.

Class 4 consists of Allowed Unsecured Claims. All allowed unsecured
creditors shall receive a pro rata distribution at zero percent per
annum over the next five years beginning not later than the 1st day
of the first full calendar month following 30 days after the
effective date of the plan and continuing every year thereafter on
a monthly basis at 0.00% per annum. This Class is impaired.

The Debtor will distribute $119.500.00 to the general allowed
unsecured creditor pool over the 5-year term of the plan, includes
the under-secured claim portions. The Debtor's General Allowed
Unsecured Claimants will receive 17.31% of their allowed claims
under this plan. The allowed unsecured claims total $690,117.24.

Class 5 consists of Equity Interest Holders (Current Owners). The
current owners will receive no payments under the Plan; however,
they will be allowed to retain ownership in the Debtor. Class 5
Claimants are not impaired under the Plan.

The Debtor anticipates the continued operations of the business to
fund the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated November 20,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=A2wdiq from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Robert C. Lane, Esq.
     A. Zachary Casas, Esq.
     The Lane Law Firm
     6200 Savoy, Suite 1150
     Houston, Texas 77036
     (713) 595-8200 Voice
     (713) 595-8201 Facsimile

      About Double S Signs LLC

Double S Signs, LLC manages and operates a commercial sign company
business.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 25-50110) on August 25,
2025, listing up to $1 million in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities. Jared Russell Sparks, president of Double S Signs,
signed the petition.

Judge Brenda T. Rhoades oversees the case.

Robert C. Lane, Esq., at The Lane Law Firm, represents the Debtor
as bankruptcy counsel.


EDGEWELL PERSONAL: S&P Lowers ICR to 'BB-', Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on U.S.-based
Edgewell Personal Care Co. and its issue-level rating on its senior
unsecured debt to 'BB-' from 'BB'. The recovery rating on the
senior unsecured debt remains '3', indicating its expectations for
meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 60%) recovery in the event
of a payment default.

The stable outlook reflects our view that Edgewell will reduce S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to about 4.5x by the end of fiscal
2026 despite a challenging operating environment and elevated
restructuring and divestiture-related costs. This assumes the
company will prioritize using the proceeds from the sale of its
feminine care business to deleverage as opposed to shareholder
returns.

Edgewell reported weaker-than-expected fourth-quarter fiscal 2025
financial results and guidance for 2026.

S&P said, "We view the announced sale of the underperforming
feminine care business to Essity as a credit positive and margin
accretive, notwithstanding stranded costs that will weigh on
near-term cash flow and credit metrics.

"As a result, we no longer believe the company will strengthen
credit metrics in fiscal 2026 consistent with our prior
expectations, which had included reducing adjusted leverage to
below 4x. Rather, we now forecast leverage to remain elevated at
about 4.5x in fiscal 2026.

"The downgrade reflects our view that credit-measure improvement
will take longer than previously anticipated and could be further
delayed if macroeconomic conditions, competitive pressures, or both
don't ease. For the fiscal year ended Sept. 30, 2025, Edgewell
reported a 1.3% decline in net sales and a 15% decline S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted EBITDA." Its performance was hurt by:

-- Weaker consumption trends;

-- Execution missteps in its feminine care business earlier in the
year that contributed to items being out of stock and a subsequent
loss of market share;

-- Another weak sun care season, exacerbated by intense
competition that resulted in heavy promotional behavior;

-- Substantial restructuring costs related to its North American
business streamlining and facility consolidation; and

-- Meaningful exposure to tariffs.

In addition, adjusted debt was higher than expected, as the company
used its revolver to fund inventory purchases ahead of tariff
implementation and to fund share repurchases. Consequently,
adjusted leverage deteriorated to 4.9x at the end of fiscal 2025
compared to our previous forecast of 4.2x.

S&P said, "We expect most of the headwinds will persist into fiscal
2026, which will continue to pressure Edgewell' s performance. We
forecast flat organic revenues in fiscal 2026, affected by weak
consumer spending and heavy competition but partially offset by
benefits from increased advertising and promotional spending.
Retailer planograms next reset in February/March 2026, which will
provide the company an opportunity to increase sales. We expect
adjusted EBITDA margins will remain well below historical levels at
about 12.4% in fiscal 2026, down from 12.9% in fiscal 2025, weighed
down by the impact of tariffs, limited pricing power, and continued
promotional intensity in most of its sub-segments. Our forecast
assumes meaningful sequential margin improvement in the second half
of fiscal 2026 and in fiscal 2027 as the company cycles through the
higher cost of raw materials and restructuring-related costs.
This--along with a reduction of gross debt using the feminine care
asset sale proceeds--should improve adjusted leverage to about 4.5x
by fiscal 2026 and about 4x by fiscal 2027.

"We consider the announced sale of the feminine care business to
Essity as a credit positive, notwithstanding stranded costs that
will weigh on near-term cash flow and credit metrics. Although
Edgewell' s feminine care portfolio includes recognized brands such
as Playtex, Carefree, and Stayfree, this segment has consistently
underperformed the rest of the business (a reported segment profit
margin of 6% in fiscal 2025 compared to a company-consolidated
profit margin of 14%). We believe this is indicative of the heavy
competition with much larger, well-capitalized operators as well as
its recent execution missteps relating to the Carefree rollout.
It's our understanding that the feminine care business was run
largely separately from the rest of the business, including
dedicated production and marketing teams. In addition, management
believes that although the sales teams are integrated with the rest
of the business, it won't face any material revenue dis-synergies
following the divestiture. Therefore, we don't incorporate any
potential loss of sales in the remaining business. Our base-case
forecast excludes the feminine care business from the beginning of
fiscal 2026.

"We expect the company will focus on deleveraging in line with its
net leverage target of 2x-3x. This compares to 3.9x as of Sept. 30,
2025. We assume Edgewell will focus on repaying its outstanding
revolver borrowings of about $140 million as of Sept. 30, 2025,
primarily using the net proceeds from the sale of the feminine care
business, which we estimate will be about $270 million after taxes
and transaction costs. Further, we expect the company will maintain
a prudent capital-allocation policy. This will include modest
dividends of about $30 million annually and share repurchases
limited to offsetting dilution of about $15 million annually until
it can reduce net leverage to its target range. While the company
hasn't provided a definitive guide on the use of the asset sale
proceeds, we assume it will use them primarily for debt repayment
and for ongoing operations (including reinvesting in the brands and
capital expenditure related to the consolidation of its
facilities). The company might also occasionally undertake bolt-on
acquisitions that could temporarily weaken its credit metrics. We
also note the board has authorized a new share-buyback program of
up to $100 million, effective Nov. 13, 2025, which we expect the
company will use sparingly over the near term.

"We continue to assess the company' s business risk as fair. Our
view is underpinned by its participation in relatively stable
categories, well-recognized brands with decent market share, a
portfolio of innovative smaller brands (Billie, Cremo, Bulldog),
long-standing retailer relationships, and broad geographic
diversification. At the same time, we also consider the highly
competitive nature of the industry--both from well-established
brands owned by larger operators such as Procter & Gamble Co.
(P&G), Unilever U.S. Inc., and Kenvue Inc., as well as from
innovative new brands. The industry also has substantial
seasonality and relies on satisfactory weather conditions for its
sun care business. Further, Edgewell needs to continuously innovate
and spend on advertising and promotions to maintain its market
share. We view its recent organizational changes--including the
simplification of its North American operations and efforts to
streamline its wet shave production facilities (such as
consolidating the Mexican facilities into one facility and building
a new, highly automated blade manufacturing plant)--as beneficial
in the medium term once the costs related to these efforts cycle
off, which will likely be in fiscal 2027. Further, we expect
management' s renewed focus on reinvesting in its five core brands
(Schick, Billie, Hawaiian Tropic, Banana Boat, and Cremo) in the
U.S., which account for about 80% of total sales in the region,
will benefit top-line and market-share growth over the coming
quarters. This is partially offset by weak overall category growth
in a challenging macroeconomic environment. Edgewell' s
international business continues to perform well, posting positive
organic growth consistently over the past five years.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that Edgewell will improve
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to about 4.5x by end of fiscal
2026, despite a challenging operating environment and elevated
restructuring and divestiture-related costs. This view is supported
by our expectation that the company will prioritize using the
feminine care business sale proceeds to deleverage as opposed to
shareholder returns."

S&P could lower its ratings if it expects leverage will be
sustained above 5x or we unfavorably reassess Edgewell' s business
risk profile. This could happen if:

-- Operating performance falls short of our expectations due to
reduced consumer spending, persistent inflation, or tariff
headwinds;

-- Competition from larger rivals--including online--escalates,
resulting in market-share losses;
-- Contributions from productivity initiatives are lower than
expected;

-- The company experiences supply-chain disruptions or loses shelf
space at retailers; or

-- Financial policies become more aggressive than we expect,
including materially higher share repurchases, multiple bolt-on
acquisitions, or a transformational acquisition.

Although unlikely over the next year, S&P could raise the rating if
Edgewell improves its operating performance and demonstrates
conservative financial policies, such that S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage is sustained below 4x. This could happen
if:

-- The company successfully executes its growth, innovation, and
cost-savings strategy;

-- Consumption trends for the company's products remain healthy;
and

-- It reduces gross debt using the feminine care divestiture
proceeds.



ELDER CONTRACTING: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Elder Contracting, LLC
        2305 S. Higley Rd.
        Gilbert, AZ 85295

Case No.: 25-11296

Business Description: Elder Contracting, LLC, based in Gilbert,
                      Arizona, provides residential and commercial
                      construction services.  The Company serves
                      clients in the Gilbert area and surrounding
                      regions, handling projects such as home
                      renovations, additions, and new builds.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 24, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Arizona

Judge: Hon. Eddward P Ballinger Jr

Debtor's Counsel: Michael Tafoya, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICE OF MICHAEL G. TAFOYA
                  17535 N. Costa Brava Ave.                 
                  Maricopa, AZ 85139
                  Tel: (520) 450-0537
                  Email: michael.tafoya@gmail.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

Ramon J. Patino signed the petition as member.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BJLDJPY/Elder_Contracting_LLC__azbke-25-11296__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ELIJAH'S XTREME: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------
Elijah's Xtreme Gourmet Sauces, Inc. got the green light from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina,
Charlotte Division, to use cash collateral.

At the recent hearing, the court authorized the Debtor's interim
use of cash collateral and set a further hearing on December 10.

Elijah's, a specialty food company based in Gastonia, North
Carolina, filed a Subchapter V petition on November 14 and
continues to operate as a debtor-in-possession. It is owned equally
by Bret and Elijah Morey.

As of the petition date, the Debtor's assets included approximately
$11,000 in cash, $28,000 in inventory, $12,500 in furniture and
equipment, $435 in accounts receivable, and $500 in promotional
merchandise.

The U.S. Small Business Administration holds a first priority lien
on substantially all personal property securing a pre-bankruptcy
debt of approximately $150,032, while various merchant cash advance
lenders assert junior liens totaling roughly $700,000, which the
Debtor believes are effectively unsecured due to the SBA's
priority. The Debtor also faces approximately $1.3 million in
unsecured tax and trade debts.

To protect secured lenders, the Debtor offers to grant them
replacement liens on post-petition accounts receivable and payment
intangibles, with the same priority and extent as their
pre-bankruptcy liens. The Debtor argues that the collateral
positions of the lenders will remain protected, particularly during
the short-term period covered by the interim order.

             About Elijah's Xtreme Gourmet Sauces Inc.

Elijah's Xtreme Gourmet Sauces, Inc. produces and sells handcrafted
hot sauces, specializing in high-heat, flavor-forward products.
Founded in 2014 by a father-and-son team, the Company operates from
the United States and distributes its sauces through national
retailers, including Bass Pro Shops. It is classified within the
food manufacturing industry, focusing on specialty condiments and
hot sauces.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. N.C. Case No. 25-31225) on November
14, 2025. In the petition signed by Bret Morey, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $100,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Ashley Austin Edwards oversees the case.

Richard S. Wright, Esq., at Moon Wright & Houston, PLLC, represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


EMORY INDUSTRIAL: To Sell Cleaning Biz Assets to Miller Capital
---------------------------------------------------------------
Emory Industrial and its affiliates seek approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern
District of Texas, Fort Worth Division, to sell Property, free and
clear of liens, claims, interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtors are headquartered in Taylor County, Texas.

The Debtors offered industrial cleaning services utilizing dry ice,
which was also manufactured and sold by the Debtors to customers
for use in various industries. The Debtors also provided general
equipment maintenance and repair services to customers in the oil
and gas industry.

Emory Industrial Services, Inc. f/k/a Emory Dry Ice, Inc.
(Services) is the sole shareholder of Emory Industrial Services 1,
Inc. (Services 1), Emory Dry Ice 1, Inc. f/k/a Emory Dry Ice, Inc.
(Dry Ice), and Emory Industrial Products, Inc. (Products). Emory
Industrial Holdings, Inc. (Holdings) was created for the purposes
of becoming the holding company of Services, Services 1, Dry Ice,
and Products, but the transfer of ownership was never completed.
However, there is common ownership and management among all the
Debtors.

Included among the assets of the Debtors' bankruptcy estates are
certain trailers and other untitled equipment and a possible
membership interest in Victory Fleet Service LLC, a Texas limited
liability company.

Debtors believe the titles to all trailers, including all
accessions listed on Exhibit A (https://urlcurt.com/u?l=v6HWmx) are
subject to a properly perfected lien in favor of Charles L. Wolfe.


The Debtors located a buyer for the Assets willing to purchase the
assets for more than $3 million, which is substantially more than
their fair market value. Despite the purchase price exceeding fair
market value, it is insufficient to pay all purported secured
creditors in full. Thus, the Debtors could not transfer title to
the Assets free and clear of all liens and encumbrances absent
consent of all parties.

The Debtors firmly believe that the proposed sale maximizes the
value of the Assets and is in the best interest of their
creditors.

Miller Capital, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company has
agreed to purchase the Assets for the sum of (a) $3,014,633.64,
plus (b) the amounts necessary to satisfy ad valorem property taxes
for 2025 and prior years which have been assessed against the
Equipment up to a maximum of $58,603.90, plus (c) $161,313.33
which Buyer (or its affiliate) previously paid to CAT Financial
and/or Bell Bank to secure the
release of certain liens against certain of the Equipment pursuant
to the terms of an Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement(APA).

The Asset Purchase Price is to be paid in full at Closing. Closing
is conditioned upon the Victory Buyer closing on its purchase of
the Victory Membership Interest.

Negotiations between Buyer and the Debtors have been in good faith
and at arm's length. Buyer is not an insider of the Debtors.

The Buyer is prepared to close on the APA within seven days of
entry of a final non-appealable order authorizing the Debtors to
enter into and consummate the APA, provided that the Victory Buyer
has closed on the purchase of the Victory Membership Interest.

The sale of the Assets shall be without warranty and on an "as is"
"where is" subject to all defects basis.

In the exercise of Debtors' sound business judgment, Debtors have
determined it is in the best interest of their estates, their
creditors and all parties in interest for the Debtors to complete a
sale of the Assets to Buyer as provided.

The Debtors have found a Buyer willing to pay a purchase price that
exceeds fair market value for
the Assets. Despite the high purchase price, the liens on the
Assets are still in excess of the Asset
Purchase Price.

      About Emory Industrial Services 1 Inc.

Emory Industrial Services 1 Inc., based in Abilene, Texas, provides
industrial cleaning, maintenance, and repair services for heavy
equipment and machinery, including dry ice blasting for surface
cleaning. The Company serves sectors such as oil and gas, food and
beverage, power generation, manufacturing, agriculture, and
construction. Emory Dry Ice 1, Inc., operating under the Emory Dry
Ice brand, produces and distributes dry ice products for industries
such as pharmaceuticals, food, and logistics. Emory Industrial
Products, Inc. and Emory Industrial Holdings, Inc. are affiliated
entities within the Emory Industrial Services group.

Emory Industrial Services 1 Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-44148) on
October 27, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets between $1 million and $10 million and estimated liabilities
between $10 million and $50 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Mark X. Mullin handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Joseph F. Postnikoff, Esq., at
Rochelle McCullough, LLP.


ENCOMPASS 53: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 23
----------------------------------------------------------------
On November 21, 2025, Encompass 53 LLC filed Chapter 11
protection in the District of Colorado. According to court filing,
the Debtor reports between $1 million and $10 million in debt owed
to 1-49 creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
23, 2025 at 01:00 PM at Telephonic Chapter 11: Phone 888-330-1716,
Access Code 8602461#.

                About Encompass 53 LLC

Encompass 53 LLC is a private healthcare services company
delivering home-based medical and non-medical care. Its offerings
include skilled nursing, therapy services, and daily living
support, aimed at enhancing comfort, independence, and overall
health for patients in residential settings.

Encompass 53 LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-17693) on November 21, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and estimated
liabilities of $1 million to $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Joseph G. Rosania Jr. handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Jeffrey Weinman, Esq. of Michael Best
& Friedrich LLP.


ENVERIC BIOSCIENCES: Regains Nasdaq's Minimum Bid Price Compliance
------------------------------------------------------------------
Enveric Biosciences, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 12,
2025, it received a letter from the Nasdaq Listing Qualifications
Department of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC notifying the Company
that it has regained compliance with the minimum bid price
requirement set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) for
continued listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

The matter is now considered closed.

                   About Enveric Biosciences

Enveric Biosciences (NASDAQ: ENVB) -- http://www.enveric.com/-- is
a biotechnology company dedicated to the development of novel
neuroplastogenic small-molecule therapeutics for the treatment of
depression, anxiety, and addiction disorders. Leveraging its unique
discovery and development platform, The Psybrary, the Company has
created a robust intellectual property portfolio of new chemical
entities for specific mental health indications. The Company's lead
program, the EVM201 Series, comprises next generation synthetic
prodrugs of the active metabolite, psilocin. The Company is
developing the first product from the EVM201 Series "EB-002" for
the treatment of psychiatric disorders. The Company is also
advancing its second program, the EVM301 Series "EB 003" expected
to offer a first-in-class, new approach to the treatment of
difficult-to-address mental health disorders, mediated by the
promotion of neuroplasticity without also inducing hallucinations
in the patient.

Morristown, New Jersey-based Marcum LLP, the Company's former
auditor, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 28, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, citing that the Company has
incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to
meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions
raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern.

Enveric Biosciences had total assets amounting to $3.5 million,
total liabilities (all current) of $1.4 million, and total
shareholders' equity of $2.2 million as of June 30, 2025.


EVERYTHING CREATIVE: Unsecureds Will Get 9% of Claims in Plan
-------------------------------------------------------------
Everything Creative, Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Southern District of California a First Amended Plan of
Reorganization dated November 21, 2025.

The Debtor operates a busy staging business whereby it provides
furniture and accessories for properties being shown for sale. The
Debtor has various employees providing sales, interior design, set
up and breakdown services for its customers.

The Debtor attempted to expand its business reach by purchasing
another business and expanding into areas outside of San Diego.
Unfortunately, that expansion failed and left the Debtor with
significant additional debts. Consequently, on May 12, 2025 (the
"Petition Date"), the Debtor filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition
with the goal of staying in business and reorganizing its business
and financial affairs.

Among other things, the Debtor has filed a Motion to determine the
value of its Property that serves as collateral for various Secured
Creditors, and seeking to bifurcate the Claims of those creditors
into Secured Claims and Unsecured Claims. The outcome of that
Motion is expected to have a significant impact on the Debtor's
business and plans for reorganization, since the treatment of those
claims as partially unsecured will ease the Debtor's financial
pressures and ability to perform its obligations.

Class 33 consists of all Unsecured Claims that are: (i) asserted
against the Debtor and not otherwise entitled to priority; and (ii)
not otherwise classified. Except to the extent that the holder of a
particular Class 33 Claim has agreed or does agree to different,
less favorable treatment of its Claim, the holder of an Allowed
Claim in this Class shall be paid a Pro Rata portion of the
Unsecured Creditor Distribution Fund, without interest.

Payments shall be made in Quarterly installments commencing on the
first Quarter arising after the later of: (i) the date that such
Claim becomes an Allowed Unsecured Claim by a Final Order; (ii) a
date agreed to by the Claimholder and the Debtor; or (iii) the date
that the Unsecured Creditor Distribution Fund becomes funded. Class
33 is impaired.

Class 34 consists of all shareholder equity interests in the
Debtor. The holder of a Class 34 Interest shall retain his/her/its
full equity interest in the Debtor. Class 34 is not impaired.

The Debtor's Plan proposes to pay Allowed Claims from the Debtor's
Net Profits over a five-year period beginning on the Effective Date
of the Plan (except that, in the case of Priority Tax Claims, the
Allowed Priority Tax Claims will paid over no more than a five-year
period measured from the Petition Date).

As shown therein, the Debtor's total projected after-tax net
profits over the five-year period is projected to equal $755,065,
which the Debtor estimates will be sufficient to pay, with
interest, all Allowed Administrative Expense Claims, all Allowed
Secured Claims, and all Allowed Priority Claims, including Allowed
Priority Tax Claims. After paying those claims, the projected
balance remaining in the estimated amount of approximately
$131,153.47 will be available to partially satisfy the claims of
General Unsecured Creditors. The Debtor presently estimates that
General Unsecured Creditors will receive an amount equal to
approximately 9 percent of their Allowed Claim.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan dated November 21, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=jt2dhs from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Kit J. Gardner, Esq.
     Law Offices of Kit J. Gardner
     The Koll Center
     501 West Broadway, Suite 800
     San Diego, CA 92101
     Telephone: (619) 525-9900
     Facsimile: (619) 374-2241
     Email: kgardner@gardnerlegal.com

                      About Everything Creative

Everything Creative, Inc., operates a busy staging business whereby
it provides furniture and accessories for properties being shown
for sale.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Cal. Case No. 25-01937) on May 12,
2025. In the petition signed by Carol Kaplan, chief executive
officer, the Debtor disclosed up to $1 million in assets and up to
$10 million in liabilities.

Gustavo E. Bravo, Esq., at Bravo Law APC, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


F&B NEGOTIATIONS: Court Denies Motion for Sarasota Property Sale
----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division, has denied F&B Negotiations, LLC to sell Property, free
and clear of liens, claims, interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor's Property is located at 770 S. Palm Avenue, Unit 1201,
Sarasota, Florida 34236.

The Debtor is the owner of a condominium which is located in
Sarasota, Florida, at 770 S. Palm Avenue, Unit 1201. This real
property is one of seven properties owned by the Debtor.

The Debtor proposes to sell the Property free of all liens, claims,
encumbrances, pledges, security interests, or other interests, out
of ordinary course of business.

However, the Court has denied the Debtor's Motion to sell the
Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Court's Order was the result of Cross-Motions for Summary
Judgment filed by the Joint Movants as to "whether the Property is
property of the bankruptcy estate such that Debtor, as debtor in
possession, may sell the Property pursuant to Section 363.

    About F & B Negotiations

F & B Negotiations, LLC, a company in Lakewood Ranch, Fla.,
filedChapter 11 petition (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 23-01532) on
April19, 2023, with as much as $1 million to $10 million in both
assets
and liabilities. David Fernandez, managing member, signed the
petition.

Judge Roberta A. Colton oversees the case.

The Law Offices of Benjamin Martin serves as the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel.


FAT BRANDS: Flags Risk of Bankruptcy After $1.26B Debt Acceleration
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Joanna Fantozzi of Nation's Restaurant News reports that FAT
Brands, the parent company of Fazoli's, Round Table Pizza, and
Fatburger, may pursue a bankruptcy reorganization after UMB Bank
declared approximately $1.26 billion in securitized debt
immediately due. The filing with the SEC notes that the company
previously missed scheduled payments on October 27, 2025 due to
insufficient funds, leaving FAT Brands and its financing
subsidiaries without the means to pay the accelerated principal and
interest. The company warned that this debt acceleration, or
potential foreclosure on the collateral, could seriously affect its
business, liquidity, and financial condition.

The collateral behind the debt includes royalty streams and assets
connected to FAT Brands’ extensive portfolio. Over the years, the
company has financed growth and debt repayment largely through
acquisitions, including Johnny Rockets in 2020, Global Franchise
Group, Twin Peaks, Fazoli's, Native Grill & Wings in 2021, Smokey
Bones in 2023, and the recent spin-off of Twin Peaks in early 2025,
according to report.

CEO Andy Wiederhorn said the company is in "active, constructive
discussions" with bondholders to restructure parts of the balance
sheet while continuing to invest in its brands. Wiederhorn, who
returned as CEO in September 2025, emphasized that operations
remain normal and that franchisees will continue to receive support
in leadership, marketing, supply chain, and technology, the report
cites.

                       About FAT Brands

FAT Brands Inc. is a multi-brand restaurant company that develops,
markets, acquires and manages quick service, fast casual, casual
dining and polished casual dining restaurant concepts around the
world, operating primarily as a franchisor of restaurants.


FINANCE OF AMERICA: To Acquire PHH Reverse Mortgage Assets
----------------------------------------------------------
Finance of America Companies Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report
filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on
November 17, 2025, Finance of America Reverse LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and an indirect subsidiary of the
Company, entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with PHH Mortgage
Corporation, a New Jersey corporation.

Also on November 17, 2025, concurrently with the execution of the
Asset Purchase Agreement, FAR entered into a Reverse Mortgage
Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement and a Mortgage Loan
Sale Agreement , with PHH.

Pursuant to the PHH Purchase Agreements, on the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth therein, FAR will purchase from PHH,
and PHH will sell to FAR, certain assets and liabilities of PHH,
relating to PHH's residential reverse mortgage loan origination and
servicing business, including a portfolio of residential reverse
mortgage loans and a portfolio of reverse mortgage servicing
rights.

In exchange therefor, pursuant to the PHH Purchase Agreements,
among other things, FAR will pay to PHH an amount at the closing
equal to the estimated book value of the purchased assets
(including the Servicing Rights), subject to certain customary
holdbacks and post-closing price adjustments, and FAR and PHH will
enter into a subservicing agreement under which PHH will act as
FAR's subservicer for a period of three years after the
consummation of the PHH Transaction, subject to certain rights to
extend the subservicing agreement beyond the three-year period.

The obligations of the parties to the PHH Purchase Agreements to
consummate the PHH Transaction are subject to the satisfaction or
waiver by the applicable party of certain conditions, including,
among others, the consent of the Government National Mortgage
Association to the transfer of the Servicing Rights from PHH to
FAR, without adverse modifications to the rights or obligations of
the servicer with respect thereto.

The Asset Purchase Agreement contains certain termination rights
for FAR and PHH, including the right of either party to terminate
the Asset Purchase Agreement if the PHH Transaction is not
consummated by May 1, 2026 (which date may be extended by FAR,
under certain circumstances as set forth in the Asset Purchase
Agreement).

The MSR Purchase Agreement and Mortgage Loan Purchase Agreement
terminate automatically upon the termination of the Asset Purchase
Agreement.

In connection with the transaction, Finance of America will also
acquire PHH's pipeline of reverse mortgage loans, bring select
members of PHH's experienced origination team into its platform and
enter into a subservicing agreement with PHH, allowing for
operational continuity while also diversifying Finance of America's
servicing footprint.

This strategic acquisition is expected to not only grow Finance of
America's high-quality servicing platform but, more importantly,
pave the way for a long-term relationship with Onity that
accelerates Finance of America's mission to make responsible home
equity access available to more homeowners age 55 and older.

The acquisition is expected to be immediately accretive to
earnings, Adjusted Earnings per Share and cash flow. The purchase
price will be funded primarily by warehouse and asset-level
financing along with available liquidity at the time of closing.

A New Distribution Channel to Drive Growth:

Following the transaction, Finance of America and PHH will engage
to make Finance of America's industry-leading proprietary
second-lien reverse mortgage product -- HomeSafe(R) Second --
available to PHH's tens of thousands of eligible forward mortgage
customers. This expanded relationship is expected to significantly
broaden the reach of HomeSafe Second and open a new distribution
channel for Finance of America's differentiated product suite.

"Today's announcement represents a major step forward in our growth
strategy," said Graham Fleming, Chief Executive Officer of Finance
of America. "Beyond the value of acquiring high-quality assets, we
anticipate that our expanded relationship with Onity will
meaningfully multiply our origination reach. Making our
one-of-a-kind HomeSafe Second loan available to eligible borrowers
in PHH's forward mortgage servicing portfolio will position us to
serve thousands more older homeowners seeking flexible ways to
access their home equity. It's a powerful catalyst for long-term,
profitable growth."

The transaction, approved by the boards of each of FOA and Onity,
is expected to close in the first quarter of 2026, subject to
regulatory approvals and customary closing conditions.

                     About Finance of America

Plano, Texas-based Finance of America Companies Inc. is a financial
services holding company. Through its operating subsidiaries, it
operates as a modern retirement solutions platform, providing
customers with access to an innovative range of retirement
offerings centered on the home. In addition, Finance of America
offers capital markets and portfolio management capabilities to
optimize distribution to investors.

As of June 30, 2025, it had $30.15 billion in total assets, $29.67
billion in total liabilities, and a total stockholders' equity of
$473.43 million.

                           *    *    *

As reported by the Troubled Company Reporter in November 2024,
Fitch Ratings has downgraded the Long-Term Company Default Ratings
(IDRs) of Finance of America Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries,
Finance of America Equity Capital LLC and Finance of America
Funding LLC (together, FOA) to 'RD' (Restricted Default) from 'C'.
The action follows the completion of the company's debt
restructuring on Oct. 31, 2024, which Fitch views as a distressed
debt exchange (DDE).

Fitch has also upgraded FOAs IDRs to 'CCC' from 'RD' subsequent to
the DDE.

Fitch has assigned a rating of 'CCC-' with a Recovery Rating of
'RR5' to Finance of America Funding, LLC's new $196 million senior
secured notes due in 2026 and $147 million convertible senior
secured notes due in 2029 issued as part of the exchange.
Concurrently, Fitch has also downgraded Finance of America Funding
LLC's unsecured debt rating to 'RD' from 'C'/'RR6' and withdrawn
the rating as 98% of the notes were exchanged into the new secured
notes.


FMC CORP: S&P Corrects Subordinated Hybrid Notes Rating to 'B+'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings corrected its issue-level ratings on FMC Corp.'s
subordinated hybrid notes due in 2055 to 'B+' from 'BB+'. Due to an
error in the application of criteria relating to hybrid
instruments, S&P mistakenly raised its issue-level rating on the
notes to 'BB+' (rather than lower to 'B+') when S&P lowered its
issuer credit rating on FMC Corp. to 'BB+' from 'BBB-' on Nov. 24,
2025. Based on S&P's hybrid criteria, it assigns issue-level
ratings to hybrid capital instruments by notching down from the
issuer credit rating. For speculative-grade issuers of subordinated
debt, such as FMC's subordinated hybrid notes, S&P notches down
twice for subordination and apply a third notch for the payment
flexibility because the option to defer interest stands with the
issuer. Based on S&P's 'BB+' issuer credit rating on the issuer,
the correct issue-level rating for the subordinated hybrid notes is
'B+'.



FMC CORP: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'BB+', Outlook Negative
-------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit ratings on to ' BB+'
from ' BBB-'. At the same time, S&P lowered its issue-level rating
on unsecured debt to 'BB+' from 'BBB-'. S&P assigned a recovery
rating of '3' (rounded estimate: 65%, capped).

In addition, S&P lowered its issue-level rating on the subordinated
debt to 'B+' from 'BB'.

S&P said, "We also lowered our short-term issue level ratings to
'B' from 'A-3' in line with the downgrade of the issuer credit
rating.

"The negative outlook reflects our belief that EBITDA will remain
under pressure through 2025 and into 2026 because of challenging
macroeconomic conditions, key patent expirations, competitive
pressures and soft pricing.

"The downgrade follows FMC' s continued weak credit metrics for an
investment-grade rating. Our ratings have been supported thus far
by expectations of future earnings and cashflow improvement, some
of which – such as our projected EBITDA for 2025 – are very
likely to be met. However, we revised lower our previous
expectations for a modest improvement in future performance beyond
2025, given unexpected company-specific setbacks to cash flow in
the third quarter of 2025 and our anticipation that uncertainty
related to FMC' s 2026 performance has increased. We think the
operating environment in 2026 will remain challenging, and FMC' s
ability to handle those challenges in a manner that grows earnings
will be tested. Ongoing challenges include aggressive pricing
pressure and heightened generic competition. Broader market
volatility, credit constraints in Latin America, and regulatory
setbacks compounded these issues.

"Our previous assumptions for modest growth in 2026 EBITDA assumed
a lower amount of restructuring costs (which we deduct from EBITDA)
and a relatively flat operating performance relative to 2025. We
now believe there is greater uncertainty around these assumptions
and are revising our 2026 EBITDA forecast to $850 million from $959
million.

"We anticipate FMC will face continued competitive pressure from
generics, particularly in Latin America and Asia, which may weigh
on pricing and margins. The expiration of FMC' s Rynaxypyr
(chlorantraniliprole) patent represents a major financial risk, as
this diamide insecticide has historically been one of the company'
s largest revenue contributors, accounting for 30%-40% of revenue
in 2024. With core patents expiring across key markets by 2026, FMC
faces significant exposure to generic competition, particularly in
Asia and Latin America, where price erosion and volume declines are
expected.

"Although FMC has implemented mitigation strategies, such as
securing long-term contracts, introducing new formulations, and
accelerating its innovation pipeline, we still estimate a sizeable
portion of revenue is at risk. This patent cliff underscores the
importance of FMC' s diversification efforts and cost optimization
to preserve margins and sustain growth. While FMC' s innovation
pipeline offers long-term potential, near-term performance will
hinge on disciplined cost control and successful navigation of
global agricultural market headwinds.

"Low visibility of near-term demand raises credit risks. Unexpected
setbacks to cash flow relative to our expectations in the third
quarter of 2025, combined with an unpredictable short-term demand
outlook, create uncertainty about an immediate earnings recovery
over the next year. We think the absence of a very near-term
improvement in EBITDA could raise credit risks slightly when
working capital requirements will likely rise in the first quarter
of 2026. We expect FFO to total debt will be at the low end of
12%-20% at year-end 2025, which we consider weak at the current
rating. In 2026, we think this ratio will be around the mid-teens
percent on a three-year weighted average basis considering a slight
reduction in net debt.

"Despite current market conditions, FMC continues to benefit from
favorable long-term fundamentals. There has not been a fundamental
change in demand for the company's products or its market position.
This reflects our view that the current demand downturn doesn't
speak to a decline in the underlying need for FMC's crop protection
chemicals or a reduction in its competitiveness. We expect the
demand for the company's products will eventually return to normal
levels, which will improve earnings. Specifically, we believe the
need to maintain or improve farm yields across the world in the
face of a growing population and the declining availability of
arable land will continue to support rising demand for FMC's
products. The U.S Department of Agriculture projects coarse grain
production at 1,547 million metric tons, with global rice output of
over 550 million metric tons in 2025.

"In spite of credit metrics at the weaker end of our target for the
rating through 2025, we believe management will maintain supportive
financial policies. FMC' s management has displayed financial
prudence in the face of its weaker earnings over the past few
years. In response to its soft earnings, the company launched a
cost-saving program to optimize its footprint and right size its
cost base, likely by end of 2025."

FMC also reduced its dividend by $250 million on a yearly basis in
the third quarter of 2025 and halted its share repurchases until
the fourth quarter of 2027 to help it maintain its credit metrics.
In addition, FMC' s recent hybrid issuance supported its credit
quality, as the transaction extended near-term maturities and
modestly reduced leverage. These actions showcase management' s
commitment to maintaining a prudent financial policy, and S&P
expects it will continue to undertake such actions in the event of
further downturns.

S&P said, "The negative outlook reflects the chance we will
downgrade FMC within the next few quarters if its credit metrics
are weaker than we expect. Our base-case forecast assumes a
three-year weighted-average FFO to total debt between 12% and 20%.
We anticipate the company's 2025 credit metrics will be weak for
the rating, though we expect marginal improvement to the mid-teens
percent in 2026 and beyond. The negative outlook also reflects
FMC's large near-term debt maturities; however, we believe it has
adequate liquidity to meet these and other requirements.

"Beyond 2025, we continue to expect gradual improvement in credit
measures, primarily because of new product introductions and
cross-selling opportunities. Due to its new, higher-margin product
introductions and the essential nature of many of its products to
farmers, we expect FMC will maintain strong EBITDA margins around
20% over at least the next year. We also believe the company's
financial policies will remain commensurate with the rating.

"We could lower our ratings on FMC in the next couple of quarters
if its operating performance weakens beyond our expectations into
2026 or we believe key products coming off patent will hinder
earnings. Under these downside scenarios, we would expect
weighted-average FFO to debt to drop below 12% with no near-term
remedy."

Furthermore, S&P could take a negative rating action on the company
if:

-- Contrary to S&P's expectations, it is unable to refinance its
debt in a timely manner or proactively obtain covenant relief if
required; or

-- It significantly increases its debt leverage to fund an
acquisition or complete a share repurchase program in a manner that
slows the improvement in its metrics relative to S&P's
expectations.

S&P said, "We could revise our outlook on FMC to stable in the next
year if it experiences a larger-than-expected pickup in demand, due
to a sustained improvement in the agriculture market, and
successfully meets its near-term maturities.

"We could also take a positive rating action if the company' s cash
flow improves beyond our expectations, resulting in stronger credit
metrics. Under this scenario, we anticipate credit metrics would
improve faster than we expect, including FFO to total debt of
mid-teens percent or above on a last-12-months basis."



FRANKLIN SQUARE: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba1' CFR to Negative
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed Franklin Square Holdings, LP's
Probability of Default Rating at Ba1-PD. Moody's have also affirmed
the LT Corporate Family Ratings at Ba1 and the Senior Secured Bank
Credit Facility rating at Ba1 and revised its outlook to negative
from stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The change in outlook of Franklin Square Holdings ("FSH") reflects
Moody's views that the firm may face challenges in its path to
organically de-lever due to deterioration in the operating
performance of its flagship product, FS KKR Capital Corp (FSK;
Baa3, negative). FS KKR Capital Corp's non-accrual balances remain
at elevated levels, depressing earnings which are key contributor
to FSH's revenues and earnings. Moody's believes this will continue
to have a depressing effect on FSH's fee earnings over the next
several quarters. As a result of this, leverage is likely to remain
elevated above 4.0x.

Debt-to-EBITDA, adjusted for upcoming fee waiver expiration, stands
at 4.3x on a pro-forma basis. Leverage has increased due to recent
acquisitions, while profitability has deteriorated since year-end
2024. Despite these pressures, Franklin Square Holdings continues
to demonstrate strong AUM resilience and consistent fundraising
performance, even in a challenging environment. The firm's
retail-oriented distribution force is generating net inflows, and
recent efforts have broadened both the product and geographic
footprint, supporting ongoing diversification. The company has
expanded from private credit retail distribution to a diversified
platform across private equity and credit with the acquisition of
Portfolio Advisors ("PA"). Additional strategic moves, including a
direct lending partnership with JP Morgan Chase & Co. and a digital
infrastructure platform acquisition, support further product and
channel expansion.

However, it is likely that the firm may not be able to organically
de-lever below 4.0x. This is particularly due to performance
deterioration at FSK. FSH's performance is significantly driven by
fees earned from the fund which represents almost half of the
firm's total revenue. This high revenue concentration underscores
FSH's reliance on FSK's ongoing credit performance

FSH's Ba1 rating is supported by the company's strong recurring
revenue base, high levels of permanent capital AUM and unique
position as a leading distributor of alternative products for the
retail wealth market, now complemented by capabilities in
Institutional distribution from their acquisition of PA and the
possibility of further expansion in the Digital infrastructure
space with its recent acquisition of Post Road Group's Digital
Infrastructure Platform. These credit strengths are balanced by the
firm's relatively modest scale, high financial leverage, and AUM
concentration in private investments, largely exposed to a single
fund, FS KKR Capital Corp.

OUTLOOK

Moody's have revised the outlook for Franklin Square Holdings to
negative, reflecting the company's elevated leverage resulting from
asset quality challenges at FSK, as well as recent acquisitions.
Moody's expects leverage to remain in the 4.3x–4.5x range. Any
additional setbacks at FSK and other products like FSCO and FSCREIT
could result in further increases in leverage.

Moody's will closely monitor several factors to resolve the
negative outlook for Franklin Square Holdings. These include the
company's upcoming financial results over the next several
quarters, the trend in incentive fees earned from FS KKR Capital
Corp., and trends in the asset quality at FSK KKR Capital Corp,

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Although an upgrade is unlikely in the near term, the following
factors could exert upward pressure on the ratings; 1) Debt/EBITDA
sustained below 3x; 2) Strengthening of the core franchise through
greater geographic, product, and distribution diversification; 3)
Scale as measured by revenue net of distribution and sub-advisory
expense exceeding $750 million.

The following factors could lead to a downgrade; 1) Debt/EBITDA
sustained above 4x; 2) Pretax income margins consistently below
20%; 3) Regulatory changes that dampen retail demand for
alternatives and private investments; 4) Incidents of reputational
risk or material deficiencies in the valuation of private
investment assets. 5) A significant increase in FSK's unrealized or
realized credit losses.

Moody's could revise the outlook from negative to stable if;
1)There is material improvement in credit quality at FSK; 2) FSH
revenues increase meaningfully from diversified products beyond its
core offerings; 3) Over the outlook period, Moody's observes signs
of stabilization in FSK's credit fundamentals, including asset
quality, leverage, and portfolio performance.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Asset Managers
published in May 2024.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


FUEL FITNESS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North
Carolina, Raleigh Division, extended Fuel Fitness, LLC's authority
to use cash collateral to fund its operations.

The 14th interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral
pursuant to its monthly budget, which shows total projected
expenses of $160,960 for the period from November 22 to January 22,
2026.

The Debtor's bankruptcy estate has an interest in revenues from the
operation of its business. These revenues constitute the cash
collateral of secured creditors, including Live Oak Banking
Company, Newtek Bank N.A., and SofiaGrey, LLC.

The Debtor owes $525,000 to Live Oak, $345,000 to NewTek, $110,000
to Fitness Investment Partners and $77,000 to SofiaGrey.

As adequate protection, the secured creditors will be granted a
continuing post-petition security interest in and lien on all
personal property of the Debtor to the same extent and with the
same priority as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

As further protection, Live Oak Banking Company will receive
payment of $5,000 by December 15 and a second payment of $5,000
being paid by Fuel Fitness, LLC on or before January 15, 2026.

The next hearing is scheduled for January 16, 2026.

                         About Fuel Fitness LLC

Fuel Fitness, LLC, a company in Raleigh, N.C., filed a petition
under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
E.D.N.C. Case No. 24-03698) on Oct. 22, 2024, with up to $100,000
in assets and up to $10 million in liabilities. Christopher Shawn
Stewart, member-manager, signed the petition.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Philip Sasser, Esq., at Sasser Law
Firm.

Live Oak Banking Company, as secured creditor, is represented by:

     William Walt Pettit, Esq.
     Hutchens Law Firm
     6230 Fairview Road, Suite 315
     Charlotte, NC 28210
     Phone: (704) 362-9255
     walt.pettit@hutchenslawfirm.com


FUEL HOMESTEAD: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------
Fuel Homestead, LLC received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, to use
cash collateral.

The court's 14th interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash
collateral pursuant to its budget, which shows total projected
expenses of $181,460 for the period from November 22 to January 22,
2026.

The Debtor's bankruptcy estate has an interest in revenues from the
operation of its business. These revenues constitute the cash
collateral of secured creditors, including Live Oak Banking
Company, Fitness Investment Partners, Newtek, and SofiaGrey, LLC.

The Debtor owes $525,000 to Live Oak, $345,000 to NewTek, $110,000
to Fitness Investment Partners and $77,000 to SofiaGrey.

As adequate protection, the secured creditors will be granted a
continuing post-petition security interest in and lien on all
personal property of the Debtor to the same extent and with the
same priority as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

As additional protection, Live Oak Banking Company will receive
payment in the amount of $5,000 by December 15 and a second payment
in the amount of $5,000 made on or before January 15, 2026.

The next hearing is set for January 16, 2026.

                       About Fuel Homestead

Fuel Homestead, LLC, a company in Raleigh, N.C., sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. N.C. Case
No. 24-03699) on October 22, 2024, with up to $100,000 in assets
and up to $10 million in liabilities. Christopher Shawn Stewart,
member-manager, signed the petition.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Philip Sasser, Esq., at Sasser Law
Firm.

Live Oak Banking Company, as secured creditor, is represented by:

     William Walt Pettit, Esq.
     Hutchens Law Firm
     6230 Fairview Road, Suite 315
     Charlotte, NC 28210
     (704) 362-9255
     walt.pettit@hutchenslawfirm.com


FUEL REYNOLDA: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------
Fuel Reynolda, LLC received 14th interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina,
Raleigh Division, to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The 14th interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral
pursuant to its monthly budget for the period from November 22 to
January 22, 2026.

The budget shows total projected expenses of $184,360 for the
interim period.

The Debtor's bankruptcy estate has an interest in revenues from the
operation of its business. These revenues constitute the cash
collateral of secured creditors, including Live Oak Banking
Company, Fitness Investment Partners, Newtek, and SofiaGrey, LLC.

The Debtor owes $525,000 to Live Oak, $345,000 to NewTek, $110,000
to Fitness Investment Partners and $77,000 to SofiaGrey.

As protection, the secured creditors will be granted a continuing
post-petition security interest in and lien on all personal
property of the Debtor to the same extent and with the same
priority as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

In addition, Live Oak Banking Debtor will receive payment of $5,000
on or before December 15 as further protection and another $5,000
payment made on or before January 15, 2026.

The next hearing is set for January 16, 2026.

                        About Fuel Reynolda

Fuel Reynolda, LLC -- https://fuelfitnessclubs.com/about/ -- doing
business as Fuel Fitness, is a fitness center that offers the best
free weights, strength training/cardio equipment, group fitness
classes, personal training, childcare, recovery studio and smoothie
bar.

Fuel Reynolda sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 24-03700) on October
22, 2024, with $100,000 to $500,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities. Christopher Shawn Stewart, member-manager,
signed the petition.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway oversees the case.

Philip Sasser, Esq., at Sasser Law Firm is the Debtor's bankruptcy
counsel.

Live Oak Banking Company, as secured creditor, is represented by:

     William Walt Pettit, Esq.
     Hutchens Law Firm
     6230 Fairview Road, Suite 315
     Charlotte, NC 28210
     (704) 362-9255
     walt.pettit@hutchenslawfirm.com


GEORGES REALTY: Hires William S. Gannon PLLC as Bankruptcy Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Georges Realty LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of New Hampshire to employ William S. Gannon, Esq.
of William S. Gannon PLLC as general bankruptcy counsel.

Mr. Gannon will provide these services:

(a) advising the Debtor with respect to its powers and duties as
debtor-in-possession and the continued management and operation of
its businesses and properties;

(b) attending meetings and negotiating with representatives of
creditors and other parties in interest, responding to creditor
inquiries, and advising and consulting on the conduct of the case,
including all of the legal and administrative requirements of
operating in Chapter 11;

(c) negotiating and preparing on behalf of the Debtor a plan or
plans of reorganization, and all related documents, and prosecuting
the plan or plans through the confirmation process;

(d) representing the Debtor in connection with any adversary
proceedings or contested matters or any other action commenced by
or against the Debtor and protect and preserve the Debtor's
estate;

(e) advising the Debtor in connection with any sale of assets;

(f) representing and advising the Debtor regarding
post-confirmation operations and consummation of a plan or plans of
reorganization;

(g) appearing before the Court, any appellate courts, and the U.S.
Trustee and protecting the interests of the Debtor before such
courts and the U.S. Trustee;

(h) preparing necessary motions, applications, answers, orders,
reports, and papers necessary to the administration of the estate;
and

(i) performing all other legal services for and providing all other
legal advice to the Debtor that may be necessary and proper in
these proceedings, including services or legal advice relating to
applicable state and federal laws and securities, labor,
commercial, and real estate laws.

The firm's hourly rates are:

$525 for William S. Gannon, Esq.;
$120 for paralegal services; and
$120 for administrative services.

According to the filings, William S. Gannon and William S. Gannon
PLLC are "disinterested persons" within the meaning of 11 U.S.C.
Sections 101(14) and 1107.

The firm can be reached at:

William S. Gannon, Esq.
WILLIAM S. GANNON PLLC
855 Hanover Street #176
Manchester, NH 03104
Telephone: (603) 621-0833
E-mail: bgannon@gannonlawfirm.com

                              About Georges Realty LLC

Georges Realty, LLC  manages and leases real estate properties
across multiple locations and is classified under NAICS 5311.

Georges Realty sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.H. Case No. 25-10779) on November 4,
2025, listing between $1 million and $10 million in assets and
liabilities.

William S. Gannon, Esq. at William S. Gannon PLLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


GRATITUDE HEALTH: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
----------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Gratitude Health Care Inc. filed Chapter 7
protection in the Central District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in
debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

              About Gratitude Health Care Inc.

Gratitude Health Care, Inc. is a privately held health services
company specializing in in-home patient care and hospice services.
Headquartered in California, the company provides nursing, therapy,
and palliative care solutions for patients requiring medical
attention and supportive services in residential settings.

Gratitude Health Care Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-20561) on November 25,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$100,001-$1,000,000 and estimated liabilities of
$100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Sheri Bluebond handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


HA SUSTAINABLE: Fitch Rates $500MM 8% Jr. Sub. Notes 'BB'
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB' final rating to HA Sustainable
Infrastructure Capital, Inc.'s (HASI) $500 million, 8.0% green
junior subordinated notes due 2056.  Proceeds from the proposed
issuance are expected to be used to repay outstanding unsecured
borrowings and invest in or refinance new and existing eligible
green projects.

The subordinated notes rank junior to current and future senior
unsecured notes issued by HASI and allow for cumulative deferral of
interest payments for a period of up to 10 consecutive years. If
HASI exercises its right to defer interest payments on these notes,
no distributions may be declared or paid on any junior security,
including outstanding preferred shares or common stock. The notes
have a contractual maturity in 2056 and can be called 5.25 years
after the original issue date.

HASI has a Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of 'BBB-'. The
Rating Outlook is Stable.

The assignment of the final rating follows the receipt of documents
conforming to information already received. The final rating is the
same as the expected rating assigned to the subordinated notes on
Nov. 13, 2025; please see "Fitch Expects to Rate HA Sustainable
Infrastructure Capital's Sub Debt 'BB(EXP)'".

Key Rating Drivers

Strong Credit Track Record: HASI's ratings reflect its market
position within the renewable financing sector, diversified
investment portfolio, strong credit track record, consistent
operating performance, strong funding flexibility, appropriate
leverage and experienced management team.

Modest Scale: Rating constraints include HASI's still-modest scale
and niche focus within the broader renewable financing market, amid
increased competition and the need for continued capital market
access to fund investment commitments and portfolio growth.
However, this is somewhat mitigated by the co-investment joint
venture vehicle with KKR & Co. Inc. (A/Stable), CarbonCount
Holdings 1 LLC (CCH1).

Leverage within Target Range: Leverage, as measured by total
debt-to-tangible equity, was 1.99x at 3Q25, within the target range
of 1.5x-2.0x. Pro forma for the issuance, leverage will fall to
1.73x. Fitch believes HASI's long-term leverage target is
appropriate for the portfolio risk and ratings, and expects
leverage to remain within that range. Fitch affords 50% equity
credit to the junior subordinated notes given the long-dated nature
of the notes (30.5 years), the coupon deferral features, lack of a
coupon step-up, the cumulative nature of the interest payments, and
the absence of material covenants.

Strong Funding Profile and Flexibility: HASI has continued to
enhance its funding profile, with unsecured debt representing 94.6%
of total debt at 3Q25. Fitch expects unsecured debt as a proportion
of total debt to remain within Fitch's 'bbb' category quantitative
benchmark range of 35%-100% for balance-sheet-intensive finance and
leasing companies with a Sector Risk Operating Environment score in
the 'bbb' category. As of 3Q25, HASI had $301.8 million in
unrestricted cash and $1.4 billion of unused capacity on its
unsecured revolving credit facility, and $804 million when adjusted
for reserve capacity for $577 million of outstanding standalone
commercial paper.

Stable Outlook: The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation
that HASI will continue to expand profitably while managing
leverage to within its targeted range. Fitch also expects asset
quality to remain strong and for HASI to maintain a diverse funding
mix, with more than 60% comprising unsecured debt with long-dated
maturities.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

An increase in non-accruals or impairments of equity investments
and a sustained rise in leverage above the firm's target range
could yield negative rating action. Beyond that, negative rating
action could be driven by a large shift in HASI's risk profile,
deterioration in operating performance — including a decline in
the securitization business — or weaker funding flexibility,
including a decline in the proportion of unsecured funding to below
60%.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

Over the longer term, an upgrade could stem from the maintenance of
the firm's market position in a more competitive environment,
enhanced scale, profitable growth, continued strong portfolio
credit trends, adequate liquidity with extended funding duration,
leverage remaining under 1.5x and a steady portfolio risk profile.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

The rating on the junior subordinated notes is two notches below
HASI's Long-Term IDR in accordance with Fitch's "Corporate Hybrids
Treatment and Notching Criteria." The rating includes two notches
for loss severity, reflecting the notes' subordination and
heightened risk of non-performance relative to other obligations,
namely existing unsecured debt. The rating also reflects joint and
several guarantees on indebtedness by HAT Holdings I LLC and HAT
Holdings II LLC, indirect subsidiaries of HASI.

Fitch affords a 50% equity credit to the junior subordinated note
issuance given the long-dated nature of the notes, the coupon
deferral features, lack of a coupon step-up, the cumulative nature
of the interest payments and the absence of material covenants.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The junior subordinated debt rating is linked to HASI's Long-Term
IDR and is expected to move in tandem.

ADJUSTMENTS

The Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) has been assigned in line with
the implied SCP.

Date of Relevant Committee

Nov. 11, 2025

ESG Considerations

HASI has an ESG Relevance Score of '4'[+] for Exposure to Social
Impacts, as the shift in consumer awareness and preferences toward
renewable energy and ESG aspects benefits the company's business
model and its earnings and profitability. This has a positive
impact on the credit profile and is relevant to the ratings in
conjunction with other factors.

HASI has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure to
Environmental Impacts, as the company is exposed to extreme weather
events on some of its assets and operations and any hedges or other
offsets are usually imperfect in nature. This has a negative impact
on the credit profile and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction
with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt              Rating           Prior
   -----------              ------           -----
HA Sustainable
Infrastructure
Capital, Inc.

   junior subordinated   LT BB  New Rating   BB(EXP)


HALL OF FAME: Delays Q3 Filing Due to Merger-Related Priorities
---------------------------------------------------------------
Hall of Fame Resort & Entertainment Co. filed a Notification of
Late Filing on Form 12b-25 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission.

As previously disclosed in its Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
May 8, 2025 with the Commission, on May 7, 2025, Hall of Fame
Resort & Entertainment Company entered into an Agreement and Plan
of Merger with HOFV Holdings, LLC, Omaha Merger Sub, Inc., and CH
Capital Lending, LLC, pursuant to which Omaha Merger Sub, Inc. will
merge with and into the Company.

As a result of the Company's resource limitations and employee
turnover, along with management's focus on the Merger, the Company
is unable to file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period
ended September 30, 2025 within the prescribed time period or
within the five-day extension period permitted by the applicable
rules of the Commission without unreasonable effort or expense.

                     About Hall of Fame Resort

Hall of Fame Resort & Entertainment Co. is a resort and
entertainment company leveraging the power and popularity of
professional football and its legendary players in partnership with
the National Football Museum, Inc., doing business as the Pro
Football Hall of Fame. Headquartered in Canton, Ohio, the Company
owns the DoubleTree by Hilton located in downtown Canton and the
Hall of Fame Village, which is a multi-use sports, entertainment,
and media destination centered around the PFHOF's campus.

Cleveland, Ohio-based Grant Thornton LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 26, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended Dec. 31, 2024, citing that the Company
has sustained recurring losses through December 31, 2024 and
utilized cash from operations of $10.9 million during the year
ended December 31, 2024. The Company has $109.5 million of debt due
through December 31, 2025, and will need to raise additional
financing to accomplish its development plans and fund its working
capital. These conditions, along with other matters, raise
substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $366.7 million in total
assets, $294.5 million in total liabilities, and a total equity of
$72.2 million. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $360.5 million
in total assets, $315.7 million in total liabilities, and $44.8
million in total equity.


HANNA JESIONOWSKA: Seeks Approval to Retain Leo Fox as Counsel
--------------------------------------------------------------
Hanna Jesionowska Practice LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to retain
Leo Fox, Esq. as counsel.

Mr. Fox will provide these services:

     (a) give advice to Applicant with respect to the powers and
duties as Debtor-in-Possession;

     (b) prepare, on behalf of Applicant, necessary applications,
answers, orders, and other legal papers;

     (c) appear before the Bankruptcy Judge and to protect the
interests of the Debtor before the Bankruptcy Judge and to
represent the Debtor in all matters pending before the Bankruptcy
Judge;

     (d) meet with and negotiate with creditors, the Creditors
Committee, if one is appointed, and/or other parties for a plan of
reorganization, preparing the Plan and Disclosure Statement and
attendant documents; and

     (e) perform all other legal services for the Debtor which may
be necessary herein or are required by the Bankruptcy Code.

Mr. Fox will be paid a $10,000 retainer, applied against fees
billed at an hourly rate of $450 for Leo Fox, $275 for Susan Adler,
Esq. (associate), and $75 for Carol Brennan (paralegal).

Court filings state that Mr. Fox is a disinterested person and has
no adverse interest to the Debtor or its estate, other than
connections disclosed in his affidavit.

The firm can be reached at:

Leo Fox, Esq.
630 Third Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Telephone: (212) 867-9595
E-mail: leo@leofoxlaw.com

                      About Hanna Jesionowska Practice LLC

Hanna Jesionowska Practice LLC operates a medical practice
specializing in obstetrics and gynecology at 159 East 74th Street,
Unit 1, New York, serving patients in the area.

Hanna Jesionowska Practice  sought protection under Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-12501) on November
7, 2025.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$1,000,001 and $10 million and liabilities of between $1,000,001
and $10 million.

Judge David S. Jones oversees the case.

Leo Fox, Esq. is the Debtor's legal counsel.


HARLING INC: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Dec. 10
------------------------------------------------------------
Harling, Inc. received another extension from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, to
use cash collateral.

The interim order penned by Judge Jacqueline Cox authorized the
Debtor to use cash collateral retroactive to the date of filing the
Debtor's Chapter 11 case through December 10.

As protection from any diminution in the value of its collateral,
Byline Bank was granted a first-priority lien on property acquired
by the Debtor after the petition date, including all proceeds and
products thereof. This lien will have the same priority and extent
as the bank's pre-bankruptcy lien.

A further hearing is scheduled for December 9.

The Debtor previously entered into two loan agreements with Byline
Bank: one for $250,000 and another for $1.05 million, both secured
by the Debtor's assets, including equipment, inventory, accounts
receivable, and general intangibles. Byline Bank has filed proofs
of claim for $218,647 and $741,213 on those respective loans.

The Debtor's schedules list total assets of $29,137, primarily
composed of $21,447 in accounts receivable and $3,500 in office
furniture and equipment.

                        About Harling Inc.

Harling Inc. specializes in masonry facade repair, restoration, and
building waterproofing services for commercial, industrial, and
institutional buildings. It is based in Broadview, Ill.

Harling sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-04324) on March 1,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $100,000 and
$500,000 in assets and between $1 million and $10 million in
liabilities.

Judge Jacqueline P. Cox handles the case.

Joel Schechter, Esq., at the Law Offices of Joel A. Schechter is
the Debtor's legal counsel.

Byline Bank, as secured creditor, is represented by:

   Martin J. Wasserman, Esq.
   Carlson Dash, LLC
   216 S. Jefferson St., Suite 303
   Chicago, IL 60661
   Phone: 312-382-1600
   mwasserman@carlsondash.com


HARMONY WELLNESS: Hires Brinker Simpson & Company as Accountant
---------------------------------------------------------------
Harmony Wellness Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Colorado to hire Brinker Simpson & Company, LLC
to serve as its accountant.

Brinker Simpson & Company, LLC will provide these services:

(a) prepare the Debtor's federal, state, and local S-Corporation
tax returns for the 2024 tax year;

(b) provide limited bookkeeping assistance solely to help organize
information necessary for tax preparation;

(c) communicate potential tax strategies and assist with related
inquiries at the Debtor's request;

(d) review and advise on other tax positions, filings, or
additional services as agreed upon in writing; and

(e) ensure compliance with applicable federal, state, and local
tax laws.

The firm will charge these hourly rates:

Partners: $350 to $485
Directors and Senior Managers: $225 to $400
Managers and Supervisors: $115 to $275
Senior Accountants: $95 to $225
Support Staff: $75 to $165

Brinker Simpson & Company, LLC is a "disinterested person" within
the meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to
court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Andrew Brenner, CPA
BRINKER SIMPSON & COMPANY, LLC
1400 N. Providence Rd., Rosetree Building 2, Suite 2000E
Media, PA 19063
Telephone: (610) 544-5900
Facsimile: (610) 544-7455
E-mail: info@brinkersimpson.com

                            About Harmony Wellness

Harmony Wellness, Inc. filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No.
25-15682) on September 4, 2025, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets
and $500,001 to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Kimberley H. Tyson presides over the case.

Jeffrey Weinman, Esq., at Allen Vellone Wolf Helfrich & Factor P.C.
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


HARRIS INTERNAL: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 8
------------------------------------------------------------------
On November 12, 2025, Harris Internal Medicine LLC filed Chapter 
protection in the Northern District of Georgia. According to court
filing, the Debtor reports $1,186,915 in debt owed to 1 and 49
creditors. 

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
8, 2025 at 02:00 PM via Telephone conference. To attend, Dial
888-330-1716 and enter access code 3042940.

         About Harris Internal Medicine LLC

Harris Internal Medicine LLC provides primary care and functional
medicine services in Peachtree City, Georgia, focusing on chronic
conditions such as autoimmune diseases, digestive disorders,
thyroid imbalances, diabetes, and fatigue. The practice also offers
wellness services including IV hydration therapy, sexual health
treatments, and joint mobility therapies.

Harris Internal Medicine LLC sought relief under Chapter  of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Case No. 25-11731) on November
12, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets of
$141,457 and total liabilities of $1,186,915.

The Debtor is represented by William Rountree, Esq. of ROUNTREE,
LEITMAN, KLEIN & GEER, LLC.


HILCORP ENERGY: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Negative
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings maintained Hilcorp Energy I, L.P.'s (Hilcorp or
Hilcorp Energy) negative rating outlook. Moody's also affirmed
Hilcorp's Ba1 Corporate Family Rating, Ba1-PD Probability of
Default Rating, Baa2 senior secured first lien term loan rating and
Ba2 senior unsecured notes ratings.

"Hilcorp Energy's negative rating outlook reflects the company's
continued elevated leverage from debt funding a rapid succession of
material acquisitions," said Amol Joshi, Moody's Ratings Vice
President and Senior Credit Officer. "The company will need to make
more progress in reducing debt before considering a stable
outlook."

RATINGS RATIONALE

Hilcorp's Ba1 CFR is supported by the significant size of its E&P
operations with a diversified geographic presence across several
hydrocarbon basins. The company owns a portfolio of mature, legacy
fields with an operating strategy underpinned by a disciplined
approach to ongoing field optimization and cost management. In the
first quarter of 2025, Hilcorp closed the approximately $1.5
billion acquisition of conventional Permian Basin assets. This
followed the late 2024 acquisitions of Alaska oil assets close to
its existing North Slope assets as well certain conventional
Permian Basin assets for a total cost of roughly $2 billion.
Hilcorp is hedging a significant proportion of its acquisition
production volumes and is utilizing free cash flow after
distributions to primarily repay debt. While these acquisitions
have significantly increased debt balances and other obligations,
Hilcorp should continue to generate meaningful free cash flow and
organically reduce leverage through 2026. However, the increased
debt levels and financial leverage raises risks to the Ba1 rating,
particularly if commodity prices do not remain supportive and
expected debt reduction is not achieved.

Hilcorp's focus on primarily mature fields with conventional assets
in Alaska and the Lower 48 US states is associated with lower
capital spending intensity with shallower production decline rates,
while being constrained by relatively high asset retirement
obligations and operating costs. Mr. Jeffery Hildebrand has
singular control over its operations through his ownership of
Hilcorp's general partner. While the credit profile considers
Hilcorp's partnership and governance structure, concentrated
ownership and commercial relationships with affiliated entities
controlled by Mr. Hildebrand, it also recognizes the company's
solid track record under his control and leadership.

Hilcorp's secured term loan is rated Baa2 and is pari passu with
its secured revolver. It is rated two notches above the Ba1 CFR,
reflecting its first priority lien and supported by a significant
junior unsecured debt cushion. Hilcorp's senior unsecured notes are
rated Ba2, one notch below the Ba1 CFR, reflecting the notes'
junior priority claim on assets relative to its secured debt.

Moody's expects the company's liquidity position to be adequate
into 2027. Hilcorp's secured revolver matures in 2028 and had $2.5
billion in commitments with a $3.5 billion borrowing base at
September 30. The company also has a $1 billion secured term loan
maturing in 2030. At September 30, Hilcorp had just over $1.4
billion of revolver borrowings and over $150 million of balance
sheet cash. The company's large asset value can support a higher
borrowing base. Moody's expects the company to increase its
borrowing base at its upcoming semi-annual redetermination,
reflecting potential additional liquidity subject to additional
lender commitments. Hilcorp should generate meaningful free cash
flow to reduce debt and support its liquidity in 2026 at Moody's
base case commodity price assumptions of $55/barrel WTI and $3.00
per MMBtu Henry Hub natural gas. The revolver has maintenance
covenants including maximum debt to EBITDA and minimum current
ratio. The company is expected to remain in compliance with these
covenants.

The negative outlook reflects the company's elevated leverage
metrics and inherent execution and commodity price risks related to
its plans to reduce debt.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be downgraded if Hilcorp does not reduce debt as
expected or if retained cash flow (RCF) to debt falls below 25%.
Further significant increases in debt levels to fund acquisitions
or distributions could result in a ratings downgrade.

While unlikely given the negative outlook, a ratings upgrade could
be considered if Hilcorp substantially reduces debt and thereafter
generates consistent free cash flow after sufficiently reinvesting
in the business, and its future growth strategy does not entail
large increases in financial leverage to fund acquisitions or
materially deviate from its historic focus on creating value
through the acquisition of mature, legacy fields. For an upgrade,
the company's RCF to debt should exceed 50%, with conservative
financial policies that balance debtholders' interests and owner
distributions even in a high commodity price environment.

Hilcorp Energy I, L.P. is a private limited partnership
headquartered in Houston, Texas. The company's primary producing
assets are located in Alaska, Texas, Louisiana, Wyoming, San Juan
Basin and the Utica.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Independent
Exploration and Production published in December 2022.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


HILLSIDE APARTMENTS: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in California
--------------------------------------------------------------
On November 24, 2025, Hillside Apartments LLC filed for Chapter 11
protection in the Eastern District of California. According to
court records, the company reports liabilities of $10 million to
$50 million owed to 1-49 creditors.

            About Hillside Apartments LLC

Hillside Apartments LLC is a California-based residential real
estate company that manages and develops multi-unit housing
properties. Its business focuses on property investment,
operational oversight, and long-term asset growth in the local
rental market.

The company sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-26602) on November 24, 2025. Hillside
Apartments LLC reported estimated assets of $10 million to $50
million and comparable estimated liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christopher M. Klein oversees the case.


HOLY REDEEMER: Fitch Affirms 'B+' IDR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Holy Redeemer Health System, PA's (RH)
Issuer Default Rating and revenue bonds at 'B+'.

Additionally, Fitch has removed the Rating Watch Negative (RWN) on
RH's IDR and revenue bonds issued by Montgomery County Higher
Education & Health Authority on behalf of RH.

The Rating Outlook is Stable.

   Entity/Debt                     Rating          Prior
   -----------                     ------          -----
Holy Redeemer
Health System (PA)           LT IDR B+  Affirmed   B+

   Holy Redeemer Health
   System (PA) /General
   Revenues/1 LT             LT     B+  Affirmed   B+

The removal of the Negative Watch reflects RH's compliance with its
debt service covenant in FY 2025 following a violation in FY 2024,
driven by material improvement in operating performance even
excluding one-time items. FY 2025 performance, while still weak,
improved with RH generating a 2% operating EBITDA margin after two
years of negative cash flow, and liquidity levels remained stable
year over year.

Performance through the first quarter of FY 2026 (ended Sept. 30)
remains pressured but is better than the prior-year quarter.
Management continues to advance its operational turnaround plan,
which has yielded significant savings to date. The FY 2026 budget
incorporates another operating loss consistent with FY 2025 and
maintenance of liquidity.

The 'B+' rating continues to reflect RH's history of weak operating
performance and the expectation for continued losses in FY 2026.
The rating also reflects Fitch's view that RH will continue to face
considerable headwinds, particularly in its acute care business
given its limited market share and significant competition.

The Outlook is Stable given RH's liquidity position, which provides
some flexibility at the current rating level, and management's
turnaround efforts, which should support stable-to-improving
operating performance. However, if the FY 2026 losses are wider
than expected with a corresponding impact on liquidity, Fitch could
consider negative rating actions.

SECURITY

Debt payments are secured by a pledge of the gross receipts of the
obligated group, a mortgage on Holy Redeemer Hospital and Medical
Center (HRHMC) and a debt service reserve fund.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility - 'bb'

Challenging Market Dynamics; Healthy Payer Mix

RH's payor mix has moderate concentration of Medicaid and self-pay,
accounting for just over 22.8% of gross revenue YTD as of Sept. 30,
2025. The payor mix partially reflects its location in Montgomery
County, which has favorable demographics. The system also benefits
from its diversified revenue stream, which comprises the entire
spectrum of inpatient and outpatient services, including acute
care, long-term care, residential care/services, senior living and
home health and hospice care in Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Management has also made strides in physician recruitment recently
to address system-wide needs, which should gradually increase
volume. RH's modest 12.2% market share (hospital only - based on
2023 market share) has been relatively stable. The southeastern
Pennsylvania healthcare market is highly competitive, experiencing
consolidation activity and is dominated by a few commercial health
insurers. Influential competitors with relatively large market
shares include University of Pennsylvania Health System and
Jefferson Health, which is growing rapidly given recent
consolidations.

The senior care division's occupancy has not returned to
pre-pandemic levels across the care continuum and has fluctuated
over the last several years. At Lafayette Redeemer, which has 226
independent living units, occupancy was 65% as of June 30, 2025,
compared with 69% at the same time last year. However, management
has seen success in short-term rehab, which Fitch views favorably
as it addresses the growing need for post-acute care in the market
and benefits from relatively favorable reimbursement. This focused
strategy showed results in FY 2025, with short-term rehab volume at
St. Joseph's Manor increasing by approximately 38.7%.

Operating Risk - 'b'

Navigating Continued Operating Pressures

Fitch considers RH's operating risk profile assessment 'weak' based
on the system's trend of operating losses and Fitch's expectation
that operating cash flow will remain weak for the foreseeable
future.

Fiscal 2025 operating results ended June 30 showed material
improvement in operating performance, with RH drastically reducing
losses to $16. 6 million or a 2% operating EBITDA margin (including
$15 million of income related to a sale of two Home Care programs
outside of RH's primary service area)) from $53 million or a
negative 5.7% operating EBITDA margin. RH's operating performance
has improved materially over in FY 2025, supported by disciplined
revenue, cost, and margin management. However, ongoing execution
and sustainability remain a key concern given the limited track
record.

2025 operating improvement was driven by cost containment
initiatives with employment cost declining by $19.8 million year
over year due primarily to tighter control of agency labor,
improved reimbursement under managed care arrangements related to
COLA adjustments, improvement of clinical documentation and other
non-labor workstreams, and a one-time gain.

The fiscal 2026 budget incorporates a system-wide loss of $16.7
million, which is consistent with the prior year loss but still
represents improvement given the absence of one-time items similar
to the home health sale in 2025. There remains some uncertainty
regarding RH's ability to meet budgeted expectations, particularly
due to the first-quarter operating loss, which—while better than
the prior year and budget—still reflects pressure with a $11
million loss.

Management expected first quarter performance to be lighter due to
changes and investments within the medical group, and the
expectation that some initiatives would not begin to yield benefits
until the second quarter, including revenue cycle and labor
management. Management also expects a favorable net impact from its
value-based programs and other ongoing strategic initiatives, which
should provide additional headroom to meet budgeted expectations
for the full fiscal year.

Over the longer term, operating cadence will depend on the
successful execution of RH's strategy, which emphasizes a narrower
focus on key acute-care service lines and continued growth in
senior services, particularly rehabilitation volumes. Fitch
believes that concentrating on a more focused set of acute-care
service lines will enable RH to allocate capital, talent, and
process improvements to areas where it can differentiate, aligning
well with its value-based strategy. The emphasis on senior care
also corresponds with the aging demographic across RH's service
area and their increased need for post-acute care, which should
support continued volume growth.

RH's capital spending has been modest in recent years as the system
managed through operating challenges. The capital spending ratio
averaged 68.6% over the past three fiscal years, contributing to an
elevated average age of plant of 19.6 years. Routine and strategic
capital investment will remain the primary focus in the near term.
The fiscal 2026 capital budget totals $14.2 million, with $7.6
million committed to service line investments, including senior
services and an EMR replacement, the latter expected to conclude in
fiscal 2027.

Financial Profile - 'bb'

Stabilized Liquidity

RH's financial profile is weak. Liquidity seems to have stabilized
following several years of weakening. As of fiscal 2025,
unrestricted liquidity was an adequate $120 million, resulting in
cash-to-adjusted debt of 92%, equal to 93 days cash on hand.
Through Sept. 30, 2025, unrestricted reserves totaled $116.6
million, equal to 96 days cash on hand.

RH has exposure to a frozen defined benefit (DB) pension plan. The
DB plan was frozen on Dec. 31, 2017, and was 77% funded at fiscal
YE 2025, relative to a projected benefit obligation of $128
million. Fitch includes the portion of the pension that is funded
below 80% when calculating RH's total adjusted debt. This results
in debt equivalent to $3.4 million as of fiscal YE 2025.

Fitch's forward outlook anticipates RHS will continue to incur
operating losses through fiscal 2027, with an improvement to
breakeven levels by fiscal 2028, followed by modest operating
EBITDA margins. Balance sheet resources relative to adjusted debt
are expected to remain flat, as capital spending is projected to
stay below depreciation.

Asymmetric Additional Risk Considerations

No asymmetric additional risk considerations are relevant to the
rating.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Failure to maintain operating performance improvement.

- Weaker balance sheet metrics, particularly any material
deterioration of liquidity.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- A positive rating action is possible over the medium term if
operating performance significantly improves and RH is able to
demonstrate consistent operating cash flow.

PROFILE

RH's obligated group consists of:

- HRHMC, a 239 licensed-bed (163 staffed) acute care hospital in
Meadowbrook, PA, approximately 20 miles from downtown
Philadelphia;

- St. Joseph Manor, a a 296-bed skilled nursing facility (SNF) and
a 60-bed personal care facility;

- Lafayette Redeemer, a Type C (fee for service) continuing care
retirement community (CCRC), with 240 independent living units
(ILUs), 54-unit personal care facility and 120 SNF beds;

- Hospice and home care operations in Pennsylvania;

- HR Physician Services.

The obligated group represents approximately 81% of total system
revenues and 71% of total system assets, with the acute care
hospital representing 43% the system's revenues. The consolidated
system includes a number of non-obligated entities, including home
care agencies and senior living facilities. In fiscal 2025, the
consolidated system had $479million of total revenues.

The management team has undergone a complete transformation with
the introduction of new leadership and strategic direction. This
shift marks a departure from the previous leadership's approach, as
the new team is placing a closer focus on core services. By
concentrating on these areas, management aims to enhance
operational efficiency and drive growth. While Fitch views the
change in leadership favorably, Fitch will closely monitor the
track record of improved operating performance to assess whether
these strategies are beneficial for the organization.

Sources of Information

In addition to the sources of information identified in Fitch's
applicable criteria specified below, this action was informed by
data from DIVER by Solve.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


HOLY REDEEMER: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B1' Bond Rating to Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed Holy Redeemer Health System's (PA)
(dba Redeemer health, RH) B1 revenue bond rating. The outlook is
revised to stable from negative. RH has approximately $120 million
of debt outstanding.

The outlook revision to stable reflects improved financial
performance with projected operating cash flow margin of about 2%
in 2026 following improvement in 2025.  This will stabilize
liquidity and ensure covenant compliance.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B1 rating reflects RH's stable market position and adequate
liquidity, with 93 days cash on hand and 101% cash to debt in FY
2025. This is counterbalanced by its historically weak, though
improving, operating performance. Operating cash flow (OCF) margin
improved notably to 2% in FY 2025, allowing RH to comply with its
debt service coverage covenant. Margin improvement resulted from
ongoing turnaround initiatives and approximately $15 million in
one-time asset sales. However, given that asset sales are
temporary, non-recurring measures, sustained progress in core
operating improvements will be essential for long-term stability.
Moody's expects management to focus on labor productivity, revenue
cycle, and refining service offerings, with a focus on sustainable
competitive continuum of care services, to further strengthen
performance. Additional credit challenges include RH's position as
a small independent provider operating in a very competitive and
highly consolidated market.

RATING OUTLOOK

Revision of the outlook to stable reflects Moody's expectations
that RH will show continued traction of core performance
improvement while maintaining liquidity around current levels.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OF THE RATING

-- Sustained improvement in operating performance

-- Durable growth in liquidity absent additional debt

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

-- Inability to achieve close to 2% OCF margin in FY 2026

-- Material decline in days cash on hand or cash to debt

-- Increased likelihood of violation of financial covenant

PROFILE

RH is a Catholic provider, serving southeastern Pennsylvania and
New Jersey. RH operates a coordinated population health system
offering a full continuum of care: home health, private duty,
hospice, senior living, short-term rehab, multi-specialty
ambulatory sites, a medical group, a 239-bed acute care hospital
with specialized services, and a regionally recognized accountable
care organization. This diversified platform promotes preventive
care, chronic disease management, and smooth transitions across
settings by aligning community-focused, acute and post-acute
services to improve population health outcomes.

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in this rating was Not-for-profit
Healthcare published in October 2024.


HONOR STUDIOS: Unsecureds to Get $3K per Month for 5 Years
----------------------------------------------------------
Honor Studios LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Northern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization dated November
20, 2025.

The Debtor provides floral designs and decorations for events
throughout Texas. This bankruptcy filing was precipitated by a
certain Merchant Cash Advance loan coupled with a decline in
revenue.

The Plan provides for a reorganization and restructuring of the
Debtor's financial obligations.

The Plan provides for a distribution to Creditors in accordance
with the terms of the Plan from the Debtor over the course of five
years from the Debtor's continued business operations.

Class 3 consists of Non-priority unsecured Claims. Each holder of
an Allowed Unsecured Claim in Class 3 shall be paid by Reorganized
Debtor from an unsecured creditor pool, which pool shall be funded
at the rate of $3,000.00 per month (Debtor estimates all unsecured
creditors will be paid in full). Payments from the unsecured
creditor pool shall be paid quarterly, for a period not to exceed
five years (20 quarterly payments) and the first quarterly payment
will be due on the twentieth day of the first full calendar month
following the last day of the first quarter.

The Debtor estimates the aggregate of all Allowed Class 3 Claims is
approximately $175,000.00 based upon Debtor's review of the
Court’s claim register, Debtor's bankruptcy schedules, and
anticipated Claim objections. This Class is impaired.

Class 4 consists of the holders of Allowed Interests in the Debtor.
The holder of an Allowed Class 4 Interest shall retain their
interests in the Reorganized Debtor.

From and after the Effective Date, in accordance with the terms of
this Plan and the Confirmation Order, the Reorganized Debtor shall
perform all obligations under all executory contracts and unexpired
leases assumed in accordance with Article 6 of this Plan.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated November 20,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=KLuYHa from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.  

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Robert T. DeMarco, Esq.
     Michael S. Mitchell, Esq.
     Demarco Mitchell, PLLC
     12770 Coit Road, Suite 850
     Dallas, TX 75251
     Tel: (972) 991-5591
     Email: robert@demarcomitchell.com
            mike@demarcomitchell.com

                        About Honor Studios LLC

Honor Studios, LLC, also operating as The House of Honor and House
of Honor, is a limited liability company.

Honor Studios sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Texas Case No. 25-43139) on
August 22, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported up to $50,000
in assets and between $100,000 and $500,000 in liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Edward L. Morris handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Robert T. DeMarco, Esq., at DeMarco
Mitchell, PLLC.


HOUGHTON UNIVERSITY: S&P Affirms 'BB+' Rating on 2022A Rev. Bonds
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'BB+' long-term rating on Allegany
County Capital Resource Corp., N.Y.'s series 2022A tax-exempt
revenue bonds issued for Houghton University.

The outlook is stable.

S&P said, "We analyzed Houghton's environmental, social, and
governance factors related to its market position and financial
performance. We believe the university is affected by changing
demographic and population trends, which we view as a social risk.
We anticipate demographic pressure will continue, with fewer
graduating high school students in upstate New York anticipated for
the next several years. We view the university's environmental and
governance risks as neutral factors in our credit rating analysis.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Houghton will
maintain sufficient financial resources for the rating, despite
large full accrual operating deficits. Houghton has a good track
record of fundraising, which we expect will continue to support the
university's balance sheet.

"We could consider a negative rating action if operating deficits
cause a decline in financial resources. We could also consider a
negative rating action if Houghton's already small enrollment
declines or if the university issues additional debt without
commensurate balance sheet growth.

"We could consider a positive rating action if Houghton generated
improved operations that are at least near break-even on a
full-accrual basis, with growth in net tuition revenue and growing
enrollment. We would also view growth in unrestricted financial
resources positively."



HYPERION DEFI: Inks $500MM ATM Offering with Cantor and Chardan
---------------------------------------------------------------
Hyperion DeFi, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 14, 2025,
the Company entered into a Sales Agreement, with Cantor Fitzgerald
& Co. and Chardan Capital Markets, LLC, under which the Company
may, from time to time in its sole discretion, offer and sell
through the Sales Agents, shares of its common stock, par value
$0.0001 per share, from time to time.

The issuance and sale of the Shares, if any, will be made under the
Agreement pursuant to the Company's shelf registration statement on
Form S-3 (Registration Statement No. 333-[·]), filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2025, and the
prospectus relating to the Offering filed therewith that forms a
part of the Registration Statement.

Pursuant to the Sales Agreement Prospectus, the Company may offer
and sell Shares having an aggregate offering price of up to
$500,000,000.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Sales Agreement, the
Sales Agents may sell Shares in negotiated transactions, including
block trades, or transactions that are deemed to be an "at the
market offering" as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, including sales made by means of ordinary
brokers' transactions, including directly on The Nasdaq Capital
Market or sales made to or through a market maker other than on an
exchange at prevailing market prices, at prices related to
prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices or by any other
method permitted by law.

The Sales Agents will use commercially reasonable efforts to sell
the Shares from time to time, based upon instructions from the
Company (including any price, time or size limits or other
customary parameters or conditions the Company may impose). The
Company will pay the Sales Agents an aggregate commission equal to
4.0% of the gross sales proceeds of any Sales sold through the
Sales Agents under the Sales Agreement.

The Company is not obligated to make any sales of Shares under the
Sales Agreement. The offering of Shares will terminate upon the
earlier of:

     (i) the sale of all Shares subject to the Sales Agreement or
    (ii) termination of the Sales Agreement in accordance with its
terms.

The Sales Agreement contains customary representations, warrantees
and agreements between the Company and the Sales Agents, including
customary indemnification rights, including for liabilities under
the Securities Act. The representations, warranties and covenants
contained in the Sales Agreement were made only for purposes of
such agreement and as of specific dates and were solely for the
benefit of the parties to such agreement.

CANTOR FITZGERALD & CO. may be reached at:

     Sameer Vasudev, Managing Director
     Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.
     499 Park Avenue
     New York, NY 10022

CHARDAN CAPITAL MARKETS LLC may be reached at:

     Jonas Grossman, President
     Chardan Capital Markets LLC
     One Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 4800
     New York, NY 10119

A full-text copy of the Sales Agreement is available at
https://tinyurl.com/mwcderpx

                     About Hyperion DeFi Inc.

Hyperion DeFi, Inc. formerly known as Eyenovia, Inc., is the first
U.S. publicly listed company building a long-term strategic
treasury of Hyperliquid's native token, HYPE. The Company is
focused on providing its shareholders with simplified access to the
Hyperliquid ecosystem, one of the fastest growing, highest
revenue-generating blockchains in the world.

New York, N.Y.-based Marcum LLP, the Eyenovia's auditor since 2020,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated April
15, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company has a
significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant
losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations
and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $55.66 million in total
assets, against $18.30 million in total liabilities.


HYPERSCALE DATA: Posts $13MM Q3 Net Loss, Lifts Going Concern Doubt
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Hyperscale Data, Inc. filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q reporting a net loss
of $13.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025,
compared to a net loss of $29.6 million for the three months ended
September 30, 2024.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company reported
a net loss of $35.6 million, compared to a net loss of $58.2
million for the same period in 2024.

Total revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and
2024, were $24.3 million and $31.1 million, respectively.  For the
nine months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, the Company had
total revenues of $75.2 million and $87.2 million, respectively.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $242.4 million in total
assets, $184.6 million in total liabilities, and $57.7 million in
total stockholders' equity.

Previously, Marcum LLP, the Company's auditor since 2016, issued a
"going concern" qualification in its report dated April 15, 2025,
attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2024, citing that the Company has a significant
working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and
needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain
its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents
of $24.8 million (excluding restricted cash of $22.8 million) and
negative working capital of $89.4 million. The Company has
historically financed its operations through the issuance of
convertible debt, promissory notes and equity securities.

The Company's working capital position improved from negative
$157.1 million at December 31, 2024 to negative $89.4 million at
September 30, 2025, and was further strengthened subsequent to
September 30, 2025, through the sale of 172.7 million shares of
Class A common stock pursuant to the 2025 "At-the-Market" offering
for gross proceeds of $86.2 million and the sale of 8,500 shares of
its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock for gross proceeds of
approximately $8.5 million. These capital raises, together with the
conversion of $2.3 million in aggregate principal and accrued
interest of existing convertible debt into Class A common stock,
have enhanced liquidity, reduced debt obligations and provided
additional capital to support ongoing operations and planned growth
initiatives.

In connection with the preparation of these financial statements,
management performed an analysis of the Company's financial
position and working capital projections for at least the next 12
months following the issuance of these financial statements.

Based on this analysis, and considering the proceeds received from
recent financing activities, management believes that the Company's
available liquidity, including cash raised subsequent to September
30, 2025, will be sufficient to meet its obligations and fund its
operations for at least one year from the date these condensed
consolidated financial statements are issued.

Accordingly, management has concluded that these financings
alleviate the substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.

Management will continue to monitor the Company's liquidity
position and market conditions, and may seek additional financing
as necessary to support operations and future growth initiatives.

A full-text copy of the Company's Form 10-Q is available at:

                  https://tinyurl.com/awy4fybj

                       About Hyperscale Data

Headquartered in Las Vegas, Nevada, Hyperscale Data, Inc., formerly
known as Ault Alliance, Inc., is a Delaware corporation that
operates as an artificial intelligence data center company anchored
by Bitcoin. Through its wholly owned subsidiary, Sentinum, Inc.,
the Company owns and operates a large-scale data center platform
that integrates AI compute infrastructure with Bitcoin mining
operations under a unified, parallel compute model. This hybrid
architecture enables Hyperscale Data to generate compute power for
enterprise AI workloads through NVIDIA graphic processing unit
clusters, while also operating high-efficiency Bitcoin mining
systems that contribute to the Bitcoin network and the Company's
growing digital asset treasury.

Through its other wholly owned subsidiary, Ault Capital Group,
Inc., the Company currently holds a portfolio of diversified
businesses and strategic investments spanning commercial lending
and trading, hotel operations, crane rental, AI-driven software and
gaming platforms, and commercial electronics. The Company
anticipates completing the planned divestiture of ACG in 2026, at
which time Hyperscale Data expects to operate as a focused AI data
center and Bitcoin infrastructure company.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $242.4 million in total
assets, $184.6 million in total liabilities, and $57.7 million in
total stockholders' equity.

                           *     *     *

This concludes the Troubled Company Reporter's coverage of
Hyperscale Data, Inc. until facts and circumstances, if any, emerge
that demonstrate financial or operational strain or difficulty at a
level sufficient to warrant renewed coverage.


IGO MARKETING: Taps Law Office of Raymond W. Verdi as Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
IGO Marketing + Entertainment LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of New York to employ and
retain the Law Office of Raymond W. Verdi, Jr., Esq. to serve as
counsel.

The Verdi Firm will provide these services:

     (a) assisting the Debtor in preparing and filing (and serving
as necessary) schedules, statements, monthly financial statements,
and other necessary and appropriate documents;

     (b) preparing and filing, on behalf of the Debtor, all
motions, applications, documents in connections with adversary
proceedings, and proposed orders or other legal papers;

     (c) appearing at all appropriate meetings and before any
appropriate forum (including this Court) in order to represent and
protect the interests of the Debtor and the Estate herein;

     (d) explaining to the Debtor its responsibilities in a case
under chapter 11, and ensuring insofar as practicable that it
complies with its responsibilities;

     (e) representing the Debtor in its negotiations with secured
and unsecured creditors, and Committees who may be appointed in the
case;

     (f) assisting the Debtor in formulating a plan of
reorganization and disclosure statement; and

     (g) performing such other further legal services for the
Debtor which may be necessary herein.

The Verdi Firm's billing rates include $450 per hour for members
and $125 per hour for paralegals/legal assistants. The firm
received a $5,000 retainer, which was paid by Michael Murphy, the
brother of the Debtor's principal and 100% owner, Brian Murphy.

According to court filings, the Verdi Firm is a "disinterested
person" within the meaning of Section 101 of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Raymond W. Verdi, Jr., Esq.
     Law Office of Raymond W. Verdi, Jr.
     178 East Main Street
     Patchogue, NY 11772
     Telephone: (516) 380-9064
     Facsimile: (631) 654-5252

                                About IGO Marketing + Entertainment
LLC

IGO Marketing + Entertainment, LLC sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-73840)
on October 3, 2025, listing up to $50,000 in assets and between $1
million and $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Sheryl P. Giugliano presides over the case.

The Law Office of Raymond W. Verdi, Jr. serves as the Debtor’s
legal counsel.


INFINITY HOSPICE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
----------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Infinity Hospice and Palliative Care Inc.
voluntarily filed Chapter 7 protection in the Central District of
California. According to court filings, the Debtor reports
$0-$100,000 in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

           About Infinity Hospice and Palliative Care Inc.

Infinity Hospice and Palliative Care Inc. operates in the hospice
and palliative care sector, providing compassionate medical and
supportive services to patients facing serious illnesses. The
company focuses on personalized care plans, home-based support, and
multidisciplinary coordination to address the physical, emotional,
and spiritual needs of patients and their families.

Infinity Hospice and Palliative Care Inc. sought relief under
Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-18519) on
November 25, 2025. The petition reports estimated assets between
$100,001 and $1,000,000, and estimated liabilities between $0 and
$100,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Scott H. Yun oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


INGLE & ASSOCIATES: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Massachusetts
------------------------------------------------------------------
On November 13, 2025, Ingle & Associates LLC Chapter 11
protection in the District of Massachusetts. According to court
filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million and $10 million in
debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. 

         About Ingle & Associates LLC

Ingle & Associates LLC provides accounting, tax, and financial
consulting services to businesses, non-profits, condominium
associations, and individuals, operating from offices in Wellesley,
Shrewsbury, and Hanover, Massachusetts. The firm, founded in 1983
by Bob Ingle, is managed by two partners and a team of
approximately 15 staff members.

Ingle & Associates LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass.  Case No.
25-12458) on November 13, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor
reports estimated assets between $50,000 and $100,000 and estimated
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million.

The Debtor is represented by Kate E. Nicholson, Esq. of NICHOLSON
DEVINE LLC.


IRON HILL: Court OKs Brewery Asset Sale to IH Restaurants
---------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey has
approved Andrew Sklar, Chapter 7 Trustee of Iron Hill Brewery LLC
and its affiliates, to sell substantially all Assets, free and
clear of liens, claims, interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtors’ estates consist of various industrial machines,
inventory, and accessories used in connection with the development
and production of craft beers, as well as other equipment,
furniture, and fixtures used to operate full-service restaurants
and bars.

Additionally, the Debtors own several valuable liquor licenses
needed to sell alcohol at the Debtor Locations. Moreover, the
Debtors are party to several key contracts with numerous suppliers
and customers and certain unexpired leases with landlords at the
Debtors' former restaurant sites.

The Court has authorized the Debtor to sell Property to IH
Restaurants LLC and its designees.

The Agreement and all of the terms and conditions thereof are
approved in all respects. The Trustee is
authorized to enter into and perform under the Agreement and all
other documents necessary or
appropriate to consummate the Sale Transaction.

Buyer is authorized to credit bid $12,000,000.00 as set forth in
the Agreement, pursuant to section 363(k) of the Bankruptcy Code,
and to pay the other components of consideration as provided in the
Agreement, including all Cure Amounts and Carrying Costs and the
cash consideration for the Delaware liquor licenses.

Except for the Assumed Liabilities expressly set forth in the
Agreement, or as otherwise expressly provided in the Order, Buyer
and its affiliates, successors, and assigns, including its
assignee(s), as applicable, shall have no liability for any
Interests or liabilities of the Debtors or their estates,
including, without limitation, any liabilities arising under any
employment, pension, ERISA, environmental, product liability,
antitrust, tax, labor, WARN, or other law, or any theory of
successor or transferee liability, de facto merger, or substantial
continuity.

The Order and the Agreement shall be binding in all respects upon
the Debtors, their estates, all creditors, all parties in interest,
the Trustee, Buyer and its affiliates, successors and assigns.

       About Iron Hill Brewery LLC

Iron Hill Brewery LLC is a brewery firm in the east of the
Mississippi, and one of the most enduringly successful craft
brewery and restaurant concepts in the United States.

Iron Hill sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. N.J.Case No. 25-20476 (JNP)) on October 28, 2025.

Judge Jerrold N. Poslusny Jr. presides over the case.

Michael G. Menkowitz, Esq., Jesse M. Harris, Esq., and Matthew A.
Skolnick, Esq. at Fox Rothschild LLP, represent the Debtor as legal
counsel.


J PAUL ROOFING: Unsecureds Will Get 7.43% of Claims over 4 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------
J Paul Roofing & Construction, Inc. filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Texas a Plan of Reorganization
dated November 21, 2025.

The Debtor was formed on November 2011. Debtor operates a business
who is a General Contractor along with repairing roofs and
exteriors business.

The Debtor is currently owned 70.00% by Jason Paul and 30.00% by
Erin Paul. Mr. Paul will remain managing member and retain his 70%
ownership interest going forward.

The Debtor elected to file chapter 11 reorganization as the best
means to resolve the current liabilities of the company and
determine the secured portions of those creditors. After
confirmation, the Debtor will continue in business. Based upon the
projections, the Debtor believes it can service the debt to the
creditors.

The Debtor will continue operating its business. The Debtor's Plan
will break the existing claims into six classes of Claimants. These
claimants will receive cash repayments over a period of time
beginning on or after the Effective Date.

Class 5 Claimants consists of Allowed Unsecured Claims. All allowed
unsecured creditors, shall receive a pro rata distribution at zero
percent per annum over the next four years beginning not later than
the 1st day of the first full calendar month following 30 days
after the effective date of the plan and continuing every year
thereafter on a monthly basis at 0.00% per annum.

The Debtor will distribute $39,000.00 to the general allowed
unsecured creditor pool over the 4-year term of the plan, includes
the undersecured claim portions. The Debtor's General Allowed
Unsecured Claimants will receive 7.43% of their allowed claims
under this plan. The allowed unsecured claims total $524,411.77.

Class 6 consists of Equity Interest Holder (Current Owner). Jason
Paul and Erin Paul are the equity interest holders. They will
receive no payments under the Plan; however, they will be allowed
to retain ownership of the Debtor. Class 6 is not impaired under
the Plan.

The Debtor anticipates the continued operations of the business to
fund the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Plan of Reorganization dated November 21,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=mX9koF from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

   Robert C. Lane, Esq.
   THE LANE LAW FIRM, PLLC
   6200 Savoy, Suite 1150
   Houston, TX 77036
   Telephone: (713) 595-8200
   Facsimile: (713) 595-8201
   E-mail: notifications@lanelaw.com

                    About J Paul Roofing & Construction Inc.

J Paul Roofing & Construction Inc. operates a roofing and exteriors
business.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-33290-mvl11) on
August 28, 2025. In the petition signed by Jason Paul, president,
the Debtor disclosed up to $500,000 in assets and up to $1 million
in liabilities.

Judge MIchelle V. Larson oversees the case.

Robert C. Lane, Esq., at The Lane Law Firm, is the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel.


J.D.S. IMPROVEMENTS: James Cross Named Subchapter V Trustee
-----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 14 appointed James Cross, Esq., at
Cross Law Firm, PLC as Subchapter V trustee for J.D.S.
Improvements, LLC.

Mr. Cross will be paid an hourly fee of $525 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Cross declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     James E. Cross, Esq.
     Cross Law Firm, PLC
     P.O. Box 45469
     Phoenix, AZ 85064
     Phone: 602-412-4422
     Email: jcross@crosslawaz.com

                   About J.D.S. Improvements LLC

J.D.S. Improvements, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No.
25-11023) on November 17, 2025, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets
and $500,001 to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Eddward P. Ballinger Jr. presides over the case.

Ryan M. Deutsch, Esq., at Allen, Jones & Giles, PLC represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


KOKINOS MANAGEMENT: Unsecureds to Get $263 per Month for 60 Months
------------------------------------------------------------------
Kokinos Management, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of New Jersey a Disclosure Statement describing
Chapter 11 Plan dated November 20, 2025.

The Debtor is a New Jersey Limited Liability Company whose primary
asset is real property located at 733-739 Atlantic City Boulevard,
NJ 08721 (the "Property") where the Debtor manages several
commercial properties.

The Debtor listed its sole Property in its schedules as having a
value of $1,200,000.00.

Harry Kokinos is the Debtor's managing member and owns the sole
real Property located at 733-739 Atlantic City Boulevard, Bayville,
NJ 08721.

The Debtor filed Chapter 11 because its secured creditor Columbia
Bank, obtained a judgment in the matter styled, Columbia Bank v.
Kokinos Management, LLC, et al, F-0011485-24 (the "Foreclosure
Action").

Class 2 consists of General Unsecured Claims in the amount of
$15,780.00. The Claims in this Class shall receive monthly payments
of $263.00 at 0% interest for 60 months. This Class is impaired.

Class 3 consists of ownership interests. This Class shall retain
ownership of its equity interests in the Debtor.

The Plan shall initially be funded by capital contributions from
the principal of the Debtor until the default is cured. All rents
shall be paid to the bank after taxes and insurance. After default
is cured, the plan shall be funded by rental income from the
tenants on the Property.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated November 20,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=ygIAm3 from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

The Debtor's Counsel:

                  Geoffrey P. Neumann, Esq.
                  Timothy P. Neumann, Esq. [
                  BROEGE, NEUMANN, FISCHER & SHAVER, LLC
                  25 Abe Voorhees Drive
                  Manasquan NJ 08736
                  Tel: (732) 223-8484
                  Email: geoff.neumann@gmail.com
                         Timothy.neuamnn25@gmail.com

                      About Kokinos Management LLC

Kokinos Management LLC leases residential and commercial real
estate.

Kokinos Management LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 25-19562) on September 12,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets of
$1,202,000 and total liabilities of $352,712

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Mark Edward Hall handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Geoffrey P. Neumann, Esq. and Timothy
P. Neumann, Esq. at BROEGE, NEUMANN, FISCHER & SHAVER, LLC.


L & D CAFE: Unsecureds Will Get 18% of Claims over 5 Years
----------------------------------------------------------
L & D Cafe, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Florida a Small Business Chapter 11 Plan dated
November 20, 2025.

The Debtor is a bagel restaurant and deli located in Plantation,
Florida. Marian's Bagels has been in existence for nearly 50 years.


The Debtor, a Florida corporation since March 22, 2016, acquired
the business at that time and has continued operations to this day.
The Debtor was formed by and continues to be managed by Constantine
"Dean" Manos, who is the Debtor's president.

Although still experiencing increased costs since the end of the
COVID-19 pandemic, the event that gave the Debtor no option but to
file for bankruptcy was the pre-petition action by creditor CFG
Merchant Solutions, LLC, to seize assets (Debtor's bank account),
which if not stopped would have precluded the Debtor's ability to
continue in business.

Following confirmation of this Plan and on the Effective Date, the
Debtor shall pay all administrative claims (or make arrangements to
pay the same) and make the first monthly payments to secured and
priority creditors, and the initial quarterly distribution to
creditors holding allowed unsecured, non-priority claims pro-rata
based on their relative percentage of the total amount of all
allowed general unsecured claims. Distributions to the Unsecured
Creditors holding allowed unsecured claims will be made from the
Debtor's net disposable income, after payment of administrative,
secured and priority claims.

The Debtor asserts that the total amount of allowed general
unsecured non-priority claims, including undersecured claims is
approximately $802,000.00. Whereas, the Debtor's total projected
disposal income over the five-year period of this Plan available to
pay unsecured claims is $140,779, resulting in an estimated payment
of nearly 18% of the total amount of allowed general unsecured
nonpriority claims, in addition to the payments to be made to
creditors holding allowed secured and priority claims.

Class 6 consists of General Unsecured Claims, including the
undersecured deficiency claim of CFG Merchant Solutions, LLC. From
Debtor's projected net revenues, Debtor will make 20 Quarterly
payments to holders of allowed Class 6 claims, pro rata with all
other allowed Class 6 claims. Payments begin on the Effective Date.
Payments end in the 58th month of the Plan upon the making of the
last quarterly payment.

Based on Debtor's projections attached hereto, Debtor anticipates a
dividend of nearly 18% over the term of the Plan. This Class is
impaired.

The Debtor shall pay all claims as set forth and provided for in
and under this Plan and shall fund the same from the disposable
income received by the Debtor in the operation of its basis based
on the projections attached. Disposable income is income that is
received by Debtor and that is not reasonably necessary to be
expended for the payment of expenditures necessary for the
continuation, preservation, or operation of the business of the
Debtor.

The Debtor, with limited assistance from an affiliate (either
Debtor's principal or the affiliated entity SolFlo Bagels, LLC),
expects to have sufficient cash on hand to make the payments
required on the Effective Date (administrative claims, priority
claims under Section 507(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code and initial
monthly payments towards secured and priority tax claims, as well
as the initial quarterly distribution to unsecured creditors).

A full-text copy of the Small Business Plan dated November 20, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=ppQusD from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Chad P. Pugatch, Esq.
     Lorium Law
     197 S. Federal Hwy, Suite 200
     Boca Raton, FL 33432
     Tel: (561) 361-1000
     Fax: (561) 672-7581
     Email: CPugatch@loriumlaw.com

                           About L & D Cafe Inc.

L & D Cafe, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-19748-PDR) on Aug.
22, 2025.  In the petition signed by Constantine N. Manos,
president, the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to
$10 million in liabilities.

Judge Peter D. Russin oversees the case.

Chad P. Pugatch, Esq., at Lorium Law, is the Debtor's bankruptcy
counsel.


LCC INC: Seeks to Tap General Ledgers Accounting as Accountants
---------------------------------------------------------------
L.C.C., Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Colorado to employ General Ledgers Accounting & Tax
Services, Inc. as accountants in its Chapter 11 case.

General Ledgers will provide these services:

     (a) assist the Debtor in preparing its 2025 financial
statements and bank reconciliations;

     (b) prepare tax returns, tax-related documents and schedules;

     (c) prepare bookkeeping documents; and

     (d) perform other accounting-related services as may be needed
for the Debtor.

General Ledgers will charge hourly rates ranging from $135 to $400
for its accounting-related services, depending on the experience
level of the professional performing the work.

According to court filings, General Ledgers does not hold or
represent any interest adverse to the Debtor, creditors, the United
States Trustee, any person employed by the Office of the United
States Trustee, the estate, or any other interested person and is
therefore a "disinterested person" as defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

    Margie Albert
    General Ledgers Accounting & Tax Services, Inc.
    517 S 4th Ave
    Brighton, CO 80601
    Telephone: (303) 659-4013
    E-mail: admin@gledgers.com

                   About L.C.C. Inc.

L.C.C. Inc. specializes in selling and servicing commercial,
off-road, light truck, and passenger tires.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-15137) on October 15,
2025. In the petition signed by Luis Carlos Chavez, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Michael E. Romero oversees the case.

Aaron A. Garber, Esq., at Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C.,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


LEARNINGSEL LLC: Claims to be Paid From Available Cash and Income
-----------------------------------------------------------------
LearningSEL, LLC and affiliates filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Arizona a Disclosure Statement describing
Chapter 11 Plan dated November 21, 2025.

The Debtors provide curriculum for educational providers for social
and emotional wellness for students from Pre-K through high school.
Anna-Lisa the owner of the Debtors, has been involved in education
for close to thirty years.

The Debtors operated historically to some extent under the name
PATHS(R) Program and provided social and emotional wellness
curriculum and training for educational institutions for
kindergarten through elementary under the PATHS(R) trademark. The
Debtors also provide other curriculum under other names and
trademarks including EMOZI(R) but are in no way limited and may
operate other curriculum and training under other names or
trademarks.

After the execution of the Exclusive License Agreement, the Authors
and former licensee executed the following: (1) Amendment to
Exclusive License to Distribute; (2) Second Amendment to Exclusive
License to Distribute; (3) Third Amendment to Exclusive License to
Distribute; (4) Copyright License Agreement; and (5) Fourth
Amendment to Exclusive License to Distribute (collectively, "Author
Licenses").

The Disclosure Statement specifically incorporates the resolution
reached in the Joint Stipulated Application to Compromise Claims
Between the Estates and the Authors (the "Settlement"). In light of
the Settlement, the Plan is now a full pay Plan to all other
creditors of the estates, with the non-insider claims being paid in
full first, and the insider claims being paid over the life of a
three-year Plan.  

Classes LS-3, PPH-3 and PP-3 consist of the Allowed Unsecured
Claims of Creditors that are not disputed, or after the disputed
claim has been allowed in some amount. Creditors with Allowed
Unsecured Claims in Classes LS-3, PPH-3, and PP-3 shall be paid
their pro rata share of the net operating income of the Debtors
after all operating expense have been paid in full, and all
administrative and priority claims have been paid in full, for up
to a period of three years after confirmation of the Plan.

Presently, if no other unsecured claims come to light, the only
unsecured claims to be paid are the claims of Wells Fargo and the
IRS. Glen's Claims shall be paid after all other Allowed Unsecured
Claim are paid, so that the Debtors anticipate that the Allowed
Unsecured Claims will be satisfied in full within the first quarter
after the Effective Date of the Plan. Glen shall then be paid the
net operating income of the Debtors thereafter for the three-year
life of the Plan.

Classes LS-4, PPH-4, and PP-4 consists of Allowed Member Interests
in the Debtors. The Member Interests in the Debtors shall retain
their interest in the Debtors in consideration of their funding of
the amounts owing on allowed administrative claims as of the
Effective Date of the Plan. Allowed Member Interests shall not
receive any distributions from the Debtors on account of their
Member Interests until such time as the Debtors have completed all
payments required under the Plan.

The Debtors will continue to operate to make payments to vendors
and creditors. The Debtors will change the word "PATHS" in their
names to "EMOZI" upon approval of the Settlement by the Court. The
Debtors will continue to market and sell the EMOZI curriculum at a
minimum to generate income. Attached hereto as Exhibit H are
projections for the Debtors' operations which show that the Debtors
will generate sufficient income to pay their ongoing expenses and
to provide a return to all unsecured creditors over the life of the
Plan.

The Debtors shall use their DIP accounts to provide for the
distributions to creditors under the Plan. These accounts will
contain any unencumbered cash to be used to pay claims. Upon
receipt of any proceeds of the sale of the Debtors' assets, the
Debtors shall deposit funds into the account to be distributed in
accordance with the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated November 21,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=MBLVcE from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

                           About LearningSEL LLC

LearningSEL LLC is a provider of social and emotional learning
training and professional development services.

LearningSEL LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 24-07015) on Aug. 23,
2024.  In the petition filed by Anna-Lisa Mackey, as manager, the
Debtor reports total assets of $703 and total liabilities of
$1,543,051.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Paul Sala oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     D. Lamar Hawkins, Esq.
     GUIDANT LAW, PLC
     402 E. Southern Ave
     Tempe, AZ 85282
     Tel: 602-888-9229
     Email: lamar@guidant.law


LEISURE INVESTMENTS: Lenders Claim Senior Liens in Ch. 11 Dispute
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Vince Sullivan of Law360 reports that the secured lenders owed $100
million by Leisure Investment Holdings LLC, the owner of Dolphin
Park, told a Delaware bankruptcy court on November 25, 2025 that
their liens on the company's property should be considered senior
to a judgment creditor. The lenders are pushing for an early
resolution in their favor to protect their position in the Chapter
11 case.

The filings argue that recognizing the lenders' seniority is
critical, as their claims were secured prior to the judgment
creditor's interest. The court is now reviewing the competing
claims to determine the hierarchy of liens and the order in which
creditors may be paid, the report states.

             About Leisure Investments Holdings

Leisure Investments Holdings LLC and affiliates are operating under
the name "The Dolphin Company," manage over 30 attractions,
including dolphin habitats, marinas, water parks, and adventure
parks, located in eight countries across three continents. Their
primary operations are based in Mexico, the United States, and the
Caribbean, with locations in Jamaica, the Cayman Islands, the
Dominican Republic, and St. Kitts. These attractions are home to
approximately 2,400 animals from more than 80 species of marine
life, including a variety of marine mammals such as dolphins, sea
lions, manatees, and seals, as well as birds and reptiles. As of
2023, the marine mammal population at the Debtors' parks includes
roughly 295 dolphins, 51 sea lions, 18 manatees, and 18 seals.

Leisure Investments Holdings LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case 25-10606) on
March 31, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets and liabilities between $100 million and $500 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Laurie Selber Silverstein handles the
case.

The Debtors tapped Robert S. Brady, Esq., Sean T. Greecher, Esq.,
Allison S. Mielke, Esq., and Jared W. Kochenash, Esq. as counsels.
The Debtors' restructuring advisor is RIVERON MANAGEMENT SERVICES,
LLC. The Debtors' Claims & Noticing Agent is KURTZMAN CARSON
CONSULTANTS, LLC d/b/a VERITA GLOBAL.




LINDEN COMMUNITY: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
----------------------------------------------------------
On November 21, 2025, Linden Community First LLC filed for Chapter
7 bankruptcy in the Eastern District of California. The filing
indicates the Debtor has between $1 million and $10 million in
obligations, owed to roughly 1–49 creditors.

            About Linden Community First LLC

Linden Community First LLC operates in the real estate sector,
concentrating on land ownership, property development, and asset
management. Based in California, the company manages residential
and mixed-use properties and engages in improvement projects
designed to support long-term growth and community development in
the areas it serves.

Linden Community First LLC sought Chapter 7 relief under the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Cal. Case No. 25-26555) on November
21, 2025. The Debtor reports estimated assets ranging from $1
million to $10 million and liabilities in the same range.

The matter is overseen by Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Fredrick E.
Clement.

The Debtor is represented by Nancy Korompis, Esq.


LIRA HOSPICE: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Lira Hospice Inc. filed Chapter 7 protection
in the Central District of California. According to court filing,
the Debtor reports between $0 and $100,000 in assets and $1 million
to $10 million in liabilities owed to 1-49 creditors.

                 About Lira Hospice Inc.

Lira Hospice Inc. provides hospice care services to patients facing
life-limiting illnesses. The company emphasizes comprehensive
support, offering medical care, pain relief, emotional support, and
guidance for families. Its mission is to ensure dignity and comfort
for patients, whether in their homes or in care facilities.

Lira Hospice Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-18515) on November 25, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of $0-$100,000
and estimated liabilities of $1 million-$10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Scott H. Yun handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


LIVING FAITH TABERNACLE: Case Summary & Four Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Living Faith Tabernacle, Inc.
        5880 Old Dixie Road
        Forest Park, GA 30297-3202

Business Description: Living Faith Tabernacle, Inc. is a church
                      located at 5880 Old Dixie Road in Forest
                      Park, Georgia, providing worship services,
                      spiritual guidance, and community programs
                      for its congregation.  The organization
                      conducts faith-based activities and outreach
                      within the local community.  It operates as
                      a nonprofit entity in the religious services
                      sector.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Georgia

Case No.: 25-63773

Judge: Hon. Jeffery W Cavender

Debtor's Counsel: Kenneth Mitchell, Esq.
                  GIDDENS MITCHELL & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
                  3951 Snapfinger Pkwy
                  Ste. 555
                  Decatur, GA
                  Tel: 770-987-7007
                  Fax: 404-289-7654
                  Email: gmapclaw@gmail.com

Total Assets: $5,655,280

Total Liabilities: $648,123

The petition was signed by Jeremy Tuck as CEO/Pastor.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's four unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XNRY2TA/LIVING_FAITH_TABERNACLE_INC__ganbke-25-63773__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


LOVING KINDNESS: Amends Administrative Non-Tax Claims Pay
---------------------------------------------------------
Loving Kindness Healthcare Systems, LLC, submitted a First Amended
Disclosure Statement to accompany Plan of Reorganization dated
November 24, 2025.

The Debtor's revenue generated in the ordinary course of business,
in addition to certain other new business lines, shall provide
sufficient funds to pay all required expenses and distribution
under the plan.

                        Administrative Non-Tax Claims

The claim of Bernstein-Burkley, PC in the amount of $60,000.00 will
be paid in full within six-months of the Effective Date. Payment
will ramp up in accordance with the Debtor's increased cash flow.

The claim of Gloria J. Besley, E.A. in the amount of $10,000.00
will be paid in full within two-months of the Effective Date.
Payments will be equally divided between each month.

Like in the prior iteration of the Plan, General Unsecured Non-Tax
Claims creditor pool shall be paid a pro rata share of 10% of the
total value of the General Unsecured Creditors Class through
quarterly plan payments over a five-year period.

General Unsecured Tax Claims creditor pool shall be paid a pro rata
share of 10% of the total value of the General Unsecured Creditors
Class through quarterly plan payments over a five-year period.

The Debtor shall maintain and continue to operate Loving Kindness
Healthcare Systems, LLC. The Debtor's base annual net profit is
expected to increase from $124,511 to $172,973 by 2030. The Debtor
is also entering the following new business lines as a means to
further increase revenue and profit and generate additional funds
plan payments:

     * The Debtor will begin providing in-residential, personal
home healthcare. For each house the Debtor provides in-residential
care for, the monthly revenue is approximately $86,952. The total
estimated expenses per house are $28,900, including payroll,
utility payments, insurance and maintenance to the property, and
supplies and transportation. The Debtor will generate approximately
$58,052 in additional monthly revenue from this new revenue stream.
Two insiders of the Debtor, Copa Davis and Bijani Davis, will offer
their personal residence for usage as the first house. Copa Davis
and Bijani Davis will not charge the Debtor rent until all payments
required under the Plan have been made, saving the Debtor
approximately $4,500.00 in monthly expenses.

     * The Debtor is currently already licensed to operate a 500
bed facility and anticipates final licensing to be approved by
January 15, 2026. The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania requires all
licensed personal care homes to have a designated administrator
(the "Administrator"). All Administrators are required to complete
the mandated 100-hour Personal Care Home Administrator Training
Program. Currently, Bijani Davis has completed the first module of
the training and has approximately sixty-six hours to complete.

     * The acquisition of house two and three for the inpatient
program is expected to cost, at a minimum, $50,000.00 each to buy
or $4500 a month to rent. The Debtor anticipates making the
acquisitions in month three and month eight and requires a capital
reserve to continue expand and meet the future business plan.

     * The Debtor is implementing a behavioral health program,
pursuant to existing licenses. The Debtor anticipates ramping up
this service, beginning in January 2026, with two Behavioral Health
Technicians ("BHT") and one clinical psychologist. For every two
BHT's employed and clinical psychologist/advanced degree, the
Debtor will see a revenue increase of $16,002.00 a month. The
Debtor anticipates expenses at this rate to be approximately
$11,160.00. Thus, the Debtor can expect a monthly profit increase
of $4,842.00. The Debtor will ramp up offering this service through
2026.

     * A BHT requires a high school diploma, or the equivalent, and
completion of a forty-hour training course. The Debtor is currently
licensed to provide Therapeutic & Counseling Services for Cognitive
Rehabilitation and Behavior Therapy. A clinical psychologist is
required to provide ongoing training and supervision. The Debtor is
finalizing contract negotiations with a clinical psychologist and
anticipates having the agreement finalized by year end.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Disclosure Statement dated
November 24, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=8lZ8I5
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Loving Kindness Healthcare Systems, LLC, is represented by:

     Robert S. Bernstein, Esq.
     Gwenyth A. Ortman, Esq.
     Bernstein-Burkley P.C.
     601 Grant Street, 9th Floor
     Pittsburg, PA 15219
     Telephone: (412) 456-8100
     Facsimile: (412) 456-8135
     Email: rbernstein@bernsteinlaw.com

                 About Loving Kindness Healthcare Systems

Loving Kindness Healthcare Systems LLC is a state-licensed Home
Health Care Agency.

Loving Kindness Healthcare Systems sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 24-22610) on
Oct. 25, 2024, with up to $50,000 in assets and up to $10 million
in liabilities. Copa Davis, member, signed the petition.

The Debtor tapped Robert S. Bernstein, Esq., at Bernstein-Burkley
PC as counsel and Gloria J. Besley as accountant.


LUMINAR TECHNOLOGIES: Volvo Terminates Framework Purchase Deal
--------------------------------------------------------------
Luminar Technologies, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November
14, 2025, it received a written notice from Volvo Car Corporation
to terminate, effective November 14, the Framework Purchase
Agreement, originally dated March 23, 2020, by and between the
Company and Volvo, including any amendments, side letters and other
written agreements or understandings referenced therein or related
thereto.

Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company has collaborated with and
provided hardware and software for integration into Volvo's global
consumer vehicle platform.

As previously disclosed, the Company has made a claim against Volvo
for significant damages and has suspended further commitments of
Iris LiDAR products for Volvo pending resolution of the dispute.

There can be no assurance that the dispute will be resolved
favorably or at all.

Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that any claim or litigation
against Volvo will be successful or that the Company will be able
to recover damages from Volvo.

                        About Luminar

Luminar -- https://www.luminartech.com/ -- is a global technology
company advancing safety, security and autonomy across automotive,
commercial, and defense sectors. Its proprietary LiDAR hardware,
software, semiconductor and photonics technologies have been
developed in-house to meet the demanding performance and
scalability requirements of applications spanning passenger
vehicles, trucking, logistics, industrial, security, and more. With
series production underway and commercial traction across
industries, Luminar is uniquely positioned to deliver the next
generation of advanced, mission-critical LiDAR and photonics
solutions.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $265.49 million in total
assets, $513.46 million in total liabilities, and $272.18 million
in total stockholders' deficit.

The Company is exploring a number of potential strategic
alternatives with respect to the Company, including the sale of all
or part of the Company's business or assets, raising additional
capital or restructuring its existing capital structure.
Specifically, the Company has engaged Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP,
as legal advisers, Jefferies LLC, as investment banking advisers,
and Portage Point Partners, LLC, as financial advisors, to assist
the Company in analyzing and evaluating potential strategic
alternatives and initiatives to improve liquidity.

GLAS Trust Company LLC, serves as Trustee and Collateral Agent
under the First Lien Indenture and Second Lien Indenture.  Ropes &
Gray, LLP, serves as legal advisors and Ducera Partners LLC, as
investment banker for the ad hoc group of holders of the Company's
Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2028 and 9% Convertible
Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2030 and 11.5% Convertible
Second Lien Senior Secured Notes due 2030, as applicable,
beneficially owning, collectively, approximately 94.5% of the 1L
Notes and approximately 89% of the 2L Notes.



M & N STRUCTURES: Unsecureds Will Get 100% of Claims over 5 Years
-----------------------------------------------------------------
M & N Structures, Inc., filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Minnesota a Disclosure Statement describing Plan of
Reorganization dated November 24, 2025.

The Debtor is a structural and miscellaneous steel fabrication
business. The company supplies fabricated steel for a wide range of
customers and industries including commercial construction,
agriculture, property owners, and fabrication assistance to other
steel fabricators.

In response to the company's financial difficulties, M & N
Structure's management spent a substantial period of time
evaluating alternatives for maximizing value for all constituencies
and stakeholders. After careful consideration and the exercise of
sound business judgment, M & N Structures concluded that a Chapter
11 filing was the only viable option to restructure the debt owed
by the company to allow the operations to continue.

The Debtor believes the reorganization of the business will allow
its employees to remain employed and will allow customers and
suppliers to continue to do business. The reorganization is
anticipated to generate enough proceeds to pay the value of the
collateral to the secured creditors and to provide a sum of money
to pay the unsecured creditors in full on allowed claims.

Class 3-A consists of all Allowed unsecured claims against Debtor.
The approximate amount of those claims is $2,223,000.00. The
holders of Allowed Class 3-A claims shall receive their pro rata
share of $2,223,000.00 paid over a 5-year period, which based on
current projections represents 100% of the Allowed Class 3-A
claims.

Payments will be made in quarterly installments of at least
$55,569.00. Payments shall commence on the first day of the month
beginning immediately after the Effective Date and continue every
90 days thereafter until the earlier of (i) payment in full of all
Allowed Class 3-A claims, or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the
Effective Date. On the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date, the
Debtor shall pay the entire outstanding balance of Class 3-A
Allowed Claims, in a single balloon payment. The estimated balloon
payment amount as of that date is approximately $1,111,379.95. In
addition, this class shall receive a pro rata distribution of any
net proceeds generated from any causes of action.

Class 3-B consists of the Debtor's trade claims under $2,000.00 and
any other trade claimant that agrees to reduce its claim to
$2,000.00 (the "Convenience Claims"). According to the schedules
filed by the Debtor in this case, there are 24 claims in this
class, with estimated claims totaling approximately $19,578.00.
Holders of a Class 3-B claim will receive 100% of the Allowed Claim
on the Effective Date of the Plan. This class is not impaired and
is therefore deemed to accept the Plan.

Class 4 consists of the holder of the shares of stock in the pre
petition Debtor. The members of this class are (i) Elizabeth R.
Niemeier and David R. Niemeier, as co-trustees of the Elizabeth R.
Niemeier Living Trust dated October 10, 1996, and (ii) Elizabeth R.
Niemeier and David R. Niemeier, as co-trustees of the Kevin C.
Niemeier Disclaimer Trust dated October 10, 1996. The members of
this class will be issued shares of common stock in the reorganized
Debtor in proportion to their share of common stock in the
pre-petition Debtor.

The Debtor believes the reorganization of the business will allow
its employees to remain employed and will allow customers and
suppliers to continue to do business. The reorganization is
anticipated to generate enough proceeds to pay the value of the
collateral to the secured creditors and to provide a sum of money
to pay the unsecured creditors in full on allowed claims.

The reorganized Debtor will continue to operate its business
following the Effective Date in accordance with the projections
provided in connection with the Plan. Revenue from operations will
be used to pay the costs of operations and to fund the Debtor's
payments pursuant to the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated November 24,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=PKS4yb from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

                         About M & N Structures Inc.

M & N Structures, Inc. provides structural steel fabrication and
design-build services across Minnesota and surrounding states. It
specializes in in-house 3D modeling, BIM detailing, CNC-equipped
fabrication, and steel erection. M & N serves commercial,
industrial, and energy-sector projects from its facility in
Winsted, Minnesota.

M & N sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Minn. Case No. 25-42489) on July 30, 2025, listing
$3,092,696 in total assets and $5,246,089 in total liabilities.
Jonathan Henriksen, president of M & N, signed the petition.

Cameron Lallier, Esq., at Bassford Remele, A Professional
Association is the Debtor's legal counsel.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 12 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 case of M & N
Structures, Inc.

BMO Bank, N.A., as lender, is represented by:

   James M. Jorissen, Esq.
   Taft Stettinius & Hollister, LLP
   2200 IDS Center
   80 South Eighth Street
   Minneapolis, MN 55402
   Telephone: 612-977-8400
   Facsimile: 612-977-8650
   jjorissen@taftlaw.com


M&M CUSTARD: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------
M&M Custard, LLC and its affiliates received interim approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Kansas to use cash
collateral.

The interim order, signed by Judge Robert Berger on November 24,
authorized the Debtors to use cash collateral and the proceeds of
all collateral pledged to Equity Bank to fund operations in
accordance with their budget.

The Debtors owe the lender more than $22.6 million as of the
petition date.

As adequate protection, Equity Bank will receive weekly payments of
$7,500 pursuant to the budget, starting on December 2.

In addition, the lender will be granted a replacement lien on
assets of the Debtors that are similar to its pre-bankruptcy
collateral, with the same validity and priority as its
pre-bankruptcy lien.

In case of any diminution in the value of its collateral, the
lender will be granted additional lien on the assets (excluding any
Chapter 5 cause of action) and an allowed administrative claim
under sections 503(b) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, according
to the interim order.

Under the interim order, the Debtors are authorized to use cash
collateral from November 24 until (i) March 1, 2026; (ii) entry of
a final cash collateral order; (iii) the effective date of a
confirmed plan of reorganization; (iv) the closing of a sale of all
or substantially all assets of the Debtors; (v) the dismissal or
conversion of the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases; or (vi) five business
days following receipt of a notice of default from the lender,
Equity Bank.

The interim order is available at https://is.gd/TaArcO from
PacerMonitor.com.

The final hearing is set for December 12.

M&M Custard holds approximately $100,000 in bank accounts and
$350,000 in accounts receivable. Equity Bank is believed to hold
perfected liens on the Debtor's accounts, inventory, and
receivables, and these assets constitute cash collateral. Other
secured creditors include US Foods, Inc.

                       About M&M Custard LLC

M&M Custard LLC, doing business as Freddy's Frozen Custard &
Steakburgers, operates 30+ franchise locations across six
Midwestern and Southern U.S. states. Headquartered in Overland
Park, Kansas, M&M Custard was founded in 2010, opened its first
location in Jefferson City, Missouri in 2012, and has expanded into
Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, southern Indiana, Kentucky, and
Tennessee. The Debtor operates fast-casual restaurants specializing
in steakburgers, hot dogs, and frozen custard, and manages its
stores through individual subsidiary LLCs, collectively holding 41
store franchise license agreements with Freddy's.

M&M Custard and its affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Kan. Lead Case No. 25-21650) on
November 14, 2025. In its petition, M&M Custard reports estimated
assets between $1 million and $10 million and estimated liabilities
between $10 million and $50 million.

The Debtors are represented by Colin N. Gotham, Esq., at Evans &
Mullinix, P.A.


MAPLE RIDGE: Case Summary & Seven Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Maple Ridge Property Owners Association, Inc.
        747 Buffalo Creek Rd.
        Lake Lure, NC 28746

Business Description: Maple Ridge Property Owners Association,
                      Inc. manages interval ownership interests
                      for a resort community at 747 Buffalo Creek
                      Road in Lake Lure, North Carolina,
                      overseeing the rights and obligations of
                      property owners within the development.  The
                      Company administers membership interests,
                      coordinates usage schedules, and enforces
                      community rules for units at the resort.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of North Carolina

Case No.: 25-40271

Judge: Hon. Ashley Austin Edwards

Debtor's Counsel: Michael L. Martinez, Esq.
                  GRIER WRIGHT MARTINEZ, PA
                  521 E. Morehead St., Suite 440
                  Charlotte, NC 28202
                  Tel: 704-332-0209
                  Fax: 704 332-0215
                  E-mail: mmartinez@grierlaw.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

Michael Guelcher signed the petition as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's seven unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/YTFLDHQ/Maple_Ridge_Property_Owners_Association__ncwbke-25-40271__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


MARINE TRANSPORT: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to Feb. 17, 2026
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Marine Transport Logistic Inc. asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Eastern District of New York to extend its exclusivity periods
to file a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to
February 17, 2026 and April 20, 2026, respectively.

This is the Debtor's second request for an extension of the
exclusivity periods. This second request is not made for the
purpose of delay.

The Debtor explains that the second extension of the exclusivity
period is necessary due to the fact that the Debtor's time to file
a plan and disclosure statement is set to expire on December 19,
2025, but the Debtor needs an additional time to resolve claims
filed in its case, to obtain Court approval of the reached terms
and thereafter to file a plan of reorganization and disclosure
statement, offering treatment to the main and other remaining
Creditors of the estate.

Further, the bar date is expired on November 17, 2025, and the
Debtor is currently reviewing the claim register in order to file
an objection to claim. The governmental bar date is set to expire
on December 30, 2025.

The Debtor claims that it needs an additional time to negotiate the
resolution of the tax claim filed by the IRS. The Debtor may
request the Court to refer the parties to the mediation.

Consequently, the second extension of the time period to file a
plan and disclosure statement is vital for the Debtor, it will
allow the Debtor to file a Chapter 11 plan and disclosure statement
without violating the Bankruptcy Code and to provide treatment to
its creditors.

Marine Transport Logistic Inc. is represented by:
   
     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     Law Offices of Alla Kachan, P.C.
     2799 Coney Island Avenue, Suite 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Telephone: (718) 513-3145

                    About Marine Transport Logistic

Marine Transport Logistic Inc., doing business as a vehicle and
freight shipping company, operates as a Non-Vessel Operating Common
Carrier (NVOCC), providing international transportation services
for cars, motorcycles, boats, heavy equipment, and general cargo.
The Company runs facilities in Staten Island, New York, and
Bayonne, New Jersey, and serves clients through major U.S. ports
and global destinations.

Marine Transport Logistic Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-43215) on
July 3, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets of
$11,228,169 and total liabilities of $476,401.

Bankruptcy Judge Nancy Hershey Lord handles the case.

The Debtors are represented by Alla Kachan, Esq. at LAW OFFICES OF
ALLA KACHAN, P.C.


MAY INTERNATIONAL: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------
May International, Inc. received final approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Washington, at
Seattle, to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The court authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral in
accordance with its budget through February 27, 2026, or until
confirmation of its Chapter 11 plan, whichever occurs first.

As adequate protection for the Debtor's use of its cash collateral,
Washington Federal Bank, a secured creditor, will be granted
replacement liens on the Debtor's post-petition cash, accounts
receivable, inventory, and the proceeds thereof. These replacement
liens will have the same priority and extent as the secured
creditor's pre-bankruptcy liens.

In addition, Washington Federal Bank will receive payment from the
Debtor in the sum of $8,102.16, pursuant to the budget.

The Debtor is not required to provide any additional adequate
protection for the diminution of interest that the secured creditor
may hold in prepetition collateral.

A copy of the final order is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=zs2Kxa from PacerMonitor.com.

May International, operating under the trade name Mitco LTD since
its founding in 1988, historically focused on solving
inefficiencies in U.S. import logistics via a West Coast gateway
model. Expansion into the Los Angeles market ultimately failed due
to COVID-19 disruptions, port congestion, and equipment shortages,
leading to the closure of that facility in early 2025.

Although a return to profitability was initially projected
post-closure, unexpected tariffs and a weak peak import season
further destabilized the Debtor's financial standing. These
cumulative factors forced the Debtor to file for Chapter 11
protection on September 18, 2025.

At the time of filing, the Debtor held approximately $241,000 in
cash and $890,000 in discounted accounts receivable, for a total
estimated cash collateral value of $1.13 million. The Debtor's only
secured lender is Washington Federal Bank, which is owed around
$42,565 on a 2022 loan originally totaling $425,815. The bank has a
perfected security interest in the Debtor's assets.

                About May International Inc.

May International, Inc. filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No.
25-12615) on September 18, 2025, listing up to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities. Kevin May, chief executive officer of May
International, signed the petition.

Judge Timothy W. Dore oversees the case.

Steven M. Palmer, Esq., at Cairncross & Hempelmann, P.S.,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


MEDICO HOME: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
-----------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Medico Home Health Care Inc. filed Chapter 7
protection in the Central District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $0-$100,000 in debt owed
to 1-49 creditors.

       About Medico Home Health Care Inc.

Medico Home Health Care Inc. delivers comprehensive home health
care solutions, including nursing care, physical therapy, and
patient support services. The company serves individuals who
require medical attention or daily living assistance in the comfort
of their homes.

Medico Home Health Care Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-20563) on November 25,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets in the
range of $0-$100,000 and estimated liabilities in the range of
$0-$100,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Vincent P. Zurzolo handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


MIM LANDSCAPE: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: MIM Landscape Division, LLC
           d/b/a McCammons Irish Market, LLC
        3480 IN-267
        Brownsburg, IN 46112

Business Description: MIM Landscape Division, LLC, doing business
                      as McCammons Irish Market, LLC, operates
                      garden-center and landscape service
                      locations in Greenwood and Brownsburg where
                      it provides landscape services including
                      tree installation.  The Company sells
                      plants, trees, shrubs, and a range of
                      gardening products to retail and project-
                      based customers.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 24, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Indiana

Case No.: 25-07218

Judge: Hon. Andrea K Mccord

Debtor's Counsel: Preeti (Nita) Gupta, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICE OF NITA GUPTA
                  2680 East Main Street Suite 322
                  Plainfield, IN 46168
                  Tel: (317) 900-9737
                  Email: nita07@att.net

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Garold Ward as CEO.

A copy of the Debtor's list of 20 largest unsecured creditors is
available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4HOPP6I/MIM_Landscape_Division_LLC__insbke-25-07218__0001.2.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/743SWJI/MIM_Landscape_Division_LLC__insbke-25-07218__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


MOBIVITY HOLDINGS: Delays Q3 10-Q Filing Due to Auditor Review
--------------------------------------------------------------
Mobivity Holdings Corp. filed a Notification of Late Filing on Form
12b-25 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, informing
that it will not, without unreasonable effort and expense, be able
to file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter
ended September 30, 2025 within the prescribed time period due to
delays in completion of the preparation and review of the financial
statements for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2025.

Mobivity says the Form 10-Q cannot be filed within the prescribed
time period because the Company's auditor requires additional time
to finalize its review of the Company's financial statements to
ensure adequate disclosure of the financial information required to
be included in the Form 10-Q.

The Company has dedicated significant resources to completing the
Form 10-Q and is working diligently with the auditor to complete
the necessary work to file the Form 10-Q as soon as practicable
within the fifth calendar day following the prescribed due date.

                      About Mobivity Holdings

Mobivity Holdings Corp. develops and operates proprietary platforms
that enable brands and enterprises to run data-driven marketing
campaigns at both national and local levels.  The Company's
flagship product, Recurrency, is a self-service SaaS platform that
empowers businesses to optimize promotions, media, and marketing
spend.  On average, Recurrency delivers a 13% increase in guest
spend and a 26% improvement in visit frequency, resulting in a 10X
Return on Marketing Spend.  In other words, for every dollar
invested, retailers using Recurrency generate approximately ten
dollars in incremental revenue.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $1.33 million in total assets,
$22.62 million in total liabilities, and $21.29 million in total
stockholders' deficit.

In its report dated April 7, 2025, the Company's auditor M&K CPAS,
PLLC, issued a "going concern" qualification citing that the
Company has suffered net losses from operations and has a net
capital deficiency, which raises substantial doubt about its
ability to continue as a going concern.


MORNINGSIDE MINISTRIES: Fitch Affirms 'BB' IDR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB' rating to the $134 million series
A-F first mortgage revenue bonds issued by the New Hope Cultural
Education Facilities Finance Corporation, TX on behalf of
Morningside Ministries.

Fitch has also affirmed the Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of
Morningside Ministries and Subsidiary, TX at 'BB'. In addition,
Fitch has affirmed the series 2022 and 2020A bonds issued by the
New Hope Cultural Education Facilities Finance Corporation on
behalf of Morningside at 'BB'.

The Rating Outlook is Stable.

The series A-F bonds will be drawn down over time to fund a
repositioning of the Meadows campus and a two-phase independent
living (IL) expansion at the Menger Springs campus. The Meadows
repositioning involves the construction of new Green House nursing
homes to replace the current nursing facility services and the
repurposing of a currently closed assisted living (AL) facility
into a renovated AL, memory care (MC) and short-term rehabilitation
skilled nursing facility (SNF). The IL expansion at Menger Springs
includes four apartment buildings with a total of 74 apartments in
phase I and a 51 IL unit building in phase II. Bond proceeds will
also be used to fund a debt service reserve fund and pay cost of
issuance.

   Entity/Debt                     Rating         Prior
   -----------                     ------         -----
Morningside Ministries
and Subsidiary (TX)          LT IDR BB Affirmed   BB

   Morningside Ministries
   and Subsidiary (TX)
   /General Revenues/1 LT    LT     BB Affirmed   BB

The 'BB' rating reflects Morningside's midrange revenue
defensibility supported by a two-campus footprint, strong IL demand
at Menger Springs, high exposure to SNF operations and increasing
competitive prospects in San Antonio. Ongoing reinvestment,
including the Meadows healthcare repositioning and phased IL
expansion at Menger Springs with solid presales for the initial
phase, should enhance market position, though construction,
conversion and fill-up risks remain.

Morningside's operating risk is currently viewed as weak, but a
successful fill of the new IL units at Menger Springs should
improve core operating profitability over time. Capital needs are
high as modernization progresses, and capital related metrics and
revenue only coverage are expected to remain thin during the build
and stabilization period. Fitch's forward view expects gradual
improvement of balance sheet and all-in coverage metrics over time
as new IL units ramp up, supporting the Stable Outlook.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by a pledge of all revenues, first mortgage
on all assets, and a debt service reserve fund.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility - 'bbb'

Adequate Overall Demand

Morningside operates two campuses in distinct markets: The Meadows
in San Antonio, Texas, and Menger Springs in Boerne, TX. Together,
the organization offers 536 units/beds across IL, AL, MC and SNF.
IL occupancy averaged a very strong 96% in 2023 and moderated to
about 91% in 2024 and year-to-date 2025 (278 of 306 occupied on
average in 1H25). Fitch views this level of IL occupancy as
adequate for a midrange revenue defensibility assessment.

The two-market presence and balanced unit mix provide
diversification across service lines. Ongoing reinvestment,
including the healthcare repositioning at The Meadows (downsizing
SNF capacity and reopening a renovated AL and new SNF), is expected
to enhance competitiveness despite temporary IL softness at The
Meadows (about 83% in 1H25 amid renovations).

Management began marketing the Menger Springs IL expansion in
mid-2023. Phase IV (74 entrance-fee apartments) is scheduled to
open in February-March 2026 and was reported at roughly 90%
pre-sold as of late October 2025, and Phase V (51 IL apartments) is
slated to begin construction immediately thereafter to minimize
disruption. Given Menger Springs' consistent IL performance
(201-unit IL inventory averaging 94% in 2024 and mid-90s in 1H25
across apartments, Overlook, and cottages), pre-sales and
conversion risk are viewed as manageable, though fill times will be
monitored as Phase IV and Phase V deliver.

AL and MC have maintained high utilization, with AL averaging 94%
in 2023, 91% in 2024, and approximately 97% in 1H25, and MC
averaging 93% in 2023, 95% in 2024, and 95% in 1H25. SNF occupancy
improved to 79% in 2023 but softened to 75% in 2024 and
approximately 74% in 1H25, reflecting the Meadows repositioning and
sector pressures. Campus-level results vary, with Morningside Manor
near 78% and Kendall Wellness & Rehabilitation near 64% in 1H25.

Rate increases in monthly service fees occur regularly at both
campuses. Weighted-average entrance fee levels for Menger Springs
apartments are below local market home values, while
weighted-average entrance fees for Menger Springs cottages are
slightly above local home values. The combined market assessment
reflects favorable population growth and greater competition in the
San Antonio market (The Meadows), balanced against more limited
direct competition in Boerne, Texas (Menger Springs).

Forefront Living's Bella Vida project advanced in 2025 with
approximately $230.3 million of financing to fund the development
of a new senior living community near Menger Springs. The community
is planned to include 204 IL residences (164 apartments and 40
villas) and 16 memory support suites. This financing milestone
introduces a credible future competitor for IL prospects in the
broader San Antonio market, particularly for higher-amenity
entrance-fee product. Management reports that competitive dynamics
have supported pricing confidence for new Menger Springs product,
but Fitch will continue to monitor Bella Vida's progress and any
impact on Morningside's demand and pricing flexibility.

Operating Risk - 'bb'

Weak Profitability

The large majority of residents are on rental/fee-for-service
contracts, and most legacy ILU entrance-fee agreements are 90%
refundable with limited bundled healthcare. Since 2020, Morningside
has offered only non-refundable and 50% refundable contracts to new
IL entrants, which should gradually improve liquidity from turnover
and reduce refund exposure over time. Morningside's overall
operating risk reflects weak core profitability, elevated capex
requirements tied to active projects, and currently weak but
expected-to-improve capital-related metrics.

Core operating profitability is weak without the one-time benefit
recognized in 2023. While 2023 performance was aided by
nonrecurring items and higher other operating revenues, audited
2024 results show an operating ratio of 102.3%, a net operating
margin (NOM) of 2.0%, and a NOM-adjusted of 7.8%. Unaudited six
months ended June 30, 2025 modestly improved but remained soft,
with an operating ratio of 99.0%, NOM of 6.0%, and NOM-adjusted of
14.4%.

Drivers include temporary IL softness at The Meadows during
renovations, higher non-labor operating costs (food,
environmental/maintenance), and elevated depreciation associated
with capital project. Skilled nursing continues to comprise roughly
one-third of net resident service revenues. Fitch views
near-breakeven operating ratios and low to mid-single-digit NOM as
consistent with a weak operating risk assessment.

Morningside's operating risk includes exposure to skilled nursing
and Medicaid. SNF occupancy averaged 75% in 2024 and approximately
74% in 1H25, alongside a payor mix shift toward Medicare (44% in
2024, 53% in 1H25) and lower private pay (36% in 2024, 26% in
1H25); Medicaid represented about 20%-21% over the same periods.
The higher Medicare mix provides is viewed favorably, but Fitch
views the organization's exposure to SNF operations and Medicaid as
an additional asymmetrical risk factor given lower Medicaid
reimbursement rates relative to other payors.

Capital spending requirements are elevated and reflect an active
modernization cycle. Capex averaged 103.9% of depreciation over the
past five fiscal years but increased substantially with projects
advancing (capex/depreciation of 169.3% in 2023 and 635.4% in 2024.
Though the average age of plant was high at 18.4 years in 2024, the
addition of AL and MC capacity and right-sizing SNF at The Meadows,
alongside 128 new ILUs delivered in two phases at Menger Springs,
should improve this figure over time.

Capital-related metrics are currently weak but expected to moderate
with stabilization of the ongoing expansion/renovation projects.
Revenue-only coverage of MADS, including debt for both ILU
expansion phases at Menger Springs) measured 0.6x in 2024 and 0.4x
for the unaudited six months ended June 30, 2025. Debt to net
available rose to 15.3x in 2024 and 17.7x at June 30, 2025 as
project debt increased. Revenue-only MADS coverage is expected to
remain below 1x through 2026, but this should improve materially
afterward as the new Menger Springs ILUs are filled. In addition,
capital-related metrics should moderate as new IL inventory fills
and cash flow strengthens. Fitch views current leverage and
coverage as constraints consistent with a weak operating risk
assessment.

Financial Profile - 'bb'

High Debt Load/Thin Leverage Metrics

Morningside had cash/adjusted debt of about 22.4% and MADS coverage
of 0.7x on the debt for its Menger Springs Phase I&II and Meadows
projects, as calculated by Fitch, at June 30, 2025. MADS coverage
of existing debt was solid for the rating level at 1.7x as of June
30, 2025 (on a rolling 12-month basis). Based on Fitch's
forward-looking scenario analysis stress case, which incorporates
Morningside's Phase I and II ILU expansions, Morningside's key
leverage metrics remain very modest.

Fitch's base case scenario shows Morningside maintaining operating
and financial metrics that are largely consistent with the current
rating and with historical levels of performance over the next two
years. Profitability is weak in 2026 as the organization ramps up
nursing expenses and works to stabilize occupancy in its new SNF
beds but improves over the next few years as ILUs occupancy grows
in the newly constructed units.

Capital spending is expected to be high in 2025 and 2026 as
management executes on its ongoing strategic projects. Fitch's
forward look assumes a stress to reflect both operating and
investment market volatility. Morningside's cash/adjusted debt and
MADS coverage maintain levels consistent with the rating throughout
Fitch's base case and remain resilient even under a stress case
scenario. Days cash on hand (DCOH) stabilizes consistently at or
above 200 days through the base case, which is neutral to the
rating outcome.

Asymmetric Additional Risk Considerations

Apart from the high reliance on Medicaid, no asymmetric risk
considerations were relevant to the rating determination.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Weaker operating performance or project cost overruns that cause
cash to adjusted debt to be consistently below 20%;

- Decline in profitability such that operating ratios exceed 105%
consistently;

- Softening of ILU demand such that combined ILU occupancy falls
below 88% with expectations to be sustained at that level.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Given Morningside's ongoing capex projects, a rating upgrade is
unlikely over the Outlook period. Over time, positive rating could
be warranted as a result of a strengthening in core operating
performance leading to operating ratios consistently below 93%
and/or MADS coverage consistently at or above 2x, and/or due to an
improvement in the leverage position, with cash-to-adjusted debt
sustained at 40% or higher.

PROFILE

Morningside operates two senior living communities in the greater
San Antonio, TX metropolitan area. Menger Springs is a retirement
community consisting of 93 rental ILUs, 40 entrance fee ILU
cottages, 68 entrance fee ILUs in the Overlook Expansion, 48 ALUs,
42 MC units, and 40 SNF beds located in Boerne. The Meadows
includes 105 rental ILU apartments, 39 ILU cottages, 44 ALUs, and
100 SNF beds in San Antonio.

Most of the residents are on rental/fee for service contracts, and
ILU residents with entrance fee contracts are typically 90%
refundable with a limited amount of healthcare services. While
Fitch views the resulting lower entrance fee refund liability as
favorable, the reduced interim cash flows and balance sheet
softening cause some concern. Morningside deposited $3.55 million
into a coverage support fund designed to allow Morningside to
continue to meet its coverage covenant requirements while
undergoing this contract conversion.

Morningside also operates a home care service, mmCare LLC. In FY24
(Dec. 31 YE), Morningside had total operating revenue of $34.9
million.

Sources of Information

In addition to the sources of information identified in Fitch's
applicable criteria specified below, this action was informed by
data from DIVER by Solve.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


MOSAIC COMPANIES: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to Feb. 3, 2026
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Craig Goldblatt of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District
of Delaware extended Mosaic Companies, LLC and affiliates'
exclusive periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to February 3, 2026 and April 5, 2026,
respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Debtors explain that
their request to extend the Exclusive Periods is not intended to
exert leverage over creditors or any other party affected by these
chapter 11 cases. The Debtors continue to work closely with key
stakeholders to develop a consensual resolution of these chapter 11
cases that will maximize the value of the Debtors' estates. The
Debtors seek an extension out of an abundance of caution.

The Debtors assert that termination of the Exclusive Periods would
adversely impact their efforts to preserve and maximize the value
of their estates and the progress of these chapter 11 cases.
Opening these chapter 11 cases up to a competing plan process at
this stage would benefit neither the Debtors nor their creditors or
stakeholders.

The Debtors further assert that termination of the Exclusive
Periods would disrupt the critical work that has been done and the
efforts of the companies to wind down their estates. Moreover, it
would substantially increase the costs of administering these
chapter 11 cases for no attendant benefit. The Debtors are the best
situated and most effective party to manage the plan process and
the wind-down of their estates for the benefit of all
stakeholders.

Accordingly, the Debtors submit that an initial 90-day extension of
the Exclusive Periods is appropriate in light of the facts and
circumstances of these chapter 11 cases.

Counsel to the Debtors:               

                       Matthew B. Harvey, Esq.
                       Derek C. Abbott, Esq.
                       Sophie Rogers Churchill, Esq.
                       Avery Jue Meng, Esq.
                       MORRIS, NICHOLS, ARSHT & TUNNELL LLP
                       1201 N. Market Street, 16th Floor
                       Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                       Tel: (302) 658-9200
                       Fax: (302) 658-3989
                       Email: mharvey@morrisnichols.com
                              dabbott@morrisnichols.com
                              srchurchill@morrisnichols.com
                              ameng@morrisnichols.com

                          About Mosaic Companies

Mosaic Companies, LLC, is a nationally recognized leader in the
surfaces industry, offering a broad range of products including
luxury wall and mosaic tile, floor tile, and slab to retail and
wholesale customers.

The Debtor filed its voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-11296) on July
8, 2025. At the time of filing, the Debtor estimated $10,000,001 to
$50 million in assets and $100,000,001 to $500 million in
liabilities.

Judge Craig T Goldblatt presides over the case.

Sophie Rogers Churchill, at Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP,
is the Debtor's counsel.


MW MASON: Case Summary & 17 Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------
Debtor: MW Mason Construction, Inc.
        350 Cortez Circle
        Camarillo, CA 93012

Business Description: MW Mason Construction, Inc. provides custom
                      cabinetry and millwork services from its
                      Camarillo, California facility, where it
                      designs, fabricates, and finishes kitchen
                      cabinets, bathroom vanities, built-ins, and
                      related woodwork for residential and
                      commercial clients.  The Company also offers
                      construction management and finish carpentry
                      as part of its operations in the
                      construction and specialty woodworking
                      industry.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 25-11589

Judge: Hon. Ronald A Clifford III

Debtor's Counsel: William C. Beall, Esq.
                  BEALL & BURKHARDT, APC
                  1114 State Street, Suite 200
                  Santa Barbara, CA 93101-6722
                  Tel: 805-966-6774
                  Email: will@beallandburkhardt.com

Total Assets: $255,738

Total Liabilities: $1,799,823

The petition was signed by Matthew Mason as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 17 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2G25F3Q/MW_Mason_Construction_Inc__cacbke-25-11589__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


MW MASON: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in California
---------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, MW Mason Construction, Inc. sought Chapter 11
protection in the Central District of California. According to
filings, the Debtor has liabilities of $1 million-$10 million and
reports 1-49 creditors.

           About MW Mason Construction, Inc.

MW Mason Construction Inc. is a construction services provider in
the United States, working across residential and commercial
sectors. The company delivers general contracting, design-build,
and renovation services, prioritizing high-quality results, project
efficiency, and client satisfaction.

MW Mason Construction, Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-11589) on November 25,
2025. Its petition reports estimated assets between $100,001 and
$1,000,000 and estimated liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Ronald A Clifford III presides over the
case.

The Debtor is represented by William C. Beall, Esq. of Beall and
Burkhardt, APC.


MY CHOICE THERAPY: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
-----------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, My Choice Therapy Inc. filed for Chapter 7
bankruptcy in the Central District of California. According to the
filing, the Debtor reports liabilities of $100,001-$1,000,000 owed
to 1-49 creditors.

             About My Choice Therapy Inc.

My Choice Therapy Inc. provides comprehensive rehabilitation
services, including physical, occupational, and speech therapy.
Serving patients in California, the company tailors care plans to
meet individual needs in both clinical and home environments,
aiming to enhance quality of life and recovery outcomes.

The company sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-20565) on November 25, 2025. Estimated
assets are between $100,001 and $1,000,000, with liabilities in the
same range.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Barry Russell oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


NAPA FORD: Inks Deal With Ford Motor to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------
Napa Valley Ford Lincoln Mercury, Inc. and its secured creditor,
Ford Motor Credit Company, LLC, entered into a stipulation for the
limited use of cash collateral.

The stipulation, entered on November 24, extends the Debtor's
authority to use cash collateral until November 28.

The Debtor said it is working with Ford Motor to close the sale of
its personal property and needs limited use of cash collateral
during the interim period.

The stipulation is subject to court approval.

Ford Motor Credit Company is represented by:

   Andrew B. Still, Esq.
   Snell & Wilmer L.L.P.
   600 Anton Blvd, Suite 1400
   Costa Mesa, CA 92626-7689
   Telephone: 714.427.7000
   Facsimile: 714.427.7799
   astill@swlaw.com

                About Napa Valley Ford Lincoln Mercury Inc.

Napa Valley Ford Lincoln Mercury, Inc. sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Calif. Case No.
25-10450) on July 24, 2025, listing between $1 million and $10
million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Hon. Charles Novack oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Michael Jay Berger, Esq., at the Law
Offices of Michael Jay Berger.


NB MOUNTAIN: Trustee Taps Meridian Management Partners as Advisor
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Michael A. Shiner, Esq., the Chapter 11 Trustee of NB Mountain
Valley, DST and its affiliate, seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of West Virginia to hire
Meridian Management Partners, LLC as financial advisor.

The firm will provide these services:

(a) assist in the evaluation of the Debtors' businesses and
prospects;

(b) assist in the development of the Debtors' long-term business
plan and related financial projections;

(c) assist in financial reporting matters occurring post-petition
including but not limited to preparing cash flow statements,
balance sheets, monthly operating reports, tax preparation and
other financial and accounting documents;

(d) assist in the development of financial data and presentations
to the Trustee, various creditors, and other third parties;

(e) analyze the Debtors' financial liquidity and evaluate
alternatives to improve such liquidity;

(f) analyze various restructuring scenarios and their potential
impact;

(g) provide strategic advice with regard to restructuring or
refinancing the Debtors' obligations;

(h) evaluate the Debtors' debt capacity and alternative capital
structures;

(i) participate in negotiations among the Debtors and their
creditors, suppliers, lessors and other interested parties;

(j) advise the Debtors and negotiate with lenders with respect to
potential waivers or amendments of various credit facilities;

(k) assist in arranging financing for the Debtors, as requested;

(l) provide expert witness testimony concerning any of the
subjects encompassed by the other services;

(m) assist the Debtors in preparing marketing materials in
conjunction with a possible sale transaction;

(n) assist the Debtors in identifying potential buyers or parties
in interest to a sale transaction and assist in the due diligence
process;

(o) assist and advise the Debtors concerning the terms, conditions
and impact of any sale proposed transaction; and

(p) provide such other advisory services as are customarily
provided in connection with the analysis and negotiation of a
restructuring or a sale transaction, as requested and mutually
agreed.

Meridian will be compensated on an hourly basis, with rates ranging
from $450 to $550 per hour, and reimbursement of actual and
necessary expenses, subject to Court approval.

Meridian is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

William R. Frederick
MERIDIAN MANAGEMENT PARTNERS, LLC

                                     About NB Mountain Valley DST

NB Mountain Valley, DST owns the Mountain Valley Apartments, a
student-and professional-oriented residential complex located in
Morgantown, West Virginia, near West Virginia University.

NB Mountain Valley and affiliate, NB Mountain Valley Leaseco, LLC,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. N.D. W.V. Lead Case No. 25-00456) on August 19, 2025. At
the time of the filing, NB Mountain Valley reported between $10
million and $50 million in both assets and liabilities while NB
Mountain Valley Leaseco reported up to $50,000 in assets and
between $500,001 and $1 million in liabilities.

Judge David L. Bissett oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Raines Feldman Littrell, LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; Barth & Thompson as local counsel; and Meridian Management
Partners, LLC as restructuring advisor.

Michael A. Shiner, the Chapter 11 trustee appointed in the Debtors'
cases, is represented by Tucker Arensberg, P.C.

Fannie Mae, as creditor, is represented by:

   Jeffrey G. Wilhelm, Esq.
   Jessica M. Barnes, Esq.
   Reed Smith, LLP
   Reed Smith Centre
   225 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1200
   Pittsburgh, PA 15222
   Telephone: (412) 288-3131
   Facsimile: (412) 288-3063
   E-mail: jwilhelm@reedsmith.com
           jbarnes@reedsmith.com


NEW FORTRESS: Fitch Lowers IDR to 'RD' on Missed Interest Payment
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded New Fortress Energy Inc.'s (NFE)
Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) to 'RD' from 'CCC'. Fitch has
also downgraded NFE's $2.7 billion 12% senior secured notes due
2029 issued by NFE Financing LLC and term loan B issued by NFE to
'C' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR4' from 'CCC'/'RR4'. In addition,
Fitch has downgraded both the 6.50% senior secured notes due
September 2026 and the 8.75% senior secured notes due March 2029 to
'C'/'RR5' from 'CCC-'/'RR5'.

The downgrade reflects NFE's missed interest payment, due Nov. 15,
2025, on the 12% senior secured notes due 2029. The company entered
a forbearance agreement with creditors and secured a 30-day payment
grace period.

NFE's ratings reflect execution challenges across its projects and
an untenable capital structure. The company has delayed the filing
of its 3Q 10-Q, and Fitch does not anticipate a meaningful recovery
in its revenues in 4Q25.

Key Rating Drivers

Missed Interest Payment: NFE has not paid the interest payment
scheduled for Nov. 15, 2025, on its 12% senior secured $2.7 billion
notes due 2029. An uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other
material financial obligation, without entry into bankruptcy
filings or cessation of operations, is commensurate with an 'RD'
IDR, per Fitch's rating definitions. The company has entered into a
forbearance agreement with certain noteholders that expires on Dec.
15, 2025.

NFE announced the deferment of the payment of interest. In
conjunction with this announcement the company signaled its intent
to pursue a broader restructuring in hiring financial advisors. The
earliest maturity is payments on the $100 million revolver due
April 2026 and $511 million 6.5% senior secured notes due September
2026. If these 2026 notes are not paid by July 31, 2026, 60 days
before their maturity, it would trigger around springing maturities
on its 2029 notes, TL A, TLB and the Revolver.

High Leverage: Under its updated assumptions, Fitch expects NFE's
leverage will be well above 15.0x in 2025-2027. The company's
EBITDA was over 50% lower than Fitch's estimates for the quarter
and the second quarter EBITDA was negative. Fitch's updated rating
case assumptions do not include any payments from FEMA over the
next 12 months.

Leverage remains high pro forma for the Jamaica asset sale due to
increasing revenue volatility and debt-funded capex for the
development of the FLNG2 liquefaction unit and completion of the
projects in Brazil. Absent further asset sales, any significant
deleveraging would require favorable contracts in Puerto Rico.
Fitch views receipt of FEMA proceeds, which could be a significant
source of cash, as increasingly uncertain at this time and these
cash flows are not included in its forecast.

Highly Constrained Liquidity: High-interest expense, averaging
around $900 million in each of the next three years, constrains
financial flexibility. Liquidity is highly constrained with
approximately $551 million of unrestricted cash as of June 30,
2025. Fitch believes current cash on hand is lower. There is no
remaining availability on the company's revolver, and the company
received waivers for the first lien debt ratio and fixed charge
coverage ratio covenants for 2Q25. In Fitch's view, weaker cash
flow expectations along with the constrained liquidity leaves a
shorter runway for NFE to right-size its capital structure.

Weak Operating Performance: An inability to get final approval for
constructive gas supply contracts in Puerto Rico is a key risk for
NFE. Start-up risk associated with multiple projects remains. FLNG2
is still under construction. The two primary assets in Brazil —
CELBA2, which has achieved first firing, and the Portocem power
plant, which is under construction — are not fully operational.
Under Fitch's assumptions Brazil accounts for around 30% of NFE's
EBITDA in 2025-2027 and FCF is negative over the next three years.
The company is increasingly vulnerable to any operational delays or
cost overruns.

ESG - Financial Transparency: ESG Relevance score is '5' for
Financial Transparency and is revised to '5' from '4' for
Governance Structure. Fitch believes NFE's delay in reporting
timelines and governance structure, aggressive financial strategy
including ownership concentration have a negative impact on the
credit profile in conjunction with other factors. The 3Q25 10-Q has
been delayed beyond the allowable filing period and the company is
not in compliance with NASDAQ requirements. Fitch believes these
practices could impact NFE's ability to access future funding.

Peer Analysis

NFE is closest in operations and geographical focus to LNG producer
Venture Global LNG, Inc. (VGLNG; B+/Negative). NFE's cash flows are
supported by the sale of LNG and power to utilities, power
generators and industrial customers. VGLNG's operations are more
specialized as an LNG producer. Fitch views NFE's operations in
Latin America and South America as having greater operating risk
compared to VGLNG's somewhat more proven natural gas liquefaction
operations.

Both entities have considerable exposure to commodity prices,
though VGLNG's projects are anchored by long-term contracts to
largely creditworthy customers. NFE's contracts are shorter in
term, have a lower portion of take-or-pay features and their
counterparty credit quality is lower. VGLNG faces greater
construction and development risk with three large projects in
various stages of completion compared to the FLNG2 unit as the
largest near-term project under construction, though Fitch expects
the company to develop additional infrastructure, especially in
Brazil.

Fitch views the liquidity at NFE to be constrained despite the
recent refinancing and asset sale. The majority of NFE's
subsidiaries are encumbered, but the company has limited asset
level debt at its terminals. VGLNG's two operating projects have
substantial leverage, which could limit cash flows at the parent if
merchant prices were weaker. NFE's leverage under the Fitch rating
case is expected to be weak in 2025-2027, averaging well over 10.0x
compared to around 6.0x for VGLNG over the same period. NFE's
weaker operating profile, higher leverage, lower interest coverage,
and constrained liquidity account for its lower ratings.

Key Assumptions

- LNG market spreads informed by Fitch's price deck;

- Natural gas at Henry Hub (HH) as per Fitch's price deck;

- Significantly lower cash flows from Puerto Rico, given NFE was
left off the recent emergency power auction;

- In Brazil, Fitch conservatively assumes the CELBA2 project will
be completed by end of 2025 and Portocem by end of 2026;

- Construction for FLNG2 completed per Fitch's current budget
estimate;

- No proceeds from the FEMA claim over the forecast period;

- No dividends;

- Interest expense reflecting a base rate as per Fitch's "Global
Economic Outlook" for 2025 and kept constant thereafter;

- Additional growth capital spending largely funded with retained
cash and debt.

Recovery Analysis

For Recovery Ratings, Fitch assumes default could occur during
construction of the Brazilian power plants and the FLNG2 asset, and
the reorganization would be impacted by the diverse locations of
the terminals. Fitch estimates the company's liquidation value is
greater than its going concern value.

The assets are in different jurisdictions and are functionally
diverse as well. In a bankruptcy scenario, it is more likely that
the assets would be sold to various parties with the requisite
expertise. In addition, each asset is pledged as collateral across
different debt classes. For all these reasons Fitch is using a
liquidation value approach instead of the going concern approach.

Terminal assets were valued based on haircuts to third-party
valuations provided by the company. FLNG assets were valued based
on their production capability (1.4 mtpa), the cost of building
similar assets and the percentage of completion. The estimated
liquidation value was around $3.6 billion, pro forma for the sale
of the Jamaica assets.

The liquidation value was about 20% higher than the going concern
value, calculated with a 5.0x EBITDA multiple. There have been
limited bankruptcies in the midstream sector. Two recent gathering
and processing bankruptcies indicate an EBITDA multiple between
5.0x and 7.0x, as per Fitch's estimates. Fitch's October 2024
bankruptcy case study report, "Energy, Power and Commodities
Bankruptcy Enterprise Values and Creditor Recoveries," found a
median enterprise valuation exit multiple of 5.3x across 51 energy
cases (sufficient data to estimate was 5.3x), with a wide range
observed.

Fitch applied administrative claims of 10%, which is the standard
assumption. The outcome is a 'C'/'RR4' rating for term loan B and
the new 12% notes maturing in 2029. The legacy 6.5% notes maturing
in September 2026 and 8.75% notes maturing in March 2029 have lower
collateral coverage and receive a 'C'/'RR5' rating, after applying
the country-specific considerations.

On a normalized run-rate basis, Fitch believes almost all the
revenues will come from outside the U.S., from countries where
Fitch does not assign an uplift to the debt based on the recovery
profile. Per Fitch's "Corporates Recovery Ratings and Instrument
Ratings Criteria," secured debt can be notched up to 'RR1'/'+3'
from the IDR; however, the instrument ratings have been capped at
'RR4' due to Fitch's "Country-Specific Treatment of Recovery Rating
Criteria."

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- The IDR would be downgraded to 'D' upon initiation of any formal
bankruptcy procedure.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- The ratings would be reassessed if the interest payment is made
or upon completion of the restructuring process.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

According to NFE's 10-Q dated June 30, 2025, NFE held $551 million
in cash and cash equivalents, and $270 million in restricted cash.
Including outstanding letters of credit, NFE's $730 million
revolving credit facility was fully utilized as of June 30, 2025.
Of this facility, $100 million matures in April 2026, with
remaining $630 million due October 2027.

If NFE's 2026 notes remain outstanding, the revolving credit
facility, along with term loan B ($1.3 billion) and term loan A
($295 million), must be fully repaid 60 days before those notes
mature. The 2026 senior notes, which mature in September, have an
outstanding balance of approximately $500 million.

Issuer Profile

New Fortress Energy LLC is a gas-to-power energy infrastructure
company that spans the production and delivery chain from natural
gas procurement and LNG production to logistics, shipping,
terminals and conversion or development of natural gas-fired
generation.

Summary of Financial Adjustments

Consolidated leverage for NFE includes asset level debt and the
Energos Formation Transaction obligations. Under Fitch's "Corporate
Criteria," the Energos lease obligations are considered long-term
obligations, and the reported lease liability is treated as debt.

Fitch uses cash interest paid in its calculation for EBITDA
interest coverage. Capitalized interest is added back as cash.

The preferred stock at GMLP is given a 50% equity credit due to its
perpetuality and cumulative nature of the dividends and interest.
NFE's recently issued series A convertible preferred stock is
treated as 100% debt as its dividend rate increases by 2% until the
company pays of all previously accrued but unpaid dividends.

Fitch's EBITDA is calculated by removing non-recurring items such
as contract novations and asset sales.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

New Fortress Energy Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '5' for
Financial Transparency due to the delay in filing its 10-Q and the
level of detail and transparency in its financial disclosure that
is weaker than other industry peers, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile and is highly relevant to the rating, resulting
in resulting in an implicitly lower rating.

New Fortress Energy Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '5' for
Governance Structure due to its aggressive financial strategy and
concentrated ownership, which has a negative impact on the credit
profile and is highly relevant to the rating, resulting in
resulting in an implicitly lower rating.

New Fortress Energy Inc. has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for
Exposure to Environmental Impacts due to potential operational
challenges related to extreme weather events in its operating
regions, which has a negative impact on the credit profile and is
relevant to the ratings in conjunction with other factors.

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt            Rating         Recovery   Prior
   -----------            ------         --------   -----
New Fortress
Energy Inc.         LT IDR RD Downgrade             CCC

   senior secured   LT     C  Downgrade    RR4      CCC

   senior secured   LT     C  Downgrade    RR5      CCC-

NFE Financing LLC

   senior secured   LT     C  Downgrade    RR4      CCC


NEW FORTRESS: Moody's Appends 'LD' Designation to 'Ca-PD' PDR
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has appended a limited default (/LD) designation to
New Fortress Energy Inc.'s (NFE) Probability of Default Rating,
revising it to Ca-PD/LD from Ca-PD. This action follows the
company's entrance into a forbearance agreement with its creditors
that extends through December 15, 2025, allowing NFE to extend its
scheduled November 17, 2025 interest payment on its senior secured
noted due 2029. The /LD will be removed upon resolution of the
forbearance. NFE's other ratings, including its Ca corporate family
rating, Ca senior secured term loan rating, C legacy 2026 and 2029
senior secured notes rating, and the Ca rating on the senior
secured notes issued by NFE Financing LLC, are unchanged. The
outlook remains negative.

NFE is reviewing its strategic alternatives to improve its capital
structure and in ongoing discussions in an effort to improve its
liquidity and get relief from acceleration of repayment under its
debt agreements. The forbearance will give the company additional
time to try to reach agreement with its creditors while also
preserving near term liquidity. Moody's views the likelihood that
NFE will need to restructure its debt in the near term, whether out
of court or via in-court relief, to be high.  

New Fortress Energy Inc. is a US-listed energy infrastructure
company operating natural gas liquefaction, re-gasification and
distribution assets in Puerto Rico, Mexico, Nicaragua and Brazil.
The company operates one floating LNG production facility (FLNG)
and is constructing the second onshore facility in Mexico, expected
to come to production in 2026.


NEW FORTRESS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'CCC-', On CreditWatch Negative
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on New Fortress
Energy Inc. (NFE) to 'CCC-' from 'SD'.

S&P said, "We lowered our issue-level rating on NFE's senior
secured term loan B to 'CCC-' from 'CCC' and left our recovery
rating of '3' unchanged, indicating our expectation that lenders
would receive meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 65%) recovery
in the event of default.

"We also lowered our issue-level rating on the company's senior
secured notes due 2026 and 2029 (legacy notes) to 'CC' from 'CCC-'.
The '5' recovery rating is unchanged and indicates our expectation
for modest (10%-30%; rounded estimate: 25%) recovery in default.

"We subsequently placed the ratings on the legacy notes and term
loan B on CreditWatch with negative implications.

"NFE recently entered into a forbearance agreement with the holders
of its new senior secured notes due 2029, which we classified as a
selective default (SD)."

The agreement provides temporary liquidity support, but the company
remains highly leveraged and faces significant debt maturities in
2026.

S&P said, "NFE's senior secured notes due 2029 (exchanged notes)
remain at ' D', and the recovery rating of '5' indicates our
expectation for modest (10%-30%; rounded estimate: 10%) recovery in
default.

"The CreditWatch placement reflects our belief that a conventional
payment default or a debt restructuring appears inevitable within
six months.

"We believe a debt restructuring that is tantamount to a default
will likely occur within the next few months, notwithstanding NFE'
s forbearance agreement and ongoing negotiations with its other
lenders. Under the recently executed forbearance agreement with the
new 2029 senior secured noteholders, the due date for the interest
payment originally scheduled for Nov. 17, 2025, has been
effectively extended by 30 days to Dec. 15, 2025. The forbearance
agreement temporarily helps preserve NFE' s cash position, which
totaled about $389 million as of Sept. 30, 2025, including about
$244 million of restricted cash primarily allocated for
construction projects in Brazil and a small portion as collateral
for letters of credit and performance bonds. If there is no
agreement to extend the forbearance or restructure debt upon the
termination of the forbearance agreement, the holders of the new
2029 notes could accelerate the outstanding principal amount of the
notes. In that case, substantially all of NFE' s other outstanding
debt would become payable on demand, totaling about $6.6 billion.

"We believe the company will take the next several weeks during the
forbearance period to negotiate with its other lenders on an
amenable solution to restructure the other debt across the capital
structure. In our view, it is highly likely that the outcome of
these negotiations will either represent a conventional default or
a selective default under our criteria. We will reevaluate our
ratings on NFE as significant developments related to the capital
structure arise or upon the announcement of a more comprehensive
debt restructuring plan.

"The CreditWatch negative reflects our view that a conventional
default or a debt restructuring that we would view as equivalent to
default is likely to occur within the next six months."



NICKLAUS COMPANIES: Gets Court OK for $10MM Chapter 11 Loan
-----------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that a Delaware bankruptcy judge on
Tuesday, November 25, 2025, authorized sporting gear and
golf-course design firm Nicklaus Cos. to access $10 million in
Chapter 11 financing, despite objections from counsel for founder
and golf legend Jack Nicklaus, who said he disputes the majority of
the company's stated debts.

During the hearing, the court found that the proposed
debtor-in-possession financing was essential to stabilizing
operations and preserving the value of the business while
management pursues a restructuring strategy. The financing package,
provided by an affiliate of the company's existing lender, will
fund payroll, vendor obligations, and ongoing project commitments,
the report cites.

Counsel for Jack Nicklaus argued that the company's core
liabilities stem from contested agreements and licensing disputes,
asserting that the majority of the debt listed in the petition
should not be enforceable. Those disagreements, he said, will need
to be addressed as the case proceeds, the report states.

Despite the objections, the judge determined that immediate
liquidity was necessary to avoid irreparable harm and approved the
DIP loan on an interim basis, with a final hearing to be scheduled
after parties have an opportunity to brief the contested debt
issues, according to report.

           About Nicklaus Companies LLC

Nicklaus Companies LLC, also known as Golden Bear Financial
Services, is a worldwide golf enterprise established to uphold and
expand the legacy of golf icon Jack Nicklaus. It operates across
several areas of the industry, including golf course design,
branded products, licensing, and overall brand management. Its goal
is to provide high-quality golf experiences and products that
reflect the Nicklaus name's global reputation for excellence,
innovation, and integrity.

 sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-12088)  on November 21, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $10
million and $50 million and estimated liabilities between $500
million and $1 billion.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Craig T. Goldblatt handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Zachary I. Shapiro, Esq. of Richards,
Layton & Finger, P.A.



NORTHEAST OHIO: Receiver Gets Court OK to Operate Health Centers
----------------------------------------------------------------
Celia Hack of Signal Cleveland reports that a federal judge has
ordered Northeast Ohio Neighborhood Health Services into
receivership, a move that places the nonprofit's finances and
properties under the control of a court-appointed third party. NEON
had fought the request from its lender, arguing that allowing an
outside entity to take over would hinder its ability to provide
critical health services on Cleveland’s East Side.

The dispute centers on an $11 million loan NEON obtained from All
Pro Capital, which sued in May 2025 claiming the organization
stopped paying interest and never began repaying the principal.
Judge Christopher Boyko ruled that NEON's significant outstanding
debts — including the $8.6 million it still owes All Pro —
justified the appointment of a receiver. He also pointed to NEON's
contractual agreement to receivership and concerns raised by the
Ohio Attorney General regarding the nonprofit’s failure to
produce financial records.

John Lane, CEO of Inglewood Associates, has been named receiver,
though the court has not yet determined the extent of his
authority. All Pro is seeking expansive powers, including the
ability to change locks, oversee staffing, and sell properties with
court approval. NEON objected to Lane's appointment, citing limited
health care experience, but the judge noted that Lane’s associate
has industry expertise.

The ruling follows several years of instability for NEON, including
declining patient numbers, lingering fallout from a clinic fire,
legal controversies involving partners and local officials, and a
2024 ransomware attack that disrupted billing systems. NEON argues
the cyberattack contributed to missed loan payments, while All Pro
claims the nonprofit has ignored default notices and failed to
propose a viable repayment plan. NEON has until Monday to request a
temporary stay of the receivership.

           About Northeast Ohio Neighborhood Health Services
(NEON)

Northeast Ohio Neighborhood Health Services, commonly known as
NEON, is a nonprofit that offers medical services to patients
regardless of their ability to pay.

The receivership stems from NEON's default on an $11 million loan
issued by All Pro Capital, which sued earlier in 2025 after
alleging the nonprofit failed to meet its repayment obligations.
Judge Christopher Boyko ruled that NEON's outstanding debt and lack
of a repayment plan outweighed concerns about community impact. He
also cited NEON's prior consent to receivership in its loan
agreement and noted a recent filing from the Ohio Attorney General
accusing the nonprofit of withholding business records. The court
appointed John Lane of Inglewood Associates as receiver


NORTHERN DYNASTY: Reports C$7.9 Million Net Loss in 2025 Q3
-----------------------------------------------------------
Northern Dynasty Minerals Ltd. filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission its Third Quarter 2025 Results, reporting a net
loss of C$7.9 million for the three months ended September 30,
2025, compared to a net loss of C$4.6 million for the three months
ended September 30, 2024.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the Company reported
a net loss of C$60.3 million, compared to a net loss of C$13.6
million for the same period in 2024.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had C$127.3 million in total
assets against C$66.9 million in total liabilities.

The Company's primary funding sources have been equity issuances,
mainly through private placements and prospectus offerings to
sophisticated investors and institutions, as well as proceeds from
option and warrant exercises.

More recently, the Company raised funds through the sale of payable
gold and silver under the Royalty Agreement, as amended.

Additionally, in December 2023, the Company issued Convertible
Notes for the first time. Access to financing remains uncertain,
and there is no assurance of continued access to equity funding.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents
of $44.8 million, an increase of $28.7 million from December 31,
2024.  In the nine months ended September 30,2025, the Company
received the second, third and fourth tranche investments of US$12
million each under the Royalty Agreement, as amended.

In addition, the Company received the proceeds of $9.1 million on
the issuance of 8,007,200 common shares following the exercise of
2,181,700 share purchase options at $0.41 per share, 3,608,000
options at $2.01 per share, and 2,217,500 share purchase warrants
at $0.45 per share.  

The Company employed $13.9 million in its operating activities in
the nine months ended September 30, 2025.  The Company has
prioritized the allocation of its available financial resources to
meet key corporate and Pebble Project expenditure requirements for
the next 12 months.

In October 2025, the Company received the fifth and final tranche
investment of US$12 million under the Royalty Agreement, as amended
which has further strengthened the Company's cash position.  

There can be no assurances that the Company will be successful in
obtaining additional financing when required.  If the Company is
unable to raise the capital resources to meet obligations as they
come due and carry out its business plans, the Company will have to
reduce or curtail its operations at some point.

On September 30, 2025, the Company had a working capital deficit of
$21.0 million (December 31, 2024 – working capital deficit of
$21.4 million).  Working capital is affected by the inclusion in
current liabilities of the Convertible Notes liability and its
related derivative.

Of the total current liabilities of $66.5 million, $63.0 million
relates to the Convertible Notes liability and its related
derivative

Full-text copies of the Company's Quarterly report and Management's
Discussion and Analysis are available https://tinyurl.com/ynptupvp
and https://tinyurl.com/52499jcm, respectively.

                   About Northern Dynasty Minerals Ltd.

Northern Dynasty is a mineral exploration and development company
based in Vancouver, Canada.  Northern Dynasty's principal asset,
owned through its wholly owned Alaska-based U.S. subsidiary, Pebble
Limited Partnership, is a 100% interest in a contiguous block of
1,840 mineral claims in Southwest Alaska, including the Pebble
deposit, located 200 miles from Anchorage and 125 miles from
Bristol Bay.  The Pebble Partnership is the proponent of the Pebble
Project.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had C$127.3 million in total
assets against C$66.9 million in total liabilities.

In an audit report dated March 27, 2025, Deloitte LLP issued a
"going concern" qualification citing that the Company incurred a
consolidated net loss of C$33 million during the year ended
December 31, 2024, and, as of that date, the Company's consolidated
deficit was C$729 million.  These conditions, along with other
matters, raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going concern.


NORTHERN LIGHTS: Steven Nosek Named Subchapter V Trustee
--------------------------------------------------------
The Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 12 appointed Steven Nosek as
Subchapter V trustee for Northern Lights of Duluth, LLC.

Mr. Nosek will be paid an hourly fee of $400 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Nosek declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Steven B. Nosek
     10285 Yellow Circle Drive
     Hopkins, MN 55343
     Email: snosek@noseklawfirm.com

               About Northern Lights of Duluth LLC

Northern Lights of Duluth, LLC is a real estate holding company
with full or fractional interests in residential and mixed-use
parcels across several Duluth, Minnesota subdivisions. Its Duluth
properties have a combined stated value of about $1.75 million.

Northern Lights of Duluth sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Minn. Case No. 25-50825) on
November 18, 2025, listing between $1 million and $10 million in
assets and liabilities.

Joseph W. Dicker, Esq., at Joseph W. Dicker PA represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


OAKTREE OCALA: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to January 12, 2026
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Oaktree Ocala JV, LLC and ASAP Highline Ocala, LLC asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to extend
their exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and
obtain acceptance thereof to January 12, 2026 and March 13, 2026,
respectively.

The Debtors explain that they have reached an agreement in
principle with CPIF MRA, LLC ("CPIF") as to the allowance and
treatment of CPIF's claim. That resolution resolves complicated
issues with respect to CPIF's claims and ASAP's counterclaims.
While Debtors have circulated to CPIF a draft plan and disclosure
statement, the parties are still addressing issues addressed in the
plan, as well as in ancillary documents that that will be
incorporated into the plan.

The Debtors claim that they are also in discussions with other
parties in interest, including interest holders, as to the
treatment of such interests under the plan. As Debtors wish to file
and seek confirmation of a consensual plan, both Debtors and CPIF
have agreed to an extension of the Exclusivity Periods to avoid
filing a plan prematurely.

The Debtors assert that in the almost four months that they have
been in chapter 11, Debtors continue to comply with all the
requirements under the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules, and the
U.S. Trustee Guidelines. Schedules and Statement of Financial
Affairs were timely filed, and an order setting a claims bar date
was entered. Debtors continue to use cash collateral with CPIF's
consent, Debtors' bills are paid when due, and monthly operating
reports are timely filed.

Moreover, Debtors are not seeking to extend the Exclusivity Periods
to pressure creditors to submit to their demands. On the contrary,
Debtors are seeking the extension to address and resolve open
issues with parties consensually.

Thus, extending the Exclusivity Periods will permit Debtors to file
and confirm a plan that will benefit all creditors and interest
holders, so competing plans do not derail the Debtors' plan
process. Thus, extending the Exclusivity Periods will benefit
Debtors' estates, their creditors and other parties in interest.

The Debtors' Counsel:             

                     Kenneth M. Lewis, Esq.
                     Paul M. Nussbau, Esq.
                     WHITEFORD, TAYLOR & PRESTON L.L.P.
                     444 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor
                     New York, NY 10022
                     Tel: (914) 761-8400
                     E-mail: klewis@whitefordlaw.com
                            pnussbaum@whitefordlaw.com

      About Oaktree Ocala JV LLC

Oaktree Ocala JV, LLC is a real estate lessor operating under NAICS
code 5311. It is based in Suffern, N.Y., with apparent operations
in Ocala, Florida. It operates as a joint venture in the real
estate leasing sector.

Oaktree Ocala JV and ASAP Highline Ocala, LLC sought relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case
No. 25-22701) on July 29, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor
reported between $10 million and $50 million in assets and
liabilities.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Kenneth M. Lewis, Esq., at Paul M.
Nussbau, Esq.


OLIN CORP: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba1' CFR to Negative
----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Olin Corporation's (Olin) ratings,
including the Ba1 Corporate Family Rating, Ba1 senior unsecured
ratings, and Ba1-PD Probability of Default Rating. Olin's
Speculative Grade Liquidity (SGL) Rating was changed to SGL-2 from
SGL-1. The outlook was revised to negative from stable. The change
in outlook reflects the extended through in earnings and stressed
credit metrics and the potential addition of new chlor-alkali
capacity in the US that could extend the downturn.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Olin's Ba1 rating reflects its position as the largest supplier of
chlor-alkali in North America, supported by access to low-cost
energy, which provides a meaningful cost advantage for its
operations. The rating is also bolstered by good liquidity and
management's relatively conservative financial policies, which
target a Net Debt/EBITDA ratio of 2.0x over the cycle. The
company's refinancing transaction earlier this year extended its
nearest debt maturity to 2029, providing more financial
flexibility.

Through the first three quarters of 2025, Olin's Chlor Alkali
Products and Vinyls segment, the largest of the company's three
operating segments, reported continued weak financial performance,
despite higher EDC volumes and cost-cutting efforts. The second
largest segment, Winchester, continues to face challenges due to
higher raw material costs and weak commercial demand. The Epoxy
segment continued to generate limited profitability due to global
overcapacity and limited import duties in the US and Europe.
Profitability in this business is expected to remain challenged.

Olin's credit metrics remain stressed at the current time with
Moody's adjusted Debt/EBITDA of 4.7x and Retained Cash Flow/Debt at
12.4% for the last twelve months ended September 30, 2025. Despite
the weak credit metrics, the company is expected to generate at
least around $100 million of free cash flow (after dividends)
giving the company some financial flexibility during this downturn.
Moody's main concern for the rating is potential new chlor alkali
capacity that could enter the market later in 2026 as OxyChem
brings on a large expansion to its Battleground site in Texas. If
the US industrial economy doesn't rebound, this new capacity could
extend the downturn in chlor alkali earnings, which would cause us
to consider the appropriateness of a lower rating.

Olin's credit metrics are largely tied to the performance of its
largest segment, Chlor Alkali Products and Vinyls (CAPV). This
business continues to demonstrate cyclical performance that
periodically stresses credit metrics, despite management's changes
to the company's marketing strategy that have significantly
increased profitability over the cycle. Olin's second-largest
business, Winchester, provides limited diversification due to its
size and profitability at the current time. However, it could grow
large enough, through acquisitions and increased military spending,
to provide a sustained and meaningful credit benefit.

Olin has good liquidity. The SGL-2 Speculative Grade Liquidity
Rating is supported by roughly $140 million in cash on hand,
Moody's expectations of free cash flow generation, and almost full
availability under its $1.2 billion unrated revolving credit
facility that matures in 2030. Olin also has access to a $500
million unrated accounts receivable facility maturing in November
2027, of which $470 million was utilized as of September 30, 2025.
The expected cushion of compliance under its financial maintenance
covenants (including a net leverage ratio test and an interest
coverage ratio test) should remain sufficient over the next 12 to
18 months.

The negative outlook reflects the concern that market conditions
may become more challenging in 2026 as new chlor alkali capacity
may extend the downturn in Olin's profitability and cause its
leverage to remain elevated above 3.5x.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company can meaningfully and
sustainably increase the earnings of its non-chlor alkali
businesses (Winchester, Epoxy and products downstream of chlorine
and caustic soda production) while maintaining Debt/EBITDA below
2.5x and Retained Cash Flow/Debt above 25% over the vast majority
of the cycle. The ratings could be downgraded with expectations for
adjusted financial leverage sustained above 3.5x (Debt/EBITDA),
Retained Cash Flow/Debt (RCF/Debt) sustained below 15%, or a
substantive deterioration in liquidity.

Olin Corporation is a Clayton, Missouri-based manufacturer and
distributor of commodity chemicals and a manufacturer of small
caliber firearm ammunition. The company operates through three main
segments: (i) Chlor Alkali Products and Vinyls whose primary
products include chlorine and caustic soda, ethylene dichloride and
vinyl chloride, sodium hypochlorite (bleach), hydrochloric acid and
potassium hydroxide; (ii) Epoxy, which produces and sells a full
range of epoxy materials, including allyl chloride,
epichlorohydrin, liquid epoxy resins and downstream products such
as converted epoxy resins and additives; and (iii) Winchester,
whose primary focus is the manufacture and sale of small caliber,
sporting and military ammunition. Annual sales can range from $6
-10 billion depending on commodity prices.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemicals
published in October 2023.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


OMNI HOME HEALTH: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
----------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Omni Home Health Inc. filed Chapter 7
protection in the Central District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million and $10 million
in debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

            About Omni Home Health Inc.

Omni Home Health is a licensed home healthcare provider delivering
skilled nursing, therapy, and personal care services to patients in
the comfort of their homes. The company focuses on helping
individuals recover from illness or surgery, manage chronic
conditions, and maintain independence while receiving
compassionate, professional care.


Omni Home Health Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-20557) on November 25, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets in the range of
$0-$100,000 and estimated liabilities in the range of $1 million -
$10 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Sheri Bluebond handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


OPEN RANGE: Employs Ritchie Bros. Auctioneers as Auctioneer
-----------------------------------------------------------
Open Range Services, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Colorado to employ Ritchie Bros.
Auctioneers (America) Inc. as auctioneer in its Chapter 11 case.

RBA will provide these services:

(a) conduct the auction sales pursuant to the terms of the
Multi-Channel Sales Agreement;

(b) sell the Debtor's equipment at a public auction; and

(c) provide the necessary services as stated in the application.

As compensation for its services, RBA will be paid a commission
based on the gross sale price of the Equipment sold at auction as
follows: (a) 12.5% for any lot in excess of $3,000; and (b) for any
lot realizing $3,000 or less 25%, with a minimum fee of $195.00 per
lot.

Additionally, RBA will charge buyer transaction fees. For winning
bids of $25,000 or less, RBA's transaction fee is 10% of the
winning bid, with a minimum fee of $100 per lot. For winning bids
greater than $25,000, up to and including $75,000, RBA's
transaction fee is 5% of the winning bid, with a minimum fee of
$2,500 per lot. For winning bids greater than $75,000, RBA's
transaction fee is $3,750 per lot.

According to court filings, there is no conflict of interest
between RBA and the bankruptcy estate, the Debtor, creditors, any
other party in interest, their respective attorneys and
accountants, the United States Trustee's office, or any person
employed in the office of the United States Trustee.

RBA can be reached at:

Ritchie Bros. Auctioneers (America) Inc.
4000 Pine Lake Road
Lincoln, NE 68516

                               About Open Range Services Inc.

Open Range Services Inc. is a construction company that specializes
in heavy civil construction, commercial site development, public
infrastructure, underground utilities, oilfield services and
transportation logistics services. The Company offers manpower,
heavy equipment, material resources and expertise to construct
projects of any size and at any location across the Western United
States.

Open Range Services Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Col. Case No. 24-14377) on July 31,
2024. In the petition filed by Jason Gant, as president, the Debtor
reports total assets of $2,452,125 and total liabilities of
$10,323,840.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Michael E. Romero oversees the
case.

The Debtor is represented by David V. Wadsworth, Esq. at Wadsworth
Garber Warner Conrardy, PC.


OPEN TEXT: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed the Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings
(IDRs) for Open Text Corporation (OTEX) and subsidiaries, Open Text
ULC and Open Text, Inc. (collectively Open Text) at 'BB+'. The
subsidiaries and OTEX are co-borrowers on the secured revolver. The
Rating Outlook is Stable. Fitch also affirmed Open Text's senior
secured debt at 'BBB-' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR1' and senior
unsecured debt at 'BB+'/'RR4', as well as OTEX senior unsecured
debt at 'BB+'/'RR4' and secured term loan at 'BBB-'/'RR1'.

Open Text's 'BB+' ratings reflect strong EBITDA margins, recurring
revenue profile, and robust FCF. However, the rating is constrained
by subdued organic revenue growth. The company's ongoing portfolio
reshaping strategy introduces near-term execution risk but is
expected to be neutral to the credit profile.

Key Rating Drivers

Divestitures to Strengthen Business Focus: Fitch expects OpenText's
portfolio rationalization and AI focus to enhance its competitive
positioning. The portfolio shaping initiative aims to rationalize
non-core assets generating $750 million-$1 billion in revenue and
focuses on growth in AI-driven content management. However,
execution risks remain given the pace of planned divestments over
the next three to four quarters, including potential customer
disruption and operational integration challenges.

Fitch projects the company's organic revenue growth will stabilize
in the low single-digits following a challenging fiscal 2025.
Product innovation and cloud revenue focus support customer
retention amid intensifying competition and evolving purchasing
patterns.

Strong Credit Metrics: Fitch projects Open Text's Fitch-adjusted
leverage will drop below 3.5x from fiscal 2026. The company plans
to use divestment proceeds for debt repayment, supporting
deleveraging alongside EBITDA growth. While divestment proceeds
will reduce absolute debt, Fitch expects leverage to remain within
rating sensitivities because the company's EBITDA base will also
contract, keeping ratios broadly in line with current metrics.

Fitch projects the (CFO-Capex)/Debt ratio at 13.1% in fiscal 2026,
temporarily pressured by one-time restructuring costs and other
non-recurring items. The ratio is expected to improve to the upper
teens from fiscal 2027 onwards as these costs normalize.

Margins to Remain Stable: Fitch projects Open Text's EBITDA margins
will remain in the mid-30% range for the next two to three years.
The company's ongoing cost optimization initiatives and operational
discipline support margin stability despite modest organic revenue
growth. The company has shown cost discipline, with EBITDA margins
improving in 1Q fiscal 2026. Some margin volatility may occur
quarter over quarter as the company executes divestments, but Fitch
projects margins to stabilize in the mid-30% range after portfolio
rationalization is complete.

Competitive Environment: OpenText operates in a highly competitive
market, competing with both large, diversified companies like IBM
Corporation (A-/Stable) and specialized content management players
like Box. The market requires continuous product innovation and
cloud migration capabilities, particularly as AI-driven content
management reshapes customer expectations and purchasing patterns.
OpenText maintains its market position through comprehensive
end-to-end solutions and high customer switching costs due to deep
system integrations.

Recurring Revenue Profile: Fitch views Open Text's revenue
structure favorably, as it comprises over 80% recurring revenue,
ensuring high revenue visibility. The company maintains a high
renewal rate, with a 96% Cloud net renewal rate and 91% Customer
Support net renewal rate in 1Q fiscal 2026. This high level of
revenue predictability supports the company's business profile.

Solid Cash Flow Generation: Fitch views Open Text's strong cash
flow generation capacity as a credit positive. It generated
pre-dividend FCF—from $655 million to $888 million—over the
past four years. As of Sept. 30, 2025, Open Text has a cash balance
of $1.1 billion and full availability on its $750 million revolver.
Fitch assumes excess cash after debt repayment will be allocated to
dividends, share repurchases and bolt-on acquisitions.

Peer Analysis

Open Text's 'BB+' IDR reflects its scale, recurring revenue
profile, and strong profitability. Fitch compares Open Text with
other software companies of similar scale or rating. Open Text's
rating is the same as RingCentral Inc. (RCN; BB+/Stable), Gen
Digital Inc. (GEN; BB+/Negative), and TriNet Group Inc. (TNET;
BB+/Stable Outlook). Compared with RCN, Open Text is larger with
higher EBITDA margins. Relative to GEN, Open Text is similar in
scale but has lower EBITDA margins. GEN's Negative Outlook reflects
Fitch's expectation that EBITDA leverage will remain above 3.5x
through 2026 and then fall in 2027. TNET operates at a similar
scale, but with lower EBITDA margins and is exposed to a SMB
customer base.

Fitch expects Open Text 's EBITDA leverage to remain below 3.5x
throughout the forecast horizon. GEN is expected to report leverage
below 3.5x from 2027 onwards. RCN and TNET maintain lower leverage,
which is forecast to trend under 2.5x. Fitch expects Open Text's
adjusted EBITDA margins will be in the 30s, higher than
RingCentral's mid-20s and TNET's upper single digits, but below
GEN's, which has margins in the 50s range. Unlike Open Text's
enterprise-focused business, GEN primarily serves consumer markets,
while TNET operates in the professional employer organization (PEO)
sector with different business model dynamics. RCN operates in the
cloud-based communication and collaboration software solutions
market.

Key Assumptions

- Organic revenue growth is projected to be in the low single digit
range, Fitch incorporates divestments in its revenue forecast which
would be completed by end of fiscal 2027;

- Fitch assumes EBITDA margins in the mid-30's range;

- Dividend growth continues throughout the forecast horizon;

- Fitch assumes share repurchases throughout the forecast horizon;

- Capex is projected at 2.1% of revenue;

- Divestment proceeds are assumed to pay-down portion of the debt;

- Fitch forecasts that cash builds on the balance sheet and is
directed to acquisitions in fiscal years 2027-2029.

Recovery Analysis

Fitch has applied the Corporates Recovery Ratings and Instrument
Ratings Criteria to arrive at the rating and notching for the
instruments.

- First lien secured debt is rated one notch up from the IDR;

- Unsecured debt is rated at the IDR level.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Should Fitch expect EBITDA leverage to exceed 3.5x on a sustained
basis;

- (CFO-capex)/debt below 15% on a sustained basis;

- Evidence of negative organic revenue growth;

- Significant debt-financed acquisitions or share repurchases that
significantly weaken the company's credit profile for a prolonged
period.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Fitch's expectation of EBITDA leverage below 2.5x on a sustained
basis;

- (CFO-capex)/debt above 20% on a sustained basis;

- Organic revenue growth sustaining above the mid-single digits.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

As of Sept. 30, 2025, Open Text had $1.8 billion in total
liquidity, consisting of $1.1 billion in cash on the balance sheet
and $750 million available from a revolving credit facility, which
matures in December 2028. Liquidity for the company is also
supported by its robust free cash flow generation.

The company's debt structure comprises of Senior Notes totalling
$3.3 billion with maturities spread out from 2028 to 2031, $1
billion of Senior Secured Notes due in 2027 and a $2.2 billion Term
Loan maturing in 2030.

Issuer Profile

Open Text Corporation offers customers information management
through cloud-based solutions. Open Text's information management
solutions manage the creation, capture, use, analysis and lifecycle
of structured and unstructured data.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt            Rating         Recovery   Prior
   -----------            ------         --------   -----
Open Text Inc.      LT IDR BB+  Affirmed            BB+

   senior
   unsecured        LT     BB+  Affirmed   RR4      BB+

   senior secured   LT     BBB- Affirmed   RR1      BBB-

Open Text
Corporation         LT IDR BB+  Affirmed            BB+

   senior
   unsecured        LT     BB+  Affirmed   RR4      BB+

   senior secured   LT     BBB- Affirmed   RR1      BBB-

Open Text ULC       LT IDR BB+  Affirmed            BB+

   senior secured   LT     BBB- Affirmed   RR1      BBB-


OPUS ESCROW: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 17
---------------------------------------------------------------
On November 12, 2025, Opus Escrow Inc. filed Chapter 11
protection in the Southern District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million and $10
million in debt owed to  and  creditors. 

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
17, 2025 at 12:00 PM To access telephonic 341 meeting, call
888-330-1716 and enter passcode 1657991#.

               About Opus Escrow Inc. 

Opus Escrow Inc. provides independent escrow services for real
estate transactions, acting as a neutral third party that manages
funds and documents for residential, commercial, manufactured home,
and other property transfers.  The Company handles various
transaction types including 1031 exchanges, short sales, probate
sales, seller carry-back financing, and real estate owned
properties. Opus Escrow Inc. is based in Arroyo Grande,
California.

Opus Escrow Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Cal. Case No. 25-04737) on November
12, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets
between $10 million and $50 million and estimated liabilities
between $1 million aand $50 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christopher B. Latham handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Robert David Lantz, Esq. of Lantz Law
Group.


ORANGE COURIER: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on December 19
------------------------------------------------------------------
Orange Courier Inc. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy on November 21,
2025, in the Central District of California. The filing indicates
the Debtor owes between $10 million and $50 million to an estimated
100–199 creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
19, 2025 at 10:00 AM at UST-LA1, TELEPHONIC MEETING. CONFERENCE
LINE:1-888-330-1716, PARTICIPANT CODE:4892201.

                About Orange Courier Inc.

Orange Courier Inc., headquartered in California, specializes in
fast logistics services with a focus on same-day, on-demand, and
scheduled courier deliveries.

Orange Courier Inc. submitted its Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. Case
No. 25-20443) on November 21, 2025. In the petition, the Debtor
disclosed assets valued between $1 million and $10 million and
liabilities between $10 million and $50 million.

Honorable Judge Deborah J. Saltzman oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Eric Bensamochan, Esq. of The
Bensamochan Law Firm, Inc.


ORGANON & CO: Moody's Cuts CFR to 'Ba3', Outlook Negative
---------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded the ratings of Organon & Co.
("Organon"), including the Corporate Family Rating to Ba3 from Ba2,
the Probability of Default Rating to Ba3-PD from Ba2-PD, the senior
secured first lien bank credit facility rating to Ba2 from Ba1, the
senior secured notes rating to Ba2 from Ba1, and the senior
unsecured notes rating to B2 from B1. The outlook is negative.
Previously, the ratings were on review for downgrade. The
Speculative Grade Liquidity rating remains at SGL-1. This concludes
the review for downgrade initiated on October 27, 2025.

"The downgrade of Organon's CFR to Ba3 primarily reflects reduced
business growth prospects through at least 2026, primarily due to
headwinds from its flagship contraceptive product Nexplanon. In the
US, publicly-funded purchasing centers of Nexplanon such as Planned
Parenthood will continue to face budget constraints that will lower
product demand. At the same time, the historical improper US
Nexplanon wholesaler sales practices - which were identified and
eradicated by Organon's independent Audit Committee - adds further
uncertainty into Moody's Nexplanon sales projections." according to
Michael Weinstein, Moody's Ratings Vice President-Senior Credit
Officer.

"While the Audit Committee's findings illustrate weaknesses around
Organon's historical governance practices, the impact was limited
to significantly less than 1% of revenues in fiscal 2022 and 2024,
and was siloed to only US Nexplanon sales according to company
filings. While Organon appears to be taking the appropriate steps
to remediate the identified material weaknesses, it will take time
to fully restore Organon's management credibility. A continued
focus on deleveraging, including using proceeds from the planned
sale of Jada and free cash flow towards debt repayment, will be
necessary to maintain the Ba3 CFR," added Weinstein.

Governance risk considerations are material to the rating action.
Organon has taken immediate remedial actions to improve its
financial controls and address material weaknesses, including the
ongoing search for a permanent replacement of its former Chief
Executive Officer who resigned in October 2025.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Organon's Ba3 Corporate Family Rating reflects its niche position
in the global pharmaceutical industry, offering women's health
products, biosimilars, and established off-patent products. Organon
has good diversity at the product and geographic level. The
established brands have good name recognition in global markets.
The women's health franchise benefits from favorable demographic
trends including rising demand for fertility treatments.

These strengths are offset by limited organic growth owing to the
nature of established brands which face ongoing pricing and volume
pressure. At the same time, Organon's women's health business will
continue to face headwinds from reduced public funding for certain
products including contraceptives. Organon's free cash flow will
also remain somewhat constrained by costs associated with planned
exits from supplier arrangements. However, free cash flow will
continue to improve as these costs decline over time. Moody's
expects gross leverage to trends towards the high-4x range in the
next 12-18 months. There is event risk of acquisitions as the
company is likely to pursue initiatives to improve earnings
growth.

Organon's SGL-1, Speculative Grade Liquidity rating, signifies very
good liquidity. Moody's anticipates substantial positive annual
free cash flow, supported by materially lower dividends and a
reduction in non-recurring expenses including restructuring costs.
Organon also has $1.27 billion available under its revolving credit
facility as of September 30, 2025. Moody's anticipates good cushion
under the 4.75x net debt/EBITDA covenant under the revolving credit
facility, with cushion forecasted to rise following anticipated
debt paydown using proceeds from the sale of the Jada device.

The outlook is negative. While Moody's expects modest deleveraging
from debt repayment, there is potential for earnings
underperformance in key products within the company's women's
health and/or established products divisions over the next 12-18
months. The negative outlook also reflects business execution risks
as the company transitions to new leadership. If the company
stabilizes the business under new management, while reducing
leverage vis-à-vis debt reduction, Moody's could revise the
outlook to stable over time.

Organon CIS-4 score (previously CIS-3) indicates that the rating is
lower than it would have been if ESG risk exposures did not exist.
The company's G-4 score (previously G-3) reflects risk exposures
related to financial strategy and risk management, as well as
management credibility and track record given the recent improper
sales practices and changes to management. Social risk
considerations (S-4) include Organon's exposure to drug price
policy changes and litigation exposure from its agreement to
indemnify Merck & Co., for certain matters including product safety
litigation.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade include building a sustained
management track record, improvement in organic growth, substantial
and consistent free cash flow generation that is unburdened by
one-time costs, and/or debt/EBITDA sustained below 3.5x.

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include a prolonged decline
in organic growth, changes to strategic and financial policies that
slow deleveraging, debt-financed acquisitions, and/or debt/EBITDA
sustained over 4.5x for a sustained period.

Headquartered in Jersey City, New Jersey, Organon & Co., is a
global pharmaceutical company with expertise in women's health,
established brands and biosimilars. Revenues in the last twelve
months ending 9/30/25 totaled approximately $6.3 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Pharmaceuticals
published in September 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


ORIGINAL MOWBRAY'S: Seeks to Sell Bernadino Property to Highest Bid
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Mowbray Waterman Property, LLC, seeks permission from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, Santa Ana
Division, to sell Property, free and clear of liens, claims,
interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor's Property is located at 386 S. Allen St., San
Bernadino, CA 92408. The Property is 1.9 acres of vacant commercial
property comprising five separate parcels.

The proposed sale is a noncontingent "all cash" sale to Boone
Trucking, Inc. for $1,950,000.00, subject to competing bids. The
Debtor has marketed the Property for approximately two years and
the Buyer's offer is, at present, the highest and best offer
received for the Property.

The overbid procedures proposed by the Debtor are reasonable,
designed to stimulate further bidding, and will ensure that the
Property is sold for the highest and best price. The sale of the
Property will generate significant cash for the estate and pay down
the secured claim of PNC Bank, N.A.

The Debtor owns four real properties in California, after having
sold one non-income generating property for approximately $370,000,
during the course of the case. Two of the four remaining real
properties are income-producing.

The Debtor has two secured creditors, Bank of the Sierra, in
connection with a loan for $2,990,000 on one of its properties, and
PNC Bank.

Robin Mowbray, is the Debtor’s managing member and 51% owner,
with the remaining 49% owned by the Gloria Mowbray Separate
Property Trust, a special needs trust of which Robin Mowbray is the
Trustee, and her father, John Mowbray is the beneficiary. The
Debtor has no employees but contracts with Robin to provide various
management services.

The Debtor is a defendant in state court litigation brought by
Ronnie Jordan. Mr. Jordan was terminated from The Original
Mowbray's Tree Service, Inc. (of which Ms. Mowbray is the 100%
owner) in January, 2022 and now asserts, among other things, that
he is entitled to over $63 million in damages resulting from his
termination by MTS.

On September 18, 2025, the Court entered an order approving the
Debtor's joint disclosure statement with MTS and Robin and setting
the solicitation and voting schedule for the joint plan of
reorganization proposed by the Debtor, MTS and Robin.

The Debtor employs  Lee & Associates Commercial Real Estate
Services, Inc.- Riverside to assist with
the marketing and sale of the Property.

L&A Riverside has been marketing the Property on behalf of the
Debtor since November 2023, and has been offered for sale with a
listing price of $2,350,000. To date, multiple prospective buyers
have inquired and/or toured the Property, and the Debtor has
received two offers to purchase the Property. Given the amount and
non-contingent nature of the offer received from the Buyer, the
Broker believes that the Buyer's offer is the best offer received
to date.

The Property will be sold subject to overbid at an open auction to
be conducted by the Court at the time that the Motion is heard.

The Bid Deadline is 5:00 p.m. (P.S.T.) on December 15, 2025 (about
48 hours prior to the Auction).

To become a Qualified Bidder, any person or entity who wishes to
bid on the Property must, by the Bid Deadline, deliver to the
Debtor’s counsel written proof satisfactory to the Debtor that
the Potential Bidder is financially capable of consummating the
proposed sale.

If no Qualified Bid is received by the Debtor by the Bid Deadline,
then the Debtor will request that the Court approve the sale of the
Property to the Buyer and there will be no Auction. If a Qualified
Bid is timely received by the Debtor, then the Court will hold the
Auction.

The initial overbid at the Auction must be at least $20,000 more
than the Initial Successful Bid;

Subsequent overbids must be in minimum increments of $10,000;

The Buyer is buying in good faith and has offered to pay fair value
for the Property. The Buyer's offer is the best offer received to
date and it remains subject to overbid.

The Buyer has no connections to the Debtor, and the Agreement to
purchase the Property is the product of "arm's length" discussions.


The Bid Procedures are fair and reasonable and should foster
competitive bidding.

          About Mowbray Waterman Property, LLC

Mowbray Waterman Property, LLC is a real estate company based in
San Bernardino, Calif., specializing leasing of commercial and
residential properties.

Mowbray Waterman Property sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 25-10930) on
February 19, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $1
million and $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Mark D. Houle handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Lauren Gans, Esq., at Elkins Kalt
Weintraub Reuben Gartside, LLP.


ORME BROTHERS: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
-------------------------------------------------------
On November 24, 2025, Orme Brothers Inc. filed Chapter 7 protection
in the Central District of California. According to court filings,
the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in debt owed to
approximately 1–49 creditors.

                  About Orme Brothers Inc.

Orme Brothers Inc. is a privately owned California company
providing comprehensive metal fabrication and industrial services.
The company’s offerings include precision machining, welding, and
fabrication solutions for sectors such as automotive, aerospace,
manufacturing, and construction.

Orme Brothers Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 25-12192) on November
24, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets
between $0 and $100,000 and estimated liabilities between $100,001
and $1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Martin R. Barash handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Harris L. Cohen, Esq.


ORTHOPETS LLC: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in Colorado
-----------------------------------------------------
On November 19, 2025, Orthopets LLC filed Chapter 7 protection in
the District of Colorado. According to court filing, the Debtor
reports between $100,001-$1,000,000 in debt owed to 50-99
creditors.

             About Orthopets LLC

Orthopets LLC develops and delivers specialized orthopedic and
prosthetic solutions for animals. Based in California, the company
works with veterinarians and pet owners to create custom-fit
devices that support recovery, enhance mobility, and improve
overall well-being for animals in need.

Orthopets LLC sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-17609) on November 19, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$100,001-$1,000,000 and estimated liabilities of
$100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Kimberley H. Tyson handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Kevin S. Neiman, Esq. of Law Offices
Of Kevin S. Neiman, PC.


P3 HEALTH: Forms 80%-Owned MSO with Commonwealth ACO
----------------------------------------------------
P3 Health Partners Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 11,
2025, P3 Health Partners REACH ACO, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company, entered into an agreement with Commonwealth Primary
Care ACO, LLC which resulted in the formation of P3 Commonwealth
Innovation MSO, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

The MSO was created to engage in the management, administration,
and coordination of activities on behalf of accountable care
organizations intended to improve the performance and quality of
the parties' respective ACO programs.

To this end, the MSO entered into a Management Services Agreement
with the ACOs that will govern the MSO's oversight of shared
services, financial management, compliance operations, data
analytics, clinical integration, strategic planning, and related
administrative and operational support for the benefit of the ACOs.


The management fee to be paid by each ACO to the MSO for its
services under the MSA is equal to the amount of liabilities
incurred by such ACO in connection with its participation in any
accountable care organization governmental program assumed and
satisfied by the MSO during the term of the MSA plus a fair market
value margin on such assumed liabilities.

Beginning in 2026 and for each year thereafter, the MSO will also
be entitled to receive from each ACO a portion of each ACO's net
shared savings as determined under the MSA.

Distributions from the MSO of available net cash flow will be in
accordance with the members' respective percentage interests, with
P3 ACO holding an 80% membership interest and CPC ACO holding a 20%
membership interest. Management of the MSO is vested in a
five-person Board of Managers, three of whom are designated by P3
ACO and two of whom are designated by CPC ACO.

After the three-year anniversary of the MSO's formation, P3 ACO has
the right to cause the MSO to redeem CPC ACO's membership interests
in the MSO.

If P3 ACO does not exercise its redemption right within 90 days
following the date such right is exercisable, CPC ACO has the right
to cause the MSO to redeem its membership interests in the MSO.

                     About P3 Health Partners

Henderson, Nev.-based P3 Health Partners Inc is a patient-centered
and physician-led population health management company and, for
accounting purposes, the successor to P3 Health Group Holdings, LLC
and its subsidiaries after the consummation of a series of business
combinations in December 2021 with Foresight Acquisition Corp. As
the sole manager of P3 LLC, P3 operates and controls all of the
business and affairs of P3 LLC and P3's only assets are equity
interests in P3 LLC.

Las Vegas, Nev.-based BDO USA, P.C., the Company's auditor since
2021, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated
March 27, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended Dec. 25, 2024, citing that the Company has
suffered recurring losses from operations and has working capital
deficiencies that raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the Company had $783.4 million in total
assets, $633.9 million in total liabilities, and a total
stockholders' equity of $75.9 million.


PARKERVISION INC: Secures $1MM via Share Sale to Board Member
-------------------------------------------------------------
ParkerVision, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 14, 2025,
the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement with Lewis H.
Titterton, Jr., a director of the Company, pursuant to which the
Investor agreed to purchase 4,761,905 shares of the Company's
common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for an aggregate purchase
price of $1,000,000.  

The $0.21 purchase price per share equaled the last reported sale
price of the Common Stock on the OTCQB Venture Market on November
14, 2025, in accordance with the subscription agreement entered
into between the Company and the Investor on that date.

On November 17, 2025, the Company completed the offering and sale
of Common Stock to the Investor, for an aggregate purchase price of
$1,000,000.

The shares were issued pursuant to the Company's shelf registration
statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-287427) and the prospectus
supplement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
November 17, 2025, which contains the final terms of the offering.

The Company did not engage any underwriters, placement agents,
brokers, or finders in connection with the transaction and paid no
commissions or fees.

A copy of the Subscription Agreement is available at
https://tinyurl.com/2t2ub6w6

                         About ParkerVision

Jacksonville, Fla.-based ParkerVision, Inc., and its wholly-owned
German subsidiary, ParkerVision GmbH is in the business of
innovating fundamental wireless hardware technologies and products.
The Company has designed and developed proprietary RF technologies
and integrated circuits based on those technologies, and the
Company licenses its technologies to others for use in wireless
communication products.

Atlanta, Ga.-based Frazier & Deeter, LLC, the Company's auditor
since 2024, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 24, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the
Company's current resources are not sufficient to meet their
liquidity needs for the next 12 months, the Company has losses from
operations, negative operating cash flows and an accumulated
deficit. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's
ability to continue as a going concern.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $1.9 million in total
assets, $51.7 million in total liabilities, and $49.8 million in
total shareholders' deficit.


PHIL KEAN DESIGNS: Case Summary & Seven Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Phil Kean Designs Inc.
        912 W. Fairbanks Avenue
        Winter Park, FL 32789

Business Description: Phil Kean Designs Inc., based in Winter
                      Park, Florida, provides integrated
                      architecture, interior design, and
                      residential construction services,
                      specializing in luxury custom homes for
                      clients in Central Florida and surrounding
                      coastal areas.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Florida

Case No.: 25-07667

Debtor's Counsel: Daniel A. Velasquez, Esq.    
                  LATHAM LUNA EDEN & BEAUDINE LLP
                  201 S. Orange Avenue
                  Suite 1400
                  Orlando, FL 32801
                  Tel: (407) 481-5800
                  Fax: (407) 481-5801
                  Email: dvelasquez@lathamluna.com

Estimated Assets: $500,000 to $1 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Tommy Watkins as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's seven unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5VI3Y6Y/Phil_Kean_Designs_Inc__flmbke-25-07667__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


POSH QUARTERS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------
POSH Quarters, LLC received second interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Jacksonville
Division to use cash collateral to fund operations.

The second interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash
collateral to pay its business expenses pending a further hearing
set for January 15, 2026.

The Debtor cannot use cash collateral to pay pre-bankruptcy
expenses, officer salaries, professional fees or insiders without
further court order.

As adequate protection, BSI Financial will be granted a replacement
lien on cash accounts, accounts receivable and other property
acquired by the Debtor after its Chapter 11 filing, with the same
priority and extent as its pre-bankruptcy lien.

In addition, the Debtor must make monthly payments totaling
$8,504.65 $5,837.15 for the real property in Jacksonville Beach,
Florida, beginning December 1; and must cure missed payments for
October and November.

The Debtor must also maintain insurance and remain current with
Subchapter V trustee fees.

The Debtor's authority to use cash collateral terminates if it
ceases operations; the Chapter 11 case is dismissed or converted;
the replacement liens are altered; liens senior to or equal to the
replacement liens are approved; or the automatic stay is lifted,
allowing any creditor to proceed against material assets of the
Debtor that constitute cash collateral.

The second interim order is available at https://is.gd/K2INEd from
PacerMonitor.com.

POSH Quarters is currently in default on two loans held by BSI
Financial, which are secured by the real property. These loans are
secured by cash collateral, including rents, receivables, bank
account funds, and other business assets. As of the petition date,
the Debtor owed the lender more than $1.29 million.

                        About Posh Quarters

Posh Quarters, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-02748) on
August 8, 2025, with $1,178,812 in assets and $1,639,809 in
liabilities. Lisa Adams, manager, signed the petition.

Judge Jason A. Burgess presides over the case.

Bryan K. Mickler, Esq., at the Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler,
LLP represents the Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.                


RANPAK HOLDINGS: Moody's Affirms 'B3' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Ranpak Holdings Corp.'s (Ranpak) corporate
family rating at B3 and probability of default rating at B3-PD. The
speculative grade liquidity rating (SGL) is maintained at SGL-2.
Concurrently, Moody's affirmed the B3 instrument ratings on the $50
million backed senior secured revolving credit facility due 2029
and $250 million US tranche of the backed senior secured term loan
B due 2031 issued by Ranpak Corp. Additionally, Moody's assigned a
B3 rating to the $160 million Dutch tranche of the backed senior
secured term loan, borrowed at Ranpak B.V with stable outlook. The
outlook at Ranpak Holdings Corp. and Ranpak Corp. remain stable.

The instrument ratings on the revolver and US term loan tranche are
based on the guarantee and collateral position, which differ
slightly from the tranche issued by Ranpak B.V. (Dutch borrower).
However, the ratings also reflect a reallocation mechanism in the
credit agreement whereby lenders to both the US and Dutch borrowers
agree to exchange interests in the credit facilities upon a
bankruptcy filing or an acceleration of the loans. Because of this
provision, Moody's views of recovery prospects across the
facilities are the same.

The affirmation of Ranpak's ratings and stable outlook reflect
Moody's expectations that the company will benefit from recent
agreements with large e-Commerce customers, along with a continued
transition to more sustainable packaging including paper-based
packaging across e-Commerce accounts that should provide uplift to
operating performance. The rating is constrained by Ranpak's small
scale in the fragmented packaging industry, high leverage of 7x
debt/EBITDA as of September 30, 2025, and limited track record of
material free cash flow generation. Moody's expects leverage to
improve to near 6x by 2027.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Ranpak's B3 CFR reflects the company's small revenue base of less
than $400 million per annum, which can leave it vulnerable to
earnings volatility and less resilience to shocks. Further, the
company's material exposure to e-Commerce and exposure to
industrials and automotive end markets can cause fluctuations in
revenue and profit. The rating also considers Ranpak's global
footprint, which increases exposure to foreign exchange risk,
though the company uses cross currency swaps to address this risk.

The rating is supported by the company's razor/razorblade operating
model, whereby its tooling is installed in customer facilities,
generating recurring revenue and increasing switching costs for
customers.

Ranpak's SGL-2 reflects Moody's views for the company to maintain
good liquidity over the next 12 to 18 months. Liquidity benefits
from a cash balance of $50 million as of September 30, 2025, along
with an undrawn $50 million revolving credit facility due 2029, net
of letters of credit. Moody's expects Ranpak to generate breakeven
free cash flow in 2026.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company expands its scale and
product offering while returning to positive EBIT margin and
improving credit metrics. Specifically, an upgrade would also
require debt/EBITDA sustained below 5.5x, EBITDA/interest above
3.0x, and free cash flow/debt approaching 4.0%.

Moody's could downgrade the ratings if volumes and operating
performance decline with debt/EBITDA rising above 6.5x,
EBITDA/interest falling below 2.0x, or negative free cash flow.
Material debt-funded M&A or debt-funded shareholder returns would
also pressure ratings.

Headquartered in Concord, Ohio, Ranpak is a global manufacturer of
100% fiber-based Protective Packaging Solutions (PPS) and
accompanied tooling. Ranpak (NYSE: PACK) is a publicly traded
company and generated $388 million of revenue for the last twelve
months ended September 30, 2025.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Packaging
Manufacturers: Metal, Glass and Plastic Containers published in
April 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


RIDER UNIVERSITY: Moody's Cuts Issuer Rating to Caa2, Outlook Neg.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has downgraded Rider University's (NJ) issuer and
revenue bond ratings to Caa2 from Caa1. The university had $124
million of outstanding debt as of fiscal year end 2024. The outlook
has been changed to negative from stable.

The downgrade reflects expectations of continued operating deficits
and insufficient unrestricted liquidity to meet near-term needs.
While leadership plans immediate, significant spending cuts, its
ability to execute these and meet obligations-such as short-term
debt repayment and endowment borrowings-remains uncertain.
Governance considerations drive this action, given severe
multi-year financial challenges that limit external liquidity
access and increase vulnerability to accreditation and federal
student aid eligibility  

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Caa2 issuer rating reflects  material operating challenges and
persistent deficits, highlighting Rider's difficulty in achieving
structurally balanced operations absent further deep expense
reductions. With no uncommitted unrestricted liquidity despite the
recent sale of the Princeton campus, the university has extremely
limited financial flexibility.

Planned faculty and employee reductions, which may be hindered by
Rider's high proportion of unionized faculty, and other expense
cuts may provide some runway to cover near-term expenses. However,
reductions may be insufficient to allow Rider to meet all financial
obligations through early fiscal 2027. Furthermore, cuts may result
in deterioration of Rider's strategic positioning and student
market, further challenging operating performance given Rider's
high reliance on student charges.

The Caa2 also reflects Rider's moderate scope of operations with a
regional student market brand, good program diversity and generally
steady enrollment for fall 2025.

The Caa2 revenue bond rating incorporates deteriorating credit
quality reflected in the issuer rating given the general obligation
nature of the pledge, with a secured interest in gross receipts,
though this provides limited additional security due to the
university's fundamental operating difficulties. While outstanding
bonds are further secured by non-overlapping mortgage pledges on
Rider's main campus in Lawrenceville, potential sale of all or part
of the campus presents challenges in an environment of increasing
litigation and given difficulty obtaining needed external approvals
for the sale of university land and buildings.

RATING OUTLOOK

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectations that planned
expense cuts may be insufficient for Rider to meet all financial
obligations absent additional access to restricted funds or
external liquidity.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OF THE RATINGS

-- Material, sustained strengthening of operating performance

-- Significant, durable increase in liquidity

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

-- Event of default resulting in acceleration of bonded debt

-- Inability to resolve probationary accreditation status and
maintain access to federal financial aid or other litigation that
impedes Rider's ability to execute its mission

-- Lack of sustainable progress to balanced operating performance
and greater intrinsic liquidity

-- Additional debt

PROFILE

Rider University is a moderately sized private, non-profit
university located in Lawrence Township (Mercer County), NJ. In
fall 2025, Rider enrolled approximately 3,625 full-time equivalent
(FTE) students and in fiscal 2024 recorded Moody's-adjusted
operating revenue of $118 million.

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Higher
Education published in July 2024.


RIGHT CHOICE CAREGIVING: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
-----------------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, Right Choice Caregiving Inc. filed Chapter 7
protection in the Central District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in
debt owed to 1-49 creditors.

          About Right Choice Caregiving Inc.

Right Choice Caregiving Inc. is a private home care services
company focused on assisting elderly and disabled clients in the
comfort of their own homes. Its services include personal care,
medication reminders, mobility support, and companionship, tailored
to meet the unique needs of each client.

Right Choice Caregiving Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-20558) on November 25,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets of
$0-$100,000 and estimated liabilities of $100,001-$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Vincent P. Zurzolo handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony A. Friedman, Esq., of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


ROADRUNNER SCOOTERS: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 23
-------------------------------------------------------------------
On November 20, 2025, Roadrunner Scooters LLC filed Chapter 11
protection in the District of Colorado. According to court filing,
the Debtor reports $2,912,451 in debt owed to 50-99 creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
23, 2025 at 09:00 AM at Telephonic Chapter 11: Phone 888-330-1716,
Access Code 8602461#.

    About Roadrunner Scooters LLC

Roadrunner Scooters LLC operates in the motor scooters and electric
vehicle industry, offering scooter sales, maintenance, and parts
services.

sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
Case No. 25-17643) on November 20, 2025. In its petition, the
Debtor reports total assets of $216,516 and total liabilities of
$2,912,451.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Joseph G. Rosania Jr. handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Jonathan Dickey, Esq. of Kutner Brinen
Dickey Riley, P.C.


ROYALE ENERGY: Delays Q3 10-Q, Needs More Time on Disclosures
-------------------------------------------------------------
Royale Energy, Inc. filed a Notification of Late Filing on Form
12b-25 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, informing
that is unable to file its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 2025 within the prescribed time period
without unreasonable effort and expense due to more time and
expense than anticipated to complete the necessary disclosure.

The Company currently expects to be able to file the Quarterly
Report within the extension period of five calendar days permitted
under Rule 12b-25 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                       About Royale Energy, Inc.

Royale Energy, Inc. (OTCQB: ROYL) is an independent exploration and
production company headquartered in San Diego, California.  The
Company focuses on the acquisition, development, and marketing of
oil and natural gas, with primary operations in Texas's Permian
Basin.

In its April 8, 2025 audit report, Horne LLP issued a "going
concern" qualification, noting that the Company's recurring
operating losses and liabilities exceeding its assets raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue operations.

At June 30, 2025, the Company's consolidated financial statements
reflect a working capital deficiency of $12,030,955, and an
accumulated deficit of $94,605,190.  The Company had a net loss of
$1,100,721 for the six months ended June 30, 2025.  The Company
reported $14.44 million in total assets, $27.87 million in total
liabilities, and a total stockholders' deficit of $13.43 million as
of June 30, 2025.

The Company warned that without sufficient new capital, it would
need to extend payables, seek note repayment extensions, and cut
overhead to continue operations, with no assurance such measures
would succeed.


RP THE REYNOLDS: Hires Ortiz & Ortiz L.L.P. as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
RP The Reynolds Brothers Building Corp. seeks approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to hire
Ortiz & Ortiz, L.L.P. to serve as legal counsel.

O & O will provide these services:

(a) perform all necessary services as Debtor's counsel that are
related to the Debtor's reorganization and the bankruptcy estate;

(b) assist the Debtor in protecting and preserving the estate
assets during the pendency of the Chapter 11 case;

(c) prepare all documents and pleadings necessary to ensure the
proper administration of its case; and

(d) perform all other bankruptcy-related necessary legal
services.

O & O has received a total retainer of $20,000 in legal fees. The
firm's hourly rates are no more than $400 an hour for partners,
$350 an hour for attorneys serving as of counsel or as contract
lawyers, and $225 an hour and below for paralegal services.

Ortiz & Ortiz, L.L.P. is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to
court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Norma E. Ortiz, Esq.
ORTIZ & ORTIZ, L.L.P.
287 Park Avenue South, Ste. 337
New York, NY 10010
Telephone: (718) 522-1117
Facsimile: (718) 596-1302
E-mail: email@ortizandortiz.com

                             About RP The Reynolds Brothers
Building Corp.

RP The Reynolds Brothers Building Corp. is a single-asset real
estate entity (as defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).

RP The Reynolds Brothers Building Corp.relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-12309) on
October 20, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets and liabilities between $1 million and $10 million.

Judge Michael E. Wiles oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Norma E. Ortiz, Esq. of ORTIZ & ORTIZ,
LLP.


S El CAMINO REAL: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: S El Camino Real, LLC
        2449 S El Camino Real
        San Clemente, CA 92672

Business Description: S El Camino Real, LLC is structured around a
                      single real estate holding that qualifies as
                      a single-asset real estate entity under
                      federal law.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 25-13335

Judge: Hon. Mark D Houle

Debtor's Counsel: Michael Jay Berger, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICES OF MICHAEL JAY BERGER
                  9454 Wilshire Boulevard, 6th Floor
                  Beverly Hills, CA 90212
                  Tel: (310) 271-6223
                  Fax: (310) 271-9805
                  E-mail: michael.berger@bankruptcypower.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Daryle J. Rutherford as member.

The Debtor confirmed in the petition that there are no unsecured
creditors.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3UIQ6BI/S_El_Camino_Real_LLC__cacbke-25-13335__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


S EL CAMINO: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in California
------------------------------------------------------
On November 25, 2025, S El Camino Real LLC filed for Chapter 11
protection in the Central District of California. Court documents
indicate the Debtor has between $1 million and $10 million in
liabilities owed to 1-49 creditors.

    About S El Camino Real LLC

S El Camino Real LLC is a single asset real estate company.

The company sought Chapter 11 relief under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. Case No. 25-13335) on November 25, 2025. The petition lists
estimated assets ranging from $1 million to $10 million and
estimated liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.

The case is overseen by Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Victoria S.
Kaufman.

S El Camino Real LLC is represented by Ron Bender, Esq. of Levene,
Neale, Bender, Yoo & Golubchik L.L.P.


SABRE HOLDINGS: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'B3' CFR to Negative
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Sabre Holdings Corporation's (Sabre or the
Company) B3 Corporate Family Rating and B3-PD Probability of
Default Rating.  Moody's also affirmed the B3 rating on Sabre GLBL
Inc.'s (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Sabre) Backed Senior Secured
Notes and Senior Secured bank credit facilities.  Moody's assigned
ratings to three new debt instruments issued in connection with
Sabre's planned refinancing transaction: a B3 rating to the
proposed $500 million Backed Senior Secured Notes due 2030 and a B3
rating to the proposed $375 million Senior Secured Term Loan B due
2029, both at Sabre GLBL Inc. (Sabre GLBL); and assigned a B2
rating to the proposed $1 billion Senior Secured Notes due 2029 at
Sabre Financial Borrower, LLC.  The outlook was changed to negative
from stable at Sabre Holdings Corporation and Sabre GLBL Inc. and a
negative outlook was assigned to Sabre Financial Borrower, LLC.
The Speculative Grade Liquidity rating (SGL) for Sabre remains
unchanged at SGL-2.

The rating action reflects Moody's views that the proposed
refinancing transaction is effectively credit neutral. Pro forma
for the close as planned, the maturity profile will improve
significantly. All reported debt maturities will be pushed out to
2029, increasing the average duration of maturities (per
management), except just $150 million in convertible notes
(unrated) due 2026 and close to $200 million in securitization
facilities due 2027 (accounts receivable and FILO) outstanding
through 2028. However, as a result of the transaction, Moody's
expects leverage (based on management reported) to increase about
.25x, with about a 3% increase in total debt, to near 9.2x (PF,
Moody's adjusted). Additionally, and as a result of an increase in
the weighted average cost of debt (to 10.61% from 9.9%, per
management), run-rate interest expense will rise by approximately
10% or $44 million which is a material incremental constraint to
turning sustainably free cash flow positive.

Additionally, despite good liquidity, supported by $662 million in
cash (at end of last quarter, and pro forma for the close of the
refinancing), Moody's believes the pace of revenue and EBITDA
growth will slow significantly relative to prior periods which
benefits greatly from the post-COVID recovery. While Moody's
recognizes the company's credit profile has improved substantially
since the pandemic, and liquidity remains good and supportive,
Moody's negative outlook reflects the risk that the capital
structure could prove unstainable absent consistent revenue and
profitability growth and improving free cash flow.

Sabre is planning a substantive refinancing transaction, raising up
to $1.875 billion in loans and bonds, including issuing:

(1) $1 billion of new Structurally Senior Notes due 2029 (at Sabre
Financial Borrower, LLC)

(2) up to $375 million of new Term Loan due 2029 (at Sabre GLBL
Inc.), and

(3) up to $500 million of new Senior Secured Notes due 2030 (as
Sabre GLBL Inc.)

The new $500 million Senior Secured Notes due 2030, plus cash, will
be issued in exchange for all of the 8.625% Senior Secured Notes
due 2027 ($332 million outstanding) and 11.25% Senior Secured Notes
due 2027 ($46 million outstanding), and a portion of the $825
million outstanding 10.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2029. The new
Term Loan will be used exchange a portion of the four tranches of
Term Loan obligations maturing 2027 ($521 million outstanding) and
2028 ($454 million outstanding).

The cash paid to lenders will include accrued and unpaid interest
and cash incentives.  The guarantors and security of the New Senior
Secured Notes and New Term Loan B will be the same as existing
obligations.

The new $1 billion Structurally Senior Secured Notes at Sabre
Financial Borrower, LLC, will be indirectly secured on a pari-passu
basis with Sabre GLBL Inc. secured lenders via a pledge of an
intercompany loan receivable and equity from Sabre GLBL Inc.,
similar to the SPV facility established in 2023. Bondholders will
also benefit, from collateral enhancement – specifically up to
$400 million in first-priority secured guarantees from certain
foreign subsidiaries of Sabre GLBL. As a result of the enhanced
collateral, Moody's believes these lenders are structurally senior
to all other secured lenders with respect to the $400 million of
foreign guarantees.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Sabre's B3 CFR reflects governance risk (as reflected in the G-4
Governance Issuer Profile Score and CIS-4 Credit Impact Score)
driven by high leverage, weak profitability, and near break-even
free cash flow burdened by high and rising borrowing costs
(10%-11%, weighted average). The company is disadvantaged by a high
mix of corporate and long-haul, and cross-border international
travel which has not fully recovered from the pandemic. This travel
has been structurally disrupted by the shift to hybrid work
arrangements and mass adoption of virtual meetings which has proved
an effective productivity tool that has decreased the need for
business travel and in-person meetings. Regional conflicts,
tariffs, government shut-downs, unfavorable mix shifts, and other
unfavorable changes in the market have been a constraint on faster
growth. Additionally, bookings of direct-to-consumer and through
online travel agents is rising, while higher demand for low-cost
carriers (not well distributed by GDS) and the emergence of
disruptive technology, notably Gen AI, is also a threat to
accelerate disintermediation of GDS. As domestic, short-distance,
point-to-point leisure travel get easier to book directly with
airlines and through new LLM platforms that are not partnered with
Sabre, the company could lose market share which Moody's observes
is occurring, to the benefit of its much larger and stronger GDS
peer, Amadeus IT Group S.A. (Baa2, stable).

Despite the challenges, the Company has a long operating history
and a strong and established market position as the number two
provider of GDS services globally. While its corporate travel mix
is a constraint to faster growth, it's also a more defensible
business given the value and the complexity of the service delivery
which requires a large network of partners and proprietary routing
logic. The GDS business is also not exposed to changes in airfares
given the largely volume driven business model. EBITDA margins are
also stable, and modest revenue growth should be achievable with
the execution of reasonable growth initiatives. The company also
has good liquidity and is committed to repaying debt (and
suspending all shareholder returns) until it reaches its
conservative leverage target of 2.5x to 3.0x net leverage, using a
portion of balance sheet cash and free cash flow when generated.

Liquidity is good (SGL-2), supported by a large cash balance of
approximately $662 million at the end of the last quarter which is
more than sufficient to cover all basic obligations over the next
12 months including maturities. The company does not maintain
revolving credit facilities, and has limited capacity available
across two securitization facilities (including an accounts
receivable and FILO) totaling $235 million in commitments (with
nearly $200 million utilized). There are no secured credit facility
maintenance covenants. Alternate liquidity is limited by a largely
secured capital structure, very thin market capitalization, and
asset lite-business model.

The senior secured term loans and notes, issued at Sabre GLBL Inc.,
Sabre Holdings Corporation's wholly owned direct subsidiary, are
rated B3, equal to Sabre's Corporate Family Rating (CFR) given the
predominance of this debt class in the capital structure. Security
for the existing senior secured lenders includes the assets of all
domestic subsidiaries and a 2/3 stock pledge of the stock of
foreign subsidiaries. The notes are guaranteed by Sabre Holdings
Corporation and each of Sabre GLBL's existing and future
subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the senior secured
credit facilities. The new Structurally Senior Secured Notes issued
at Sabre Financial Borrower, LLC (a subsidiary of Sabre Holdings
Corporation) are rated B2, one notch above the existing senior
secured lenders, because they have (in addition to a pledge of the
intercompany loan receivables and equity from Sabre GLBL Inc.) an
enhanced collateral package and therefore a priority claim over the
existing secured claims creditors with respect to a secured
guarantee from the majority of Sabre's foreign subsidiaries limited
to $400 million. The instrument ratings also reflects support
provided by unsecured claims and Moody's expectations for an
average family recovery in a default scenario.

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectations for stubbornly
high leverage at near 9.2x Q3 LTM (Moody's adjusted, pro forma for
the refinancing transaction), which could fall to below 8x
dependent on the pace of EBITDA growth. Moody's expects revenue
growth driven by favorable comparisons to 2025, new customers, and
initiatives that drive more content and throughput which should
support revenue growth of at least 2.5% to 5%. Moody's assumes
EBITDA margins remain stable (at near 21%, Moody's adjusted) or
improve very modestly, and free cash flow remains near break-even
to marginally positive.

Note: Unless otherwise noted, all figures are Moody's estimated (as
adjusted) over the next 12-18 months and do not necessarily
represent the views of the issuer.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Although not expected over the medium term, ratings could be
upgraded if debt to EBITDA (Moody's adjusted) is sustained below
5.5x (Moody's adjusted) and free cash flow to debt is sustained in
the mid-single digit percent range or better. A positive rating
action could also be conditional on successfully refinancing
upcoming maturities well in advance, operating performance is
consistent with management's plan, liquidity improves, and there
are no material unfavorable changes in the company's market
position, scale, or diversity.

Ratings could be downgraded if debt to EBITDA (Moody's adjusted)
does not materially improve over the next 12 to 18 months such that
Moody's believes the capital structure may be unsustainable. A
negative rating action could also be considered if liquidity
declines, near term debt maturities are not successfully refinanced
well in advance, if operating performance deviates from
management's plan, or there are material unfavorable and sustained
changes in the company's market position, scale, diversity, or
business model.

Based in Southlake, TX, Sabre Holdings Corporation's business is
organized in two segments. The Travel Solutions segment includes
revenues from Global Distribution System (GDS) services (a
software-based passenger reservation system) as well as from
commercial and operations offerings to the airline industry.
Revenue for the Q3 LTM period was approximately $3.0 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.


SCENIC CITY: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------
Scenic City Boot Camp, LLC and Kevin and Kristen Harvey received
fourth interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Tennessee, Southern Division, to use cash
collateral through February 12, 2026.

Subject to the carveout for U.S. Trustee quarterly fees, the
Debtors were authorized to continue using cash collateral to pay
the items listed in the budget and professional fees and expenses
(subject to separate court approval).

Disbursements exceeding 25% of budgeted amounts require approval by
the court or the U.S. Small Business Administration.

As adequate protection for the Debtors' use of its cash collateral,
SBA will be granted replacement liens on assets similar to its
pre-bankruptcy collateral. These replacement liens will have the
same validity and priority as the secured creditor's pre-bankruptcy
lien.

SBA asserts a lien on the Debtors' assets including cash collateral
based on a UCC financing statement recorded in 2020.

A final hearing is scheduled for February 12, 2026.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/pI5Vk from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Scenic City Boot Camp LLC

Scenic City Boot Camp, LLC filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D.
Tenn. Case No. 25-10863) on April 4, 2025, listing up to $500,000
in assets and up to $1 million in liabilities. Kevin Harvey,
president of Scenic City Boot Camp, signed the petition.

Judge Nicholas W. Whittenburg oversees the case.

W. Thomas Bible, Jr., Esq., at Tom Bible Law, represents the Debtor
as bankruptcy counsel.


SDLOMO PARTNERS: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Pennsylvania
------------------------------------------------------------
On November 18, 2025, SDLOMO Partners filed Chapter 11 protection
in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. According to court
filings, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in debt
owed to 1 and 49 creditors.

               About SDLOMO Partners

SDLOMO Partners sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 25-14688) on November 18,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between
$0 and $100,000 and liabilities between $100,001 and $1,000,000.

Honorable Chief Bankruptcy Judge Ashely M. Chan handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Maggie S. Soboleski, Esq.


SECOND STREET: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Second Street Sandwiches, Inc.
          d/b/a Rooster
        3135 Lafayette Avenue
        Saint Louis, MO 63104

Business Description: Second Street Sandwiches, Inc., doing
                      business as Rooster, operates a food service

                      establishment at 3150 S. Grand Blvd. Saint
                      Louis, MO 63118, serving sandwiches, brunch,

                      local coffee, craft beer, and cocktails.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Missouri

Case No.: 25-44600

Debtor's Counsel: Spencer Desai, Esq.
                  THE DESAI LAW FIRM
                  13321 North Outer Forty Road
                  Suite 300
                  Chesterfield, MO 63017
                  Tel: 314-666-9781
                  Email: spd@desailawfirmllc.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by David Bailey as president.

A copy of the Debtor's list of 20 largest unsecured creditors is
available for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LGSE3UA/Second_Street_Sandwiches_Inc__moebke-25-44600__0002.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KZ35MFI/Second_Street_Sandwiches_Inc__moebke-25-44600__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


SILVERSTRAND FITNESS: Stephen Darr Named Subchapter V Trustee
-------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 1 appointed Stephen Darr of Huron
Consulting Group as Subchapter V trustee for Silverstrand fitness
1, LLC.

Mr. Darr will be paid an hourly fee of $850 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.  

Mr. Darr declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Stephen Darr
     Huron Consulting Group
     265 Franklin Street, Suite 402
     Boston MA 02110
     Phone: (617) 226-5593
     Email: sdarr@hcg.com

                 About Silverstrand fitness 1 LLC

Silverstrand fitness 1, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No.
25-30675) on November 14, 2025, with $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities. Brian Burke, manager, signed the petition.

Ilham Soffan, Esq., at Soffan Law, PC represents the Debtor as
bankruptcy counsel.


SONDER HOLDINGS: Sued by Former Employee After Chapter 7 Filing
---------------------------------------------------------------
Emlyn Cameron of Law360 reports that a former employee of Sonder
Holdings Inc. has filed a class-action lawsuit, claiming the
company failed to provide adequate notice of mass layoffs just
before it entered Chapter 7 bankruptcy. The complaint, submitted
Monday in court, alleges that Sonder didn't warn staff sufficiently
about imminent terminations, raising possible WARN Act violations.

According to the suit, the lack of advance warning left employees
blindsided as the company began winding down its operations. The
plaintiff argues that Sonder's sudden cuts deprived workers of
critical time to prepare and seek alternative employment.

The filing comes as Sonder navigates its Chapter 7 filing and
seeks to resolve remaining obligations. The lawsuit could
complicate the company's liquidation process if the court sides
with the class regarding notice and severance rights.

                About Sonder Holdings Inc.

Sonder Holdings Inc. operates as a hospitality company. The Company
provides tech-enabled services to offers accommodation options from
spacious rooms to fully-equipped suites and apartments. Sonder
Holdings serves customers worldwide.

Sonder Holdings sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-12044) on November 14,
2025.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Karen B. Owens handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Laura Davis Jones, Esq. of Pachulski,
Stang, Ziehl & Jones LLP.


SOUTH COAST EQUIPMENT: Amends Unsecureds & IRS Claims Pay Details
-----------------------------------------------------------------
South Coast Equipment LLC submitted an Amended Plan of Liquidation
for Small Business dated November 22, 2025.

The Debtor has amended the Plan to shift from a reorganization
strategy to a liquidation process, which will be conducted through
a court-approved auctioneer. In accordance with the Auction
Commission Agreement, all estate assets will be sold at auction,
and the net proceeds from these sales will provide the funds
available for distribution to creditors.

Since the Plan now constitutes a liquidation plan, creditor
recoveries will depend solely on the final auction proceeds. Any
portion of a secured creditor's claim not covered by its collateral
will be classified as a general unsecured deficiency claim and
included in the unsecured class.

The amended Plan also updates the treatment of creditors to reflect
revised claim amounts and classification adjustments. Notably, the
IRS priority tax claim has increased to $113,814.78 and will be
paid in accordance with Section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.
All other creditor classes have been adjusted to align with the
liquidation framework and the waterfall distribution based on
auction proceeds.

Allowed general unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will
receive an equal distribution of the remaining proceeds after the
auction. The Plan also provides for the payment of administrative
claims.

The Debtor has not been profitable and, to maximize the value of
the estate, has engaged PPL Group LLC as the estate's auctioneer,
whose employment is subject to Court approval, to conduct a
liquidation of the Debtor's assets according to the Auction
Commission Agreement. Under the Agreement, all equipment,
inventory, and related assets located at the business premises will
be sold in an "as-is, where-is, without reserve" auction to take
place within 45 days of the agreement's effective date.

The Debtor will receive 100% of the net proceeds after paying a
flat $17,500 expense fee and any agreed-upon transportation or
preparation costs paid in advance by the auctioneer; the buyer's
premium is kept entirely by the auctioneer and does not reduce the
estate's recovery. The auctioneer is authorized to sell assets
before or after the auction if doing so would maximize value, and
has the exclusive right to sell the assets during and after the
auction period. All sale proceeds will be transferred to the
Debtor's IOLTA account once the buyer's funds clear and the assets
are removed. This Plan is amended to include and authorize the
liquidation process, and distributions will be made according to
the waterfall from the net proceeds of the auction.

Priority Claim of the IRS. The Internal Revenue Service has filed a
Proof of Claim in the total amount of $132,712.38 (POC-15-3), of
which $113,814.78 constitutes a priority tax claim. Because this is
a liquidation plan, the Debtor shall pay the Allowed Priority Tax
Claim of $113,814.78 in full from the net proceeds of the auction
conducted pursuant to the Auction Commission Agreement. The
remaining non-priority portion of the claim, totaling $18,897.60,
shall be treated as a Class 8 general unsecured claim and shall
receive a pro rata distribution in accordance with the treatment of
Class 8.

Class 8 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Creditors. A pot plan
will take place following the receipt of all net proceeds from the
auction. The remaining proceeds, after payment of administrative
expenses, priority tax claims, and secured claims up to the value
of their collateral, will be distributed pro rata to all holders of
Allowed General Unsecured Claims. No further payments will be made
to Class 8 beyond this distribution.

Class 8 is impaired. The allowed unsecured claims total
$731,562.30.

All payments and distributions under the Plan will be funded
exclusively from the net proceeds generated by the auction of all
estate assets conducted pursuant to the Auction Commission
Agreement. The Debtor will not continue business operations post
confirmation except as necessary to wind down the estate. No
revenues from continued business operations will fund any
distributions under the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Amended Liquidating Plan dated November 22,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=d0qAL2 from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Chad Van Horn, Esq.
     Van Horn Law Group, P.A.
     500 NE 4th Street #200
     Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301
     Telephone: (954) 765-3166
     Facsimile: (954) 756-7103
     Email: Chad@cvhlawgroup.com

                    About South Coast Equipment LLC

South Coast Equipment LLC in Miami, FL, is a ground work
construction company specializing in land clearing, demolition and
excavation.

The Debtor sought relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.
Fla. Case No. 24-19043) on Sept. 3, 2024, listing $618,928 in
assets and $1,219,748 in liabilities.  David Presmanes as
president, signed the petition.

Judge Laurel M. Isicoff oversees the case.

VAN HORN LAW GROUP, P.A., serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


SOUTH COAST: Seeks Court Approval to Tap PPL Group as Auctioneer
----------------------------------------------------------------
South Coast Equipment LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Florida to hire PPL Group, LLC
as auctioneer for the Debtor's property sale in this Chapter 11
case.

PPL Group will provide these services:

     (a) assist Debtor with the sale of property located at 33600
North Redland Road Homestead, FL 33034;

     (b) perform professional services relating to the sale of the
property;

     (c) the exclusive right to sell the Property and perform any
and all actions necessary to affect the sale of the Property;

     (d) use Auctioneer's contact information in all advertising of
Auction;

     (e) have the right to add machinery or equipment to Auction;

     (f) reserve the right to hire or joint venture the Auction
with a firm of Auctioneer's choosing;

     (g) sell the Assets in the Auction to the highest bidder,
subject only to the buyer's timely payment in full and removal of
purchased Assets;

     (h) determine all of the terms of Auction; and

     (i) sell any of the Assets before or after the Auction
designed to maximize sale proceeds.

The firm will paid at these fees:

     - an 18% Buyer's Premium, with fifteen percent (15.0%) of the
sales price retained by Auctioneer and three percent (3.0%)
retained by service provider(s);

     - under the Commission Agreement, Auctioneer will receive a
commission of 0%, with Owner receiving 100% of proceeds less
$17,500 for expenses.

According to court filings, PPL Group, LLC is a "disinterested
person" within the meaning of Section 327(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Will Solimene
     PPL Group LLC
     105 Revere Drive, Suite C
     Northbrook, IL 60062
     Telephone: (224) 927-5320
     E-mail: will@pplgroupllc.com
                   
                        About South Coast Equipment LLC

South Coast Equipment LLC in Miami, FL, is a ground work
construction company specializing in land clearing, demolition and
excavation.

The Debtor sought relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.
Fla. Case No. 24-19043) on Sept. 3, 2024, listing $618,928 in
assets and $1,219,748 in liabilities.  David Presmanes as
president, signed the petition.

Judge Laurel M. Isicoff oversees the case.

VAN HORN LAW GROUP, P.A., serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


SOUTHERN EXPRESS: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Dec. 17
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Southern Express, Inc. received fifth interim approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina to
use cash collateral.

The fifth interim order authorized the Debtor to use cash
collateral to pay operating expenses in accordance with its budget.
This authorization will remain in full force and effect until
December 17; the termination of the interim order; or upon filing
of a notice of default, whichever occurs first.

The Debtor projects total operational expenses of $123,110.78 for
December.

Events of default include the Debtor's failure to comply with any
of the terms or conditions of the third interim order and failure
to file a Chapter 11 plan.

The Debtor believes that certain proceeds generated from its
continuing operations may constitute cash collateral of the U.S.
Small Business Administration and CT Corporation System, believed
to represent Kapitus, LLC. The secured creditors may assert a
security interest in all of the Debtor's assets.

Each of the secured creditor's liens on the collateral securing
debts will extend to the Debtor's post-petition assets to the
extent and amount that they are secured as of the petition date.
These replacement liens are subject to and subordinate to a fee
carveout.

The next hearing is set for December 17.

                 About Southern Express Inc.

Southern Express Inc. provides motorcoach and shuttle
transportation services across the southern United States,
including corporate charters, event and campus shuttles, school and
family trips, and airport transfers. Founded in 2010 by industry
professionals Bruce Bechard and Vance Hoover, the privately held
company operates a modern, sanitized fleet staffed by certified
driving professionals and emphasizes locally made decisions to
ensure consistent, client-focused service.

Southern Express sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. N.C. Case No. 25-02978) on August 5,
2025, listing $3,330,694 in assets and $6,321,019 in liabilities.
R. Vance Hoover, president of Southern Express, signed the
petition.

Judge Pamela W. Mcafee oversees the case.

Jason L. Hendren, Esq., at Hendren, Redwine & Malone, PLLC,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


SPEAR SECURITY: Taps Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler as Counsel
----------------------------------------------------------------
Spear Security Operations, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida to hire Bryan
K. Mickler of Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler, LLP to serve as
legal counsel.

Mr. Mickler will provide these services:

(a) general representation of the applicant in this proceeding;
and

(b) performance of all legal services for the applicant which may
be necessary herein.

Mr. Mickler's firm shall receive an hourly rate of $300-$400.

Bryan K. Mickler is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court
filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Bryan K. Mickler, Esq.
LAW OFFICES OF MICKLER & MICKLER, LLP
5452 Arlington Expressway
Jacksonville, FL 322211
Telephone: (904) 725.0822
E-mail: bkmickler@planlaw.com

                                          About Spear Security
Operations LLC

Spear Security Operations, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No.
25-04144) on November 11, 2025, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets
and liabilities.

Judge Jacob A. Brown presides over the case.

Bryan K. Mickler, Esq., at Mickler & Mickler represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


SPIRIT AIRLINES: Seeks Extra Time for Chapter 11 Plan Filing
------------------------------------------------------------
Vince Sullivan of Law360 Bankruptcy Authority reports that Spirit
Aviation Holdings has formally requested that the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court in New York extend its exclusive window to file and solicit
votes on a Chapter 11 reorganization plan. The company told the
court it has made considerable headway in restructuring efforts
since its filing, but that additional time is necessary to finalize
negotiations with creditors.

The extension would give Spirit more runway to secure agreements
with bondholders, lessors, and other stakeholders, enabling a more
orderly restructuring. Given the complexity of its debt load and
ongoing talks with various parties, the company argues that rushing
a plan could jeopardize value for creditors and its long‑term
viability, the report states.

                 About Spirit Airlines

Spirit Airlines, LLC (SAVE) is a low-fare carrier committed to
delivering the best value in the sky by offering an enhanced travel
experience with flexible, affordable options. Spirit serves
destinations throughout the United States, Latin America and the
Caribbean with its Fit Fleet, one of the youngest and most
fuel-efficient fleets in the U.S. On the Web:
http://wwww.spirit.com/                          

Spirit Airlines and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 24-11988) on Nov. 18, 2024, after
reaching terms of a pre-arranged plan with bondholders.

At the time of the filing, Spirit Airlines reported $1 billion to
$10 billion in both assets and liabilities. Judge Sean H. Lane
oversees the case.

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP as legal counsel;
Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC, as financial advisor; and
Perella Weinberg Partners LP as investment banker. Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC, is the claims agent.

Paul Hastings, LLP and Ducera Partners, LLC serve as legal counsel
for the Ad Hoc Group of Convertible Noteholders.

Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, LLP and Evercore Group LLC
represent the Ad Hoc Group of Senior Secured Noteholders.

The official committee of unsecured creditors retained Willkie Farr
& Gallagher LLP as counsel.

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., is serving as financial advisor and
Latham & Watkins LLP is serving as legal counsel to Frontier.

                       2nd Attempt

Spirit Airlines and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-11896) on August 29, 2025. In its
petition, the Debtors reports estimated assets and liabilities
between $1 billion and $10 billion each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Sean H. Lane handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Marshall Scott Huebner, Esq. and
Darren S. Klein, Esq. at Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.


SPIRIT AVIATION: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to April 28, 2026
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Spirit Aviation Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York to extend
their exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and
obtain acceptance thereof to April 28, 2026 and June 25, 2026,
respectively.

The Debtors explain that the companies are a leading value airline
serving destinations throughout the United States, Latin America
and the Caribbean. The Debtors employed approximately 25,000 direct
employees and independent contractors and had a fleet of 214
aircraft as of the Petition Date. Given the magnitude of the
Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors respectfully submit that the
extensions requested herein are appropriate.

Moreover, the Debtors' conduct in the Chapter 11 Cases demonstrates
their good faith desire to successfully and expeditiously
reorganize in chapter 11 and emerge as a strong, value airline.
Accordingly, each of the first three factors listed weighs in favor
of the Court granting the relief sought herein.

The Debtors claim that they continue to make timely payments on
account of their undisputed postpetition obligations as they come
due and, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of the
relevant settlements negotiated during the pendency of the Chapter
11 Cases. As such, this factor also weighs in favor of allowing the
Debtors to extend the Exclusive Periods.

The Debtors note that they continue to make timely payments on
account of their undisputed postpetition obligations as they come
due and, as applicable, in accordance with the terms of the
relevant settlements negotiated during the pendency of the Chapter
11 Cases. As such, this factor also weighs in favor of allowing the
Debtors to extend the Exclusive Periods.

The Debtors assert that during the first three months of the
Chapter 11 Cases, the companies have primarily focused their
efforts on network and fleet optimization and settlement
negotiations with key constituencies. The prospect of competing
plans would be detrimental to an efficient resolution of the
Chapter 11 Cases, harming the Debtors and creditors alike. Granting
the requested relief will help ensure the Debtors can continue
their productive restructuring efforts without introducing the
potential for harm to the estates.

The Debtors further assert that continued exclusivity will permit
them to continue diligently working with many various creditor
groups and other parties in interest. The Debtors have made
meaningful progress thus far in the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors
are seeking an extension of the Exclusive Periods to preserve and
build upon the progress made to date by continuing to work
productively and collaboratively with their creditors. Accordingly,
this factor also weighs in favor of the relief requested herein.

Counsel to the Debtors:

   Marshall S. Huebner, Esq.
   Darren S. Klein, Esq.
   Christopher S. Robertson, Esq.
   Joseph W. Brown, Esq.
   DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL LLP
   450 Lexington Avenue
   New York, NY 10017
   Telephone: (212) 450-4000
   E-mail: marshall.huebner@davispolk.com
           darren.klein@davispolk.com
           christopher.robertson@davispolk.com
           joseph.brown@davispolk.com

                   About Spirit Aviation Holdings Inc.

Spirit Aviation Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate Spirit
Airlines, a U.S.-based low-cost carrier providing air
transportation services across the United States, Latin America,
and the Caribbean. They employ approximately 25,000 direct
employees and independent contractors.

Spirit Aviation Holdings and its subsidiaries sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. N.Y. Lead
Case No. 25-11897) on August 29, 2025. In the petition signed by
Frederick Cromer, authorized signatory, Spirit Aviation Holdings
disclosed $8,576,287,000 in assets and $8,096,842,000 in
liabilities as of June 30, 2025.

Judge Sean H. Lane oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Davis Polk & Wardwell, LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; PJT Partners LP as investment banker; FTI Consulting, Inc.
as restructuring, fleet and communications advisor; Debevoise &
Plimpton, LLP as fleet counsel; Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell,
LLP as conflicts counsel, and Ernst & Young, LLP as its audit and
tax services provider. Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC is the
claims, noticing, solicitation and administrative agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The
committee tapped Willkie Farr & Gallagher, LLP as legal counsel;
Alton Aviation Consultancy, LLC as specialized aviation advisor;
Jefferies. LLC as investment banker; and AlixPartners, LLP as
financial advisor.


SPLASH BEVERAGE: CFO William Devereux to Resign Effective Nov. 30
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Splash Beverage Group, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November
10, 2025, William Devereux notified the Company that he will resign
as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, effective November 30,
2025.

                    About Splash Beverage Group

Fort Lauderdale, Florida-based Splash Beverage Group, Inc. is a
portfolio company specializing in managing multiple brands across
various growth segments within the consumer beverage industry. The
Company focuses on incubating and acquiring brands with the aim of
accelerating them to higher volumes and increased sales revenue.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company and $22.2 million in total assets,
$13.5 million in total liabilities, and $8.7 million in total
stockholders' deficit.

Encino, Calif.-based Rose, Snyder & Jacobs LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification dated
July 11, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. The report indicated
that the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and
has an accumulated deficit and a working capital deficiency that
raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.


SPLASH BEVERAGE: Issues $588,000 Senior Notes Maturing Feb. 2026
----------------------------------------------------------------
Splash Beverage Group, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed
with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November
12, 2025, it borrowed a total of $500,000 from two accredited
investors and issued to those investors senior promissory notes in
the total combined original principal amount of $588,235.30,
representing a 15% original issue discount.

The Notes mature on February 12, 2026, and accrue interest at a
rate of 6% beginning on the 30-day anniversary of the issuance
date.

The Notes contain customary events of default, the occurrence of
which would result in acceleration of the maturity date thereof.

The Notes also provide that if the Company completes any public
offering or private placement of its equity, equity-linked or debt
securities, the holder may, in its sole discretion, elect to apply
as purchase consideration for such transaction:

     (i) all, or any portion, of the then outstanding principal
amount of the Note and any accrued but unpaid interest, and
    (ii) any securities of the Company then held by the holder, at
their fair value.

A full-text copy of the form of Senior Promissory Note is available
at https://tinyurl.com/4hruarur

                    About Splash Beverage Group

Fort Lauderdale, Florida-based Splash Beverage Group, Inc. is a
portfolio company specializing in managing multiple brands across
various growth segments within the consumer beverage industry. The
Company focuses on incubating and acquiring brands with the aim of
accelerating them to higher volumes and increased sales revenue.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company and $22.2 million in total assets,
$13.5 million in total liabilities, and $8.7 million in total
stockholders' deficit.

Encino, Calif.-based Rose, Snyder & Jacobs LLP, the Company's
auditor since 2023, issued a "going concern" qualification dated
July 11, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. The report indicated
that the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and
has an accumulated deficit and a working capital deficiency that
raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.


ST. CHRISTOPHER’S: To Sell Vehicles & Equipment to Bryan Arredondo
--------------------------------------------------------------------
St. Christopher’s, Inc. and its affiliate, The McQuade
Foundation, seek permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of New York to sell automobiles and equipment at
a private sale, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

Other than the appointment of Ms. Sorvino as the Subchapter V
Trustee, no request for the appointment of a trustee or examiner
has been made in these Chapter 11 Cases and no statutory committees
have been appointed or designated.

In order to facilitate the Closings and under the authority of the
Orders which authorized the Debtors to take whatever actions were
necessary to implement the sales and the consent of the Dobbs Ferry
purchaser, the Debtors arranged for the proposed buyer, Bryan
Arredondo, to pick up the Automobiles and the Equipment on October
15, 2025 (as to Dobbs Ferry) and November 15-16, 2025 (as to Jennie
Clarkson and New Windsor), with no titles being conveyed until the
Motion was approved.

The Debtors and the proposed purchaser, Byron Arredondo, 34 Gaffney
Place, Yonkers, New York 10704, entered a Motor Vehicle and
Equipment Sales Agreement.

Mr. Arredondo is an individual that is in the business of
purchasing used automobiles and equipment, refurbishing them, and
selling them to third parties.

Mr. Arredondo made an offer to purchase certain automobiles and
equipment from the Debtors in the amount of $40,300.00 pursuant to
the Agreement, with a 10 per cent deposit, which the Debtors have
received.

Details and description of the motor vehicles and equipment of the
Debtors are also provided at: https://urlcurt.com/u?l=m2h53M

The Debtors established July 1, 2025 as the deadline for the
receipt of offers.

While a number of parties expressed interest in the Automobiles &
Equipment, Arredondo's proposed Agreement constituted the highest
offer received by the Deadline. The Agreement also provided for the
removal of all the Automobiles & Equipment from the Debtors'
property, thereby relieving the Debtors of having to dispose of the
Automobiles & Equipment and interfere with the Closings.

The Debtors have determined that the Agreement is the highest and
best offer for the Automobiles & Equipment.

Additionally, no commission is due under the Purchase Order which
will provide the Debtors with savings and further maximize the
benefit to the estates.

            About St. Christopher's Inc.

St. Christopher's, Inc. is a residential treatment center providing
services to children with special needs. It empowers children and
youth with special needs with the social emotional coping skills
and strengths they need -- and the healthcare, mental health and
social support services they require -- to enter adulthood
confident and equipped to meet life's challenges and
opportunities.

St. Christopher's and The McQuade Foundation filed petitions under
Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y.
Lead Case No. 24-22373) on April 29, 2024. Heidi Sorvino, Esq., at
White and Williams, LLP serves as Subchapter V trustee.

At the time of the filing, St. Christopher's reported $10 million
to $50 million in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities while McQuade reported $1 million to $10 million in
both assets and liabilities.

Judge Sean H. Lane presides over the cases.

Janice B. Grubin, Esq., at Barclay Damon, LLP represents the
Debtors as legal counsel.


STANDARD BUILDING: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Ba3' CFR to Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Standard Building Solutions Inc.'s
(Standard Building) Ba3 corporate family rating and Ba3-PD
Probability of Default Rating.  At the same time, Moody's affirmed
the Ba3 ratings on the company's senior unsecured notes and the
Baa3 rating on company's senior secured first lien term loan.  The
outlook was changed to stable from positive.

The outlook change to stable from positive reflects Standard
Building's moderating credit metrics and Moody's expectations that
significant improvement is unlikely in 2026 due to slow economic
growth, an unusually quiet storm season and inventory reductions at
the distribution level. Despite these weaknesses, margins remain
strong due to structural improvements and the inelastic nature of
the company's end markets. Moody's expects key credit metrics to
stay soft through 2026, with debt/EBITDA around 5.3x and
EBITA/Interest Expense near 3.0x. The company maintains very strong
liquidity with over $1 billion in cash as of September 28, 2025.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Standard Building's Ba3 Corporate Family Rating reflects Moody's
expectations of solid operating performance, with EBITA margins
projected to remain in the 13%–14% range through 2026. The
company is a global leader in roofing products, holding strong
market positions in North America and Europe. Demand for roofing
remains largely non-discretionary, and favorable long-term market
fundamentals support modest growth.

These strengths are offset by elevated financial leverage, with
debt-to-EBITDA at 5.1x as of September 28, 2025. Intense
competition and moderating end markets limit pricing flexibility
and constrain organic share gains. Moody's also expects the owners
to continue monetizing their investment through distributions,
which could be significant given minimal dividend restrictions
under the credit facilities.

Liquidity remains very strong, supported by robust cash flow
generation (before discretionary dividends), more than sufficient
cash to cover seasonal working capital needs and capital
expenditures, and full availability under the $850 million
asset-based revolver. Moody's do not anticipate revolver borrowings
other than letters of credit, given the company's substantial cash
position. The company has no material debt maturities until late
2026, when its euro-denominated notes come due.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

A ratings upgrade could occur if end markets remain supportive of
organic growth such that debt-to-EBITDA trends towards 4.25x.
Preservation of very good liquidity and conservative financial
policies would support upward ratings movement.

A ratings downgrade could occur if debt-to-EBITDA is sustained
above 5.25x or EBITA margin is sustained below 10%. Negative
ratings pressure may also transpire if the company experiences
weakening of liquidity or adopts aggressive shareholder return
initiatives or acquisitions.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Manufacturing
published in September 2025.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

Standard Building, headquartered in Parsippany, New Jersey, is the
leading manufacturer and marketer of roofing and related products
with operations primarily in North America and Europe. Trusts for
the benefit of the heirs of Ronnie F. Heyman, co-founder of
Standard Building, are the owners of Standard Building. Standard
Building's revenue for the 12 months ending September 28, 2025, was
$8.5 billion.


STEWARD HEALTH: Creditors Seek to Recover $1B in Cerberus Dividends
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Soma Biswas of The Wall Street Journal reports that Steward Health
Care System's trustee is targeting more than $1 billion in
dividends paid to Cerberus Capital Management prior to the hospital
chain’s 2024 bankruptcy. Trustee Mark Kronfeld claims these
payments were part of $3.4 billion in transfers that weakened
Steward financially and harmed unsecured creditors.

The amended complaint broadens the scope of litigation to focus on
Cerberus rather than primarily on CEO Ralph de la Torre and other
insiders, and also names former CFO Mark Rich as a defendant.
Cerberus has declined to comment on the lawsuit, the report
states.

According to the filing, $790 million in dividends were distributed
in 2016, primarily to Cerberus, immediately after which the company
was technically insolvent. Additional payments funded in 2020 and
2021 via arrangements with Medical Properties Trust added
significant financial burdens through rent and mortgage
obligations.

The lawsuit traces Steward's expansion under de la Torre,
describing how rapid acquisitions over a decade left the hospital
chain unable to manage its operations effectively. De la Torre
disputes the claims, emphasizing his personal and professional
investment in Steward, and asserts he will defend himself
vigorously, the report states.

                 About Steward Health Care

Steward Health Care System, LLC, owns and operates the largest
private physician-owned for-profit healthcare network in the U.S.
Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Steward's operations include 31
hospitals in eight states, approximately 400 facility locations,
4,500 primary and specialty care physicians, 3,600 staffed beds,
and nearly 30,000 employees. Steward Health Care provides care to
more than two million patients annually.

Steward and 166 affiliated debtors filed Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. S.D. Texas Lead Case No. 24-90213) on May 6, 2024. Judge
Christopher M. Lopez oversees the proceeding.

The Debtors tapped Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; McDermott Will & Emery as special corporate and regulatory
counsel; AlixPartners, LLP as financial advisor and John Castellano
of AlixPartners as chief restructuring officer. Lazard Freres & Co.
LLC, Leerink Partners LLC, and Cain Brothers, a division of KeyBanc
Capital Markets Inc., provide investment banking services to the
Debtors. Kroll is the claims agent.

Susan N. Goodman has been appointed as patient care ombudsman in
the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.


STM CONSTRUCTION: Employs Tittle Law Firm PLLC as Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------
STM Construction, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Eastern District of Texas to employ Tittle Law Firm, PLLC
to serve as its lead bankruptcy counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm will provide these services:

     (a) provide legal advice with respect to the Debtor's powers
and duties as debtor-in-possession in the continued operation of
its business and the management of its property;

     (b) take all necessary action to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate, including the prosecution of actions on behalf of
the Debtor, the defense of any actions commenced against the
Debtor, negotiations concerning litigation in which the Debtor is
involved, and objections to claims filed against the Debtor's
estates;

     (c) prepare on behalf of the Debtor necessary motions,
answers, orders, reports, and other legal papers in connection with
the administration of its estate;

     (d) assist the Debtor in preparing for and filing a plan of
reorganization at the earliest possible date;

     (e) perform any and all other legal services for the Debtor in
connection with the Debtor's Chapter 11 Case; and

     (f) perform such legal services as the Debtor may request with
respect to any matter, including, but not limited to, corporate
finance and governance, contracts, antitrust, labor, and tax.

TLF will charge for time at its normal billing rates for attorneys
and legal assistants and will request reimbursement for its
out-of-pocket expenses. TLF received a $20,000.00 retainer, against
which it drew $18,460.00 prior to the Petition Date.

According to court filings, TLF "has no known connections with the
Debtor, its creditors, or other parties in interest in this Chapter
11 Case, and does not hold or represent any other known or
reasonably ascertainable interest adverse to the Debtor's
estates."

The firm can be reached at:

     TITTLE LAW FIRM, PLLC
     1125 Legacy Dr., Ste. 230
     Frisco, TX 75034
     Telephone: (972) 213-2316
     E-mail: btittle@tittlelawgroup.com

                                   About STM Construction LLC

STM Construction LLC provides general contracting services,
including new construction, repairs, restorations, and build-outs,
for commercial and residential projects.

STM Construction LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 25-4323) on October 28,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

The Debtor is represented by Brandon John Tittle, Esq. of Tittle
Law Firm, PLLC.


STONEBRIAR ABF: Fitch Rates $750MM 8.1% Sr. Unsecured Notes 'BB'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB' rating with a Recovery Rating of
RR4 to the $750 million, 8.125% senior unsecured notes issued by
Stonebriar ABF Issuer LLC (Stonebriar) (BB/Stable), due Dec. 15,
2030.

The assignment of the final ratings follows the receipt of
documents conforming to the information previously received.

Key Rating Drivers

Solid Franchise; Strong Asset Quality: The ratings reflect
Stonebriar's niche position as a market leader in the equipment
financing sector, strong asset quality, adequate unsecured funding
mix, appropriate leverage, solid cash flow generation with
consistent operating performance through various cycles, and the
quality and experience of its senior management team.

Business Model and Concentrations Constrain Rating: Stonebriar's
ratings are primarily constrained by the monoline nature and
cyclicality of its business model, significant obligor
concentration relative to other large equipment finance companies
and the potential impact of new financial policies following the
January 2025 organizational restructuring and management
internalization within the parent company, Eldridge Industries
(Eldridge).

Stable Outlook: The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation
that Stonebriar's leverage and unsecured funding mix will remain
within the 'bb' category benchmark ranges over the Outlook horizon
and that the credit quality of the company's borrower base will
remain sound.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Leverage at or approaching 6.0x, on Fitch's basis;

- A material decline in profitability, such that pre-tax ROAA is
sustained below 2%;

- Rapid asset growth that is not accompanied by a commensurate
increase in the risk management infrastructure;

- Material deterioration in asset quality metrics; and/or

- Weakening of the liquidity profile.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Enhanced portfolio diversity;

- Sustained reduction in leverage, on Fitch's basis, below 4.5x;

- Further expansion of the firm's franchise and market position
while maintaining strong asset quality and consistent earnings
performance; and/or

- An increase in unsecured debt exceeding 35% of total debt.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: KEY RATING DRIVERS

The senior unsecured debt is equalized with Stonebriar's Long-Term
IDR, reflecting the funding mix and average recovery prospects for
unsecured debtholders in a stress scenario due to the size of the
unencumbered asset base.

DEBT AND OTHER INSTRUMENT RATINGS: RATING SENSITIVITIES

The senior unsecured debt rating is primarily sensitive to changes
in Stonebriar's Long-Term IDR and, secondarily, to the funding mix
and level of unencumbered balance sheet assets in a stress scenario
relative to the outstanding debt. A decline in unencumbered asset
coverage, combined with a material increase in secured debt, could
result in notching the unsecured debt down from the Long-Term IDR.

ADJUSTMENTS

The Standalone Credit Profile (SCP) has been assigned in line with
the implied SCP.

The Business Profile score has been assigned below the implied
score due to the following adjustment reason(s): Business model
(negative).

The Asset Quality score has been assigned below the implied score
due to the following adjustment reason(s): Concentrations; asset
performance (negative).

The Earnings & Profitability score has been assigned below the
implied score due to the following adjustment reason(s): Revenue
diversification (negative).

Date of Relevant Committee

05-Nov-2025

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating          Recovery   Prior
   -----------             ------          --------   -----
Stonebriar ABF
Issuer LLC

   senior unsecured     LT BB  New Rating    RR4      BB(EXP)


STORYBUILT LLC: Receiver Says $2B Valuation Unrealistic
-------------------------------------------------------
Cody Baird of Austin Business Journal reports that barely any
progress has been made in monetizing StoryBuilt's joint-venture
interests, and the court-appointed receiver has sharply revised
expectations for the company's once-touted development pipeline.
According to a recent update, Los Angeles-based Stapleton Group
found that the prior $2 billion valuation attached to StoryBuilt's
projects is no longer realistic, given current market conditions
and the company’s financial distress.

The receiver reported that many of the joint-venture assets have
underperformed or stalled, limiting opportunities to generate
liquidity for creditors. Stapleton Group's assessment underscores
the deep challenges facing the Austin-based urban developer, which
collapsed under mounting debts and unfinished projects spread
across multiple states, the report relays.

                    About StoryBuilt LLC

StoryBuilt is a real estate development, commercial development,
urban infill, and architecture company.

StoryBuilt entered voluntary receivership in August 2023 after a
severe financial breakdown marked by significant layoffs of roughly
137 employees and escalating liquidity issues.

The court appointed the Los Angeles-based Stapleton Group as
receiver, granting it full authority over the company’s assets,
operations, and development projects to oversee liquidation, manage
claims, and work toward repaying creditors.


STRAVINSKY HOLDINGS: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 17
-------------------------------------------------------------------
On November 12, 2025, Stravinsky Holdings Inc. filed Chapter 
protection in the Southern District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million and $10
million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. 

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on December
17, 2025 at 01:00 PM To access telephonic 341 meeting, call
888-330-1716 and enter passcode 1657991#.

         About Stravinsky Holdings Inc.

Stravinsky Holdings Inc., doing business as KW Central Coast,
operates a real-estate brokerage office in Pismo Beach, California.
The Company provides residential and commercial real estate
services through its network of licensed agents, offering training,
technology, and access to a preferred-vendor network.  It is part
of Keller Williams Realty, LLC, a global franchise with over
165,000 agents and 1,000+ offices.

Stravinsky Holdings Inc. sought relief under Chapter  of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Cal. Case No. 25-04738) on November
12, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets up
to $50,000 and estimated liabilities between $1 million and $10
million.
.
Honorable Bankruptcy Judge J Barrett Marum handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Andy Warshaw, Esq. of DIMARCO
WARSHAWSKY, APLC.


STRUNZ MILK: Hires Richman & Richman LLC as Legal Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------
Strunz MIlk Transport LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Wisconsin to hire Richman &
Richman LLC to serve as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

Richman & Richman LLC will provide these services:

(a) advising the Debtor with respect to its powers and duties as
debtor in possession and the continued management and operation of
its businesses and properties;

(b) assisting the Debtor with the continuation of DIP operations
and monthly reporting requirements;

(c) advising the Debtor and taking all necessary action to protect
and preserve the Debtor's estates, including prosecuting actions on
behalf of the Debtor, defending any actions commenced against the
Debtor, and representing the Debtor's interests in negotiations
concerning litigation in which the Debtor is involved;

(d) preparing bankruptcy schedules, amendments to bankruptcy
schedules, statements of financial affairs, and all related
documents as necessary;

(e) assisting with the preparation of a plan of reorganization and
the related negotiations and hearings;

(f) preparing pleadings in connection with the Chapter 11 case,
including motions, applications, answers, orders, reports, and
papers necessary or otherwise beneficial to the administration of
the Debtor's estate;

(g) analyzing executory contracts and unexpired leases, and the
potential assumptions, assignments, or rejections of such contracts
and leases;

(h) advising the Debtor in connection with any potential sales of
assets;

(i) appearing at and being involved in various proceedings before
this Court or other courts to assert or protect the interests of
the Debtor and its estate;

(j) analyzing claims and prosecuting any meritorious claim
objections; and

(k) performing other legal services for the Debtor that may be
necessary and proper in connection with this Case.

Richman & Richman LLC will charge hourly rates ranging from $150 to
$625, with these primary professionals' rates:

-- Claire Ann Richman, Member, $625 per hour
-- Eliza M. Reyes, Senior Associate, $495 per hour
-- David T. Fowle, Paralegal, $250 per hour
-- Kiran K. Hayer, Paralegal, $225 per hour
-- Law Clerks, $195-$225 per hour

Richman & Richman LLC is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to
court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Richman & Richman LLC
122 W. Washington Ave., Suite 850
Madison, WI 53703

                          About Strunz Milk Transport LLC

Strunz Milk Transport LLC is a limited liability company.

Strunz Milk Transport LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Wis. Case No. 25-12481) on
November 12, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets and liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Thomas M. Lynch handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Eliza M. Reyes, Esq. of Richman &
Richman LLC.


TEADS HOLDING: Fitch Lowers Issuer Default Rating to CCC+
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded Teads Holding Co. and OT Midco. Inc.'s
(collectively, Teads) Issuer Default Rating (IDR) to 'CCC+' from
'BB-'. Fitch has also downgraded the senior secured instruments to
'CCC+' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR4'.

The downgrade reflects delays in successful merger integration,
which prevented Teads from achieving its projected EBITDA of $180
million for 2025. Consequently, the company's financial risk
profile has materially deteriorated. The downgrade also reflects
the possibility that the company may not be able to realize
substantial revenue growth and cost optimization in 2026, which
could delay deleveraging prospects and result in further negative
rating actions.

Teads' elevated leverage and weakened interest coverage ratios are
consistent with Fitch's highly speculative-grade credits. These
pressures are partially offset by Teads' healthy position as one of
the leading players in the ad-tech sector.

Key Rating Drivers

High Leverage, Integration Challenges: Fitch projects Teads' EBITDA
leverage to be around 8.0x by YE 2025. Its expectation for 2025
EBITDA is $80 million, slightly below the company's guidance of
between $83 million and $93 million. This is a significant
deviation from management's initial guidance of $180 million, which
was announced in 1Q25, due to limited sales opportunities from
integration challenges following its merger with Outbrain. Fitch
expects Teads' EBITDA leverage to remain elevated going into 2026.
However, significant deleveraging will depend on Teads' top-line
growth while managing operating costs.

Fitch's initial view of the merger aligned closely with
management's expectations, given the companies' largely overlapping
industry focus. Fitch expects the merger to strengthen the combined
entity's competitive position in the fragmented digital advertising
market by uniting technological assets, leveraging global
audiences, and unlocking cross-selling opportunities. However,
these benefits have not materialized due to
greater-than-anticipated integration challenges. Teads expects
recent enhancements to its leadership team to improve financial
performance in 2026.

Adequate Liquidity: Fitch views Teads' liquidity as adequate to
support operations over the next 12 months. As of 3Q25, the company
reported total liquidity of $238 million, comprising $138 million
in cash and equivalents and full availability under its $100
million RCF maturing in 2030. The revolver is subject to a
springing covenant, if utilization is above 40%. Based on current
visibility, Fitch does not anticipate any significant revolver draw
over the next 12 months as Fitch expects Teads to use its cash
reserves to cover any FCF shortfalls.

Teads' capital structure is anchored by a senior secured note
maturing in 2030. The absence of annual principal repayments offers
the company substantial financial flexibility over the near term,
which is a critical period for achieving its integration
objectives. Fitch expects Teads to deliver neutral FCF in 2026.
However, any shortfall against its projection could trigger
additional downward pressure on the rating in the coming quarters.

Flat EBITDA Margin Outlook: Fitch expects Teads' EBITDA margins to
be mostly flat for 2026. However, its expectations could change if
the company can improve its revenue and rationalize costs over the
next few quarters. Management has indicated it continues to
prioritize cost optimization. Teads has recently strengthened its
leadership team to improve revenue growth, a move that should
support margin expansion over time. However, these initiatives are
still in their early implementation phase.

Potential Negative AI Impact on Traffic: Based on current
visibility, Fitch believes the impact of AI will be limited on
intent-based web visits, which Teads mostly relies on.
Nevertheless, Fitch expects digital publishers to face long-term
disruption risk from the rapid evolution of AI and large language
models. These technologies may disintermediate traditional content
portals and reduce user reliance on legacy web-based search and
aggregation platforms. Users increasingly seek direct,
conversational answers from AI models, many of which bypass
publisher sites. This shift has the potential to reduce page views,
thereby lowering monetization opportunities for companies like
Teads.

Highly Competitive Environment: Teads faces competition from major
players such as Google, Meta, and other smaller private players.
The competitive pressure from the majors could intensify if they
decide to target the Open Internet space as part of their growth
strategy or leverage their position to make unfavorable changes to
browsers, operating systems, and other platforms. Additionally,
Teads encounters competitive risks in its relationships with
publishers, which may affect its revenue generating capabilities.

Peer Analysis

Fitch does not publicly rate any direct peers to Teads but
maintains ratings on companies such as Red Ventures and AP Core
(dba Yahoo), which are heavily reliant on digital advertising
dollars.

Red Ventures (B+/Stable) ratings highlight its digital advertising
leadership and customer acquisition expertise, leveraging
technology and data analytics. Red Ventures' ratings also consider
low entry barriers and high customer concentration in the industry.
AP Core (B-/Stable) has a leading portfolio of diversified digital
content assets with good traffic but faces meaningful competition
in each of its verticals such as mail, news, finance and sports.
Both Red Ventures and AP Core, have relatively better financial
risk profiles compared to Teads, as evidenced by their relatively
lower leverage and healthy liquidity positions.

Key Assumptions

- Modest revenue growth in the low-single-digit range for 2026 as
the company continues to improve its organizational strategy and
iron-out operational issues post-merger;

- Connected-TV is expected to see continued revenue growth well
into 2026;

- EBITDA margins in the mid- to high-single-digit range, driven by
better revenue growth in 2026 and improved cost rationalization;

- Capex intensity of 2% over the medium term;

- No shareholder return programs over the rating horizon.

Recovery Analysis

The recovery analysis assumes that Teads would be reorganized as a
going-concern in bankruptcy rather than liquidated.

Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim, and that the revolver
is fully drawn.

Fitch assumes substantial revenue declines driven by competitive
pressures and integration challenges that Teads is unable to offset
but can lower costs to conserve EBITDA. As a result, GC EBITDA
declines to around $70 million.

Fitch's GC EBITDA estimate reflects its view of a sustainable,
post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which Fitch bases the
enterprise valuation.

Fitch assumes Teads will receive a going-concern recovery EV
multiple of 5.5x GC EBITDA. The multiple is just below AP Core
Holdings, which is heavily ad-centric and maintains a strong
position in each of its segments. Teads multiple is also mostly
in-line with Fitch's median TMT emergence multiple of 5.9x.

The recovery analysis results in an 'RR4' Recovery Rating for the
company's secured first lien debt, which corresponds to the
company's IDR of 'CCC+'.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- Further liquidity deterioration due to continued negative FCF
generation;

- Consistent revenue and EBITDA declines driving EBITDA interest
coverage to be sustained below 1.2x with limited revolver
availability;

- A material decline in debt-terms that is considered a distressed
debt exchange (DDE) under Fitch's Corporate Rating Criteria.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Improving EBITDA generation resulting in better FCF generation
that supports the build-up of cash reserves;

- EBITDA leverage sustained below 6.0x.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

As of the end of September 2025, the company had $138 million of
cash and equivalents on-hand, as well as full availability on its
$100 million super-senior revolver due 2030. Fitch expects Teads to
generate neutral to negative FCF over the next 12 months, and Fitch
expects the company to draw on its cash balance to manage outflows.
The company's debt stack is primarily comprised of its 10% senior
secured note due 2030.

Issuer Profile

Teads is a leading technology platform that connects media owners
and advertisers with engaged audiences to drive business outcomes
across the Open Internet.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Sector Forecasts Monitor
data file which aggregates key data points used in its credit
analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt            Rating           Recovery   Prior
   -----------            ------           --------   -----
Teads Holding Co.   LT IDR CCC+ Downgrade             BB-

OT MidCo Inc.       LT IDR CCC+ Downgrade             BB-

   senior secured   LT     CCC+ Downgrade    RR4      BB+


TEADS HOLDING: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'B-', Outlook Negative
-----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit ratings on advertising
technology provider Teads Holding Co. (formally Outbrain Inc.) and
its financing subsidiary OT Midco Inc. to 'B-' from 'B+'.

At the same time, S&P revised its recovery rating on OT Midco' s
senior secured debt to '4' from '2' and lowered its issue-level
rating on the debt to 'B-' from 'BB-'.

The negative outlook reflects S&P's expectation for the company's
operating performance to remain challenged over the next 12 months
as it continues to work through its integration challenges,
resulting in leverage above 6x and minimal free operating cash flow
(FOCF) generation in 2026.

Teads has materially underperformed our expectations for the rating
due to delays in the integration of its legacy Outbrain and Teads
businesses, coupled with a challenged macroeconomic environment.

S&P's leverage expectations have substantially increased to about
15x in 2025 and 6.3x in 2026 compared with past expectations of
3x-4x.

S&P said, "The downgrade to 'B-' reflects Teads materially
underperforming our expectations for the rating. We expect leverage
of 15x in 2025 and for the company to generate negative reported
FOCF of about $25 million, compared with past expectations of
leverage of 4.1x and break-even FOCF. We expect leverage to improve
in 2026 to 6.3x along with break-even FOCF, but well below our past
expectations of leverage of 3.1x and FOCF generation of about $50
million."

The material underperformance results from delays integrating
legacy Outbrain and Teads that have led to depressed revenue growth
and EBITDA generation, particularly in its three largest markets:
the U.S., U.K., and France (50% of revenue). Other operational
issues include a greater-than-expected pullback in spending due a
deliberate reduction in partners on both its supply-side and
demand-side platforms as part of partner rationalization efforts,
declining page views on premium publishers partly due to increased
adoption of AI summaries, and shorter planning cycles and reduced
ads budget from advertisers given macroeconomic weakness.

As a result, the company recently reduced its 2025 EBITDA forecast
to about $90 million (excluding $20 million-$30 million of
acquisition and restructuring costs) from $180 million at the
beginning of the year. S&P expects S&P Global Ratings-adjusted
EBITDA (inclusive of acquisition and restructuring costs) of $43
million in 2025.

EBITDA improves in 2026, but visibility remains limited. S&P said,
"We expect Teads' S&P Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA improves to
$103 million in 2026, driven mainly by cost reduction and 2%-4%
revenue growth. The company expects to fully realize $35 million of
annualized cost savings in 2026 from cost reduction efforts, along
with the roll-off of one-time acquisition and restructuring costs
in 2025. We also expect a slight EBITDA improvement from revenue
growth given efforts by the company to retool its management and
sales teams to better cross-sell legacy Teads and Outbrain products
and attract more premium advertisers." Connected-TV (CTV)
advertising is also a growth opportunity for the company given
positive industry tailwinds but is a small portion of its overall
revenue.

Visibility into future performance remains opaque due to the short
lead times of digital advertising, and the company continues to
operate in a highly competitive and fragmented industry dominated
by larger players such as Alphabet and Meta, along with increasing
competition from AI offerings. S&P also believes it will take
additional time for the company to resolve ongoing integration
issues. Further delays could lead to continued operating
underperformance resulting in elevated leverage and an inability to
generate positive FOCF.

Teads will maintain sufficient liquidity beyond the next 12 months
to support its operations. S&P said, "We expect the company to end
the year with about $130 million of cash on the balance sheet,
along with availability on its revolver, which we assume is limited
at 40% of the $100 million availability to avoid a covenant breach.
This provides the company with ample liquidity to sustain
challenged performance beyond the next 12 months. We view a
liquidity shortfall as unlikely because Teads has no significant
debt maturities until 2030 and believe its cash flow will be
sufficient for the company to meet its $64 million of annual
interest payments."

The current large discount on the company' s debt (60% of par) does
present an opportunity for it to lower its cash interest and debt
burden. S&P said, "We could view any near-term debt buybacks as
opportunistic given its unlikely the company would default absent a
transaction. We also view it unlikely the company would
significantly draw down its cash position to make a material debt
repurchase until it has worked through its integration and
operational challenges."

However, any significant debt repurchase at a discount to par could
be considered a distressed debt restructuring, if its notes
continue to trade at a significant discount and the company is
unable to improve its operating prospects such that leverage
remains elevated, and FOCF is negative absent such a transaction.

The negative outlook reflects S&P's expectation for the company' s
operating performance to remain challenged over the next 12 months
as it continues to work through its integration challenges,
resulting in leverage above 6x and minimal FOCF generation in
2026.

S&P could lower its rating on Teads if:

-- S&P views the company's capital structure as unsustainable due
to persistent Integration issues and/or adverse economic conditions
such that revenue trends do no stabilize and it cannot generate
sustainably positive FOCF over the next six to 12 months; or

-- S&P views there is increased likelihood of the company
completing a distressed debt restructuring.

S&P could revise its outlook on Teads to stable over the next 12
months if:

-- Revenue trends stabilize and the company returns to growth;

-- The company realizes its identified cost synergies; and

-- It generates positive FOCF.



TOPGOLF CALLAWAY: Moody's Confirms B1 CFR, Alters Outlook to Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings confirmed Topgolf Callaway Brands Corp.'s ("Topgolf
Callaway") B1 Corporate Family Rating, B1-PD Probability of Default
Rating, and the B1 rating on the senior secured term loan B.
Topgolf Callaway's SGL-1 speculative grade liquidity rating is
unchanged. The outlook changed to stable from ratings under review.
The rating actions conclude the review for downgrade commenced on
August 19, 2024 following Topgolf Callaway's announcement that it
was considering strategic alternatives for the Topgolf
International, Inc. (Topgolf) entertainment business including a
potential tax-free spinoff of the segment into an independent
company.              

On November 18, 2025, Topgolf Callaway announced that it entered
into a definitive agreement to sell a 60% equity stake in its
Topgolf entertainment business to Leonard Green for an implied
equity value of approximately $1.1 billion. After associated
financing transactions, the company expects to receive roughly $770
million in net cash proceeds. The sale is expected to close in the
first quarter of 2026, subject to regulatory approvals. Topgolf
Callaway will retain a 40% minority interest in the Topgolf
business and is restricted from selling its interest for a period
of two years. In conjunction with the sale, Topgolf Callaway is
requesting consent from lenders to amend its $1.25 billion term
loan B facility to accommodate the separation of Topgolf. The
Topgolf subsidiaries will be released from the term loan's
collateral and guarantee package, and Topgolf Callaway will prepay
$500 million of the term loan and pay a modest consent fee when the
transaction closes. Topgolf Callaway will execute the debt paydown
at closing alongside the Topgolf equity sale. Topgolf Callaway is
also amending its asset-backed lending facility to accommodate the
separation but is not changing the size or pricing on the facility
at this time. Topgolf Callaway Brands Corp. plans to change its
name to Callaway Golf Company at the close of the transaction
("Callaway").

Moody's are confirming the company's B1 CFR because Moody's expects
the standalone Callaway business will have good financial
flexibility due to the meaningful debt repayment and a sizable cash
position. Moody's anticipates Callaway will operate with
considerably lower leverage and generate more consistent free cash
flow. Moody's expects that debt-to-EBITDA will decline to a mid-4x
range in 2026 (pro forma for standalone Callaway) from roughly 6.8x
as of September 2025 on a combined-entity basis. Cash is expected
to increase to about $1.1 billion pro forma for the sales proceeds
after factoring in the committed $500 million term loan repayment.
Moody's expects the company to utilize the cash to repay the
roughly $258 million of debt outstanding on the 2.75% convertible
senior notes that mature in May 2026, for reinvestment and share
repurchases. The cash position was bolstered by the sale of Jack
Wolfskin for $286 million that closed in Q1 2025. Separating
Topgolf removes the burden of Topgolf's heavy capital spending for
new venues, which has been a drain on free cash flow. It will also
simplify Callaway's capital structure by eliminating venue
financing debt and deemed landlord financing obligations, reducing
financial complexity and enhancing transparency. Callaway will
retain a 40% ownership interest in Topgolf and could elect to
provide capital to support the investment, though there are no
specific funding obligations. The majority of Topgolf Callaway's
leases are expected to stay with the Topgolf business and the
reduction in interest expense, including a portion from leases, to
roughly $65 million from well above $200 million will support good
free cash flow generation at Callaway.

These positive factors offset the reduction in business diversity.
Callaway retains a leading market position in the competitive and
discretionary golf equipment, balls, and apparel businesses.
Operating earnings in these core segments is volatile and dependent
on the timing of new product releases. Moody's nevertheless believe
continued healthy golf participation and Callaway's good investment
flexibility will support solid earnings and comfortably positive
free cash flow.

Liquidity is very good as indicated by the company's SGL-1
speculative grade liquidity rating. The company expects to have
roughly $1.1 billion in cash after the debt repayment on the term
loan. The cash provides good coverage of the $258 million
convertible notes that mature in May 2026. Moody's expects the
company will gradually reduce the cash balance through reinvestment
in the business, share repurchases, or potential further debt
repayment. Moody's projects free cash flow pro forma for the
separation of roughly $90 million in 2026 that along with borrowing
capacity on its undrawn $425 million ABL provides considerable
cushion to support operating cash requirements including seasonal
needs.

The B1 rating on the $1.25 billion original principal secured term
loan, the same level as the B1 CFR, reflects that the term loan is
the preponderance of funded debt at Topgolf Callaway. The term loan
is secured by a first priority lien on all assets of Topgolf
Callaway and guarantors, as well as a second lien on inventory and
accounts receivable (ABL priority collateral). The company's $250
million unsecured convertible notes due May 2026 are not guaranteed
and are effectively subordinated to the term loan and ABL revolver.
The rating on the term loan could decline if the convertible notes
are repaid because the notes currently provide loss-absorption
cushion in the event of a default.

RATING RATIONALE

Topgolf Callaway's B1 CFR reflects its moderate financial leverage
pro forma for the debt repayment expected following the November
2025 announced transaction to sell a 60% interest in the Topgolf
entertainment business. Moody's expects debt-to-EBITDA leverage
will decline to a mid-4.0x levels in 2026 from 6.8x for the last 12
months ending September 2025 due to meaningful debt repayment from
the proceeds of the Topgolf and Jack Wolfskin asset sales. High
leverage nevertheless remains a credit risk considering the
discretionary nature of the golf equipment, accessories and apparel
categories. The company is vulnerable to shifts in discretionary
consumer spending and consistent investment in new product
development and marketing is necessary to maintain competitive
equipment offerings. Equipment is largely manufactured outside of
the US, creating vulnerability to supply chain disruptions and
tariffs. However, roughly half of the golf ball revenue is
manufactured in the US helping partially mitigate this risk.
Topgolf Callaway's credit profile is supported by its strong market
position and good geographic and segment diversification within
golf equipment and apparel. The credit profile also reflects
Topgolf Callaway's very good liquidity, large scale, and good
product performance from the golf equipment business. The company
is targeting to operate the core golf and apparel business after
the Topgolf disposition at 3.0x or below net debt-to-EBITDA
leverage (based on the company's calculation).

RATINGS RATIONALE / FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR
DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that the company
will reduce debt-to-EBITDA leverage to a mid-4.0x range in 2026 and
will maintain a financial policy that supports operating with
leverage in this range. The outlook also factors in Moody's
expectation that the company will maintain at least good liquidity
with a solid cash buffer to fund maturities, affording it
flexibility to invest and navigate any operational challenges in
the coming year.

Ratings, assuming the Topgolf sale closes, could be upgraded if
operating earnings improve across the company's golf and apparel
businesses. An upgrade would also require the company to maintain
good liquidity, generate consistent and comfortably positive free
cash flow, and sustain debt-to-EBITDA below 4.0x.

Ratings for standalone Callaway could be downgraded if operating
earnings, free cash flow, liquidity deteriorate due to factors such
as shifts in consumer demand, rising costs or increased
competition. A downgrade could also occur if Moody's adjusted
debt-to-EBITDA is sustained above 5.0x or if financial policy
becomes more aggressive.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Consumer
Durables published in September 2021.

The net effect of any adjustments applied to rating factor scores
or scorecard outputs under the primary methodology(ies), if any,
was not material to the ratings addressed in this announcement.

Topgolf Callaway Brands Corp., (formerly known as Callaway Golf
Company) is headquartered in Carlsbad, CA, and manufactures and
sells golf clubs, golf balls, and golf and lifestyle apparel and
accessories. The company's portfolio of global brands includes
Callaway Golf, Odyssey, OGIO, and TravisMathew. On November 18,
2025, Topgolf Callaway announced that it will sell its wholly owned
Topgolf International, Inc. (TGI), a business it acquired in March
2021 that owns and operates 98 golfing entertainment centers in the
US, four in the U.K., and an additional eight international
franchised locations. Topgolf Callaway is a publicly-traded company
with consolidated revenue of $4.1 billion for the 12 months ended
September 30, 2025 (including TGI). Moody's expects standalone
Callaway will generate north of $2 billion in revenue annually.


TRIMONT ENERGY GIB: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------
Trimont Energy (GIB), LLC received 21st interim approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana to
continue to use cash collateral.

The court's 21st interim order approved the use of cash collateral
for the period from Oct. 25, 2023, through the date which is five
business days following a declaration to terminate, reduce or
restrict the ability to use cash collateral by the Debtor.

Certain entities may possess oil and gas liens under the Louisiana
Oil Well Lien Act (LOWLA) on oil and gas assets owned by the
Debtor.

As protection against any diminution in value of their interests in
the pre-bankruptcy collateral, the LOWLA lienholders will be
granted valid and perfected security interests in, and liens on,
the Debtor's assets. These liens do not apply to any Chapter 5
causes of action and the proceeds, thereof.  

To the extent the liens granted prove to be inadequate, the LOWLA
lienholders will receive superpriority administrative expense
claims, subject to a fee carveout.

The termination events under the 21st interim order include the
filing by the Debtor of documents pertaining to a
debtor-in-possession financing that adversely effects the LOWLA
lienholders' liens; a default by the Debtor in reporting financial
information; dismissal or conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case; the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee or examiner with
enlarged powers;  or other responsible person; and the failure by
the Debtor to perform its obligations under the 21st interim
order.

The next hearing is set for December 16.

The 21st interim order is available at https://is.gd/YpjPq2 from
PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Trimont Energy (GIB)

Trimont Energy (GIB), LLC is a Houston-based company, which
operates in the oil and gas extraction industry.

The Debtor filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. La. Case No. 23-11869) on Oct. 25,
2023, with $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities. Christopher O. Ryals, chief restructuring officer,
signed the petition.

Judge Meredith S. Grabill oversees the case.

Douglas S. Draper, Esq., at Heller, Draper & Horn, LLC represents
the Debtor as legal counsel.


TRIMONT ENERGY LIMITED: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------------------
Trimont Energy Limited, Inc. received 21st interim approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana to
use cash collateral.

The court's 21st interim order approved the use of cash collateral
for the period from Oct. 25, 2023, through the date which is five
business days following a declaration to terminate, reduce or
restrict the ability to use cash collateral by the Debtor.

Certain entities may possess oil and gas liens under the Louisiana
Oil Well Lien Act (LOWLA) on oil and gas assets owned by the
Debtor.

As adequate protection against any diminution in value of their
interests in the pre-bankruptcy collateral, the LOWLA lienholders
will be granted valid and perfected security interests in, and
liens on, the Debtor's assets. These liens do not apply to any
Chapter 5 causes of action and the proceeds, thereof.  

To the extent the liens granted prove to be inadequate, the LOWLA
lienholders will receive superpriority administrative expense
claims, subject to a carveout.

The termination events under the 21st interim order include the
filing by the Debtor of documents pertaining to a
debtor-in-possession financing that adversely effects the LOWLA
lienholders' liens; a default by the Debtor in reporting financial
information; dismissal or conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case; the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee or examiner with
enlarged powers;  or other responsible person; and the failure by
the Debtor to perform its obligations under the 21st interim
order.

The next hearing is set for December 16.

The 21st interim order is available at https://is.gd/pDT594 from
PacerMonitor.com.

                 About Trimont Energy Limited Inc.

Trimont Energy Limited, Inc., a company in Houston, Texas, filed
its voluntary petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. La.
Case No. 23-11872) on October 25, 2023, listing between $1 million
and $50 million in both assets and liabilities. Christopher O.
Ryals, chief restructuring officer, signed the petition.

Judge Meredith S. Grabill oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Douglas S. Draper, Esq.
   Heller, Draper & Horn L.L.C.
   Tel: 504-299-3300
   Email: ddraper@hellerdraper.com


TRIMONT ENERGY NOW: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------
Trimont Energy (NOW), LLC received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana to use cash
collateral.

The court's 21th interim order approved the use of cash collateral
for the period from Oct. 25, 2023, through the date which is five
business days following a declaration to terminate, reduce or
restrict the ability to use cash collateral by the Debtor.

Certain entities may possess oil and gas liens under the Louisiana
Oil Well Lien Act (LOWLA) on oil and gas assets owned by the
Debtor.

As protection against any diminution in value of their interests in
the pre-bankruptcy collateral, the LOWLA lienholders will be
granted valid and perfected security interests in, and liens on,
the Debtor's assets. These liens do not apply to any Chapter 5
causes of action and the proceeds, thereof.  

To the extent the liens granted prove to be inadequate, the LOWLA
lienholders will receive allowed superpriority administrative
expense claims, subject to a fee carveout.

The termination events under the 21th interim order include the
filing by the Debtor of documents pertaining to a
debtor-in-possession financing that adversely effects the LOWLA
lienholders' liens; a default by the Debtor in reporting financial
information; dismissal or conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case; the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee or examiner with
enlarged powers; or other responsible person; and the failure by
the Debtor to perform its obligations under the 21th interim
order.

The next hearing is set for December 16.

The 21st interim order is available at https://is.gd/4o2Caz from
PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Trimont Energy (Now)

Trimont Energy (NOW) LLC, a company in Houston, Texas, filed its
voluntary petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. La. Case
No. 23-11868) on October 25, 2023, listing $1 million to $10
million in both assets and liabilities. Christopher O. Ryals, chief
restructuring officer, signed the petition.

Judge Meredith S. Grabill oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Heller, Draper, & Horn, LLC as legal counsel;
Chaffe & Associates, Inc. as financial advisor; and Christopher O.
Ryals of RCO Capital, LLC as chief operating officer.


TURNER PAVING: Hires Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Turner Paving & Construction, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas to hire Lewis
Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith LLP to serve as general bankruptcy
counsel.

LBBS will provide these services:

     (a) advise the Debtor concerning its rights, powers, and
responsibilities under the Bankruptcy Code, Federal Rules of
Bankruptcy Procedure, and Local Bankruptcy Rules, and the
requirements of the United States Trustee pertaining to its rights
and duties as debtor-in-possession in the continued operation of
its business and affairs and its administration of the bankruptcy
estate;

     (b) prepare motions, applications, answers, orders, memoranda,
reports, papers, and any other pleadings necessary to further the
Debtor's interests and objectives, in connection with the
administration of the bankruptcy estate;

     (c) provide legal services with respect to formulating and
negotiating a plan of reorganization or liquidation, or a
structured dismissal of this Bankruptcy Case, and other legal
services for the Debtor as may be required and appropriate during
the course of this Bankruptcy Case;

     (d) provide representation in all negotiations and proceedings
involving the Debtor in matters relating to, inter alia, the
administration of the bankruptcy estate;

     (e) protect and preserve the bankruptcy estate by prosecuting
and defending actions commenced by or against the Debtor, pursuing
and resolving disputes through mediation when feasible, and
preparing necessary objections to proofs of claim or interests
filed in this Bankruptcy Case;

     (f) investigate and prosecute preference avoidance, fraudulent
transfer, and other actions arising under the Debtor's avoiding
powers; and

     (g) render such other legal advice and services as the Debtor
may require in connection with this Bankruptcy Case and any related
proceedings.

LBBS attorneys will bill at hourly rates ranging from $350 to $650,
and paraprofessionals will bill at $175 per hour.

Primary billing rates include:

-- Michael D. Sydow: $650
-- Bennett G. Fisher: $550
-- Guy R. Macarol: $400
-- Audrey E. Ramirez: $350

LBBS is a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Section
101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Bennett G. Fisher, Esq.
Guy R. Macarol, Esq.
LEWIS BRISBOIS BISGAARD & SMITH
24 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1400
Houston, TX 77046
Telephone: (346) 241-4095
Facsimile: (713) 759-6830
Email: bennett.fisher@lewisbrisbois.com
        guy.macarol@lewisbrisbois.com

                           About Turner Paving & Construction

Turner Paving & Construction, Inc. is a construction company that
serves as general contractor for property owners and developers to
provide excavation, concrete paving, and site preparation
services.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No. 25-32996) on May 29, 2025. At the
time of the filing, the Debtor estimated assets of between $500,001
to $1 million and liabilities of between $500,001 to $1 million.

Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case.

Lewis Brisbois Bisgaard & Smith, LLP is Debtor's legal counsel.


TWISTED SKY: Hires Chad Van Horn Law Group as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------
Twisted Sky High Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania to hire Chad Van Horn,
Esq., of Van Horn Law Group, P.A. and its regular associates to
serve as legal counsel.

Mr. Van Horn will provide these services:

(a) give the Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession legal advice with
respect to its powers and duties in these proceedings;

(b) advise the Debtor regarding compliance with the U.S. Trustee's
Operating Guidelines and Reporting Requirements and the rules of
the court;

(c) prepare on behalf of the Debtor and Debtor-in-Possession
motions, pleadings, orders, applications, adversary proceedings,
and other legal documents necessary in the administration of the
case;

(d) protect the interests of the Debtor in all matters pending
before the court; and

(e) represent the Debtor in negotiations with its creditors in the
preparation of a plan.

Mr. Van Horn will receive an hourly rate of $500, and hourly rates
of $150 to $450 apply to associates, paralegals, and law clerks.

Van Horn Law Group, P.A. is a "disinterested person" within the
meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to
court filings.

The firm can be reached at:

Chad T. Van Horn, Esq.
Van Horn Law Group, P.A.
500 NE 4th Street, Suite 200
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301
Telephone: (954) 637-0000
E-mail: chad@cvhlawgroup.com

                              About Twisted Sky High Inc.

Twisted Sky High, Inc., doing business as Auntie Anne's, operates
pretzel and snack food outlet at Pittsburgh International Airport
under the Auntie Anne's franchise brand. The Company is engaged in
preparing and selling soft pretzels, beverages, and related
quick-service food items to travelers and retail customers.

Twisted Sky High Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Pa. Case No. 25-22904) on October 29,
2025.

At the time of the filing, Debtor had estimated assets of between
$0 and $50,000 and liabilities of between $1,000,001 and $10
million.

Van Horn Law Group, P.A. is Debtor's legal counsel.


UNDER ARMOUR: S&P Places 'BB-' ICR on CreditWatch Negative
----------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings placed all its ratings on Under Armour Inc. on
CreditWatch with negative implications, including the 'BB-'
long-term issuer credit rating.

S&P said, "Resolution of the CreditWatch placement will hinge on
our assessment of the company' s financial risk, including
go-forward credit metrics that may erode more than we anticipated,
cash flow generation, and footwear and apparel demand trends in the
holiday shopping season."

Under Armour's turnaround is taking longer to materialize than S&P
had expected when it began its restructuring initiatives last year,
with the company recently announcing higher restructuring costs
including costs associated with a separation with NBA player
Stephen Curry, ending a 12-year partnership.

Under Armour' s S&P Global Ratings' lease-adjusted leverage is
trending towards 4x through the last 12 months (LTM) ended Sept.
30, 2025 (the company' s second quarter 2026) given recent
underperformance.

It also recently announced its chief financial officer (a more than
20 year company veteran) will be succeeded in February 2026, adding
risk to its efforts to stabilize revenue and operating income in
the coming year in S&P's view.

S&P said, "The CreditWatch placement reflects Under Armour' s
operational declines and continued challenges. We now believe its
S&P Global Ratings' lease-adjusted leverage will be in the 4x area
for fiscal 2026, instead of falling below 4x for the year as we had
expected earlier in 2025.

"This is given continued declines in the core business, both in
terms of top line and margins. We note persistent sales decreases
across the company' s main product lines, with apparel down 1%,
footwear down 16%, and accessories down 3% in the latest quarter.
Gross margin also declined by 275 basis points (bps) in the second
quarter, primarily from U.S. tariffs, with the company expecting
margins to decline a further 310-330 bps in the third quarter. This
is a larger drop than we expected earlier in the year."

S&P Global Ratings believes there is a high degree of
unpredictability around policy implementation by the U.S.
administration and possible responses--specifically with regards to
tariffs--and the potential effect on economies, supply chains, and
credit conditions around the world. S&P said, "As a result, our
baseline forecasts carry a significant amount of uncertainty,
magnified by ongoing regional geopolitical conflicts. As situations
evolve, we will gauge the macro and credit materiality of potential
shifts and reassess our guidance accordingly."

S&P said, "The Curry brand split was unexpected, and we are
monitoring the impact. We note basketball generates only 2% of
sales globally for Under Armour, and the company does not expect
significant effects on consolidated financial results or
profitability. However, we are assessing how this separation from
such a high-profile athlete could affect efforts to turn around
footwear globally. We will be tracking whether other important
relationships with athletes and/or organizations could change for
Under Armour over the coming year as well and costs associated with
the separation." The company plans to release the final Curry brand
shoe in February 2026, with additional associated products
available through October 2026.

Under Armour' s expenses are higher due to the 2025 restructuring
plan. The company recently approved an additional $95 million of
restructuring actions, for total estimated restructuring and
related charges of $255 million through fiscal 2026. In May 2024,
when the company first announced its restructuring plan, it was
estimated to cost up to $160 million. According to Under Armour,
this increase includes the separation of the Curry brand, further
contract terminations, incremental asset impairments, and
additional employee severance and benefits costs. The company is
expecting up to $107 million in cash-related charges for the
program.

S&P said, "The negative CreditWatch reflects the likelihood we
could lower our ratings on Under Armour. We are assessing the
magnitude of the rating impact from this recent material change in
performance. This includes Under Armour' s go-forward operational
strategies and turnaround plans across categories. We will also
review the company' s management and governance and financial risk
profile, including whether Under Armour further increases its
restructuring plan.

"We expect to resolve the CreditWatch placement as soon as
practical within the next 90 days. That determination will be based
on whether the company can improve profitability, how the holiday
season delivers on sales and profits, and the extent to which
leverage exceeds our 4x downgrade trigger."



UNITED RENTALS: Moody's Rates New Senior Unsecured Notes 'Ba2'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a Ba2 rating to United Rentals (North
America), Inc.'s (UNRA) planned senior unsecured notes. UNRA's
parent, United Rentals, Inc. and UNRA's domestic subsidiaries will
guarantee the senior unsecured notes. The company's other ratings,
including its Ba1 corporate family rating, Ba1-PD probability of
default rating, Baa3 backed senior secured first lien term loan
rating, Ba1 backed senior secured second lien notes rating and Ba2
backed senior unsecured rating are unaffected. The outlook stable
remains unchanged. URNA's speculative grade liquidity rating
remains unchanged at SGL-1.                

URNA plans to use the proceeds from the senior unsecured notes to
fund the redemption of all $500 million 5.5% senior unsecured notes
due 2027 and for general corporate purposes, including the
reduction of borrowings on the ABL facility. The ratings on the
existing $500 million 5.5% senior unsecured notes due 2027 will be
withdrawn at the close of the redemption.

RATINGS RATIONALE

URNA's Ba1 CFR reflects the company's considerable scale from its
position as North America's largest equipment rental company. The
rating also reflects the company's broad array of equipment
offerings, solid end market and customer diversification, low
financial leverage and consistent profits.

Moody's expects the company will continue to operate with low
debt-to-EBITDA, generate strong EBITDA margin while free cash flow
will benefit from the sale of used rental equipment. At the same
time, the credit profile is constrained by the company's exposure
to highly cyclical end markets that could lead to significant
fluctuations in demand. Moody's expects URNA will remain
acquisitive to grow its scale and expand its product offerings. The
company's financial strategy entails operating with low leverage
while returning capital to shareholders through its growing
dividend and its share buyback program.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's views that URNA will have low
to mid single digit revenue growth supported by its healthy end
markets. It also reflects Moody's expectations for EBITDA margin to
remain strong, driving debt-to-EBITDA modestly lower over the
rating horizon.

The SGL-1 speculative grade liquidity rating reflects URNA's very
good liquidity. Liquidity is supported by about $1.9 billion of
availability under a $4.5 billion unrated ABL facility that matures
in 2030. ABL availability will increase with a portion of proceeds
from the new senior unsecured notes being used for ABL repayment.
URNA also has cash of about $512 million and Moody's expects free
cash flow of over $2.0 billion in 2025. Free cash flow includes the
proceeds from equipment sales.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded if URNA attains a capital structure
that allows for maximum financial flexibility. In addition,
debt-to-EBITDA would be expected to be sustained around 2.0x and
FFO-to-debt maintained around 40%. Moody's would also expect the
company to maintain strong liquidity to manage through industry
cycles.

The ratings could be downgraded if debt-to-EBITDA approaches 3.0x,
FFO-to-debt declines below 25%, or if liquidity weakens. In
addition, the ratings could be downgraded if there is a loss of
market share during an expanding market, if the company chooses not
to reduce leverage promptly following debt funded acquisitions or
liquidity weakens.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Equipment and
Transportation Rental published in October 2025.

United Rentals (North America), Inc., headquartered in Stamford,
CT, is the largest North American equipment rental company with a
rental fleet of approximately one million units. The company's
rental equipment is valued at approximately $23 billion (at
original equipment cost). The company operates through 1,739 rental
locations primarily in North America and a smaller presence in
Europe, Australia and New Zealand. The company has two reportable
segments: General Rentals and Specialty. While the primary source
of revenue is from renting equipment, the company also sells new
and used equipment and related parts and services.


UNIVERSAL DESIGN: To Sell Jacksonville Property to P. Chigurupati
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Universal Design Solutions LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Jacksonville
Division, to sell Property, free and clear of liens, claims,
interests, and encumbrances.

The Debtor seeks an order authorizing the sale of real property of
the estate commonly identified as: 11555 Central Parkway #1002,
Jacksonville, FL 32224 through private sale to PedmaSree
Chigurupati for the purchase price of $280,000.00.

The Purchasers are not insiders of the Debtor.

The Property is encumbered by TD Bank, N.A.

The sale price exceeds the bona fide indebtedness of the First
Mortgage. The sale price represents a realistic market value of the
Property.

The Debtor proposes to pay the First Mortgage in full with the
proceeds of the sale.

The Debtor anticipates a net profit after payment on account of the
First Mortgage and closing costs, including realtor commissions.

The Debtor proposes to sell the Property free and clear of any
liens, encumbrances, claims or interest, with the proceeds of the
sale being paid to TD Bank, N.A. in an amount necessary to satisfy
the First Mortgage and closing costs, including the commission of
the realtor.

      About Universal Design Solutions

Universal Design Solutions, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-01970)
with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets and $500,001 to $1 million in
liabilities.

Judge Hon. Jason A Burgess oversees the case.

Thomas C. Adam, Esq., at Adam Law Group, P.A. is the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel.

TD Bank, N.A., as lender, is represented by Amanda Klopp, Esq., at
Akerman LLP, in West Palm Beach, Florida.


VALVES AND CONTROLS: Seeks to Extend Exclusivity to March 24, 2026
------------------------------------------------------------------
Valves and Controls US, Inc., asked the U.S. bankruptcy Court for
the District of Delaware to extend its exclusivity periods to file
a plan of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to March 24,
2026 and May 25, 2026, respectively.

Since the Petition Date, the Debtor's primary focus in this chapter
11 case has been to achieve a fair and equitable chapter 11 plan
that maximizes value for the over 2,000 Asbestos Claims pending
against it. In pursuit of this goal, the Debtor has expended
significant time and resources over the past three months working
with the UCC on responding to document requests and other discovery
relating to the UCC's investigation into estate causes of action
and other matters.

The Debtor claims that extending the Exclusive Periods will give
the Debtor the opportunity to complete the negotiation process with
the UCC on the terms of a chapter 11 plan that ensures the fair and
equitable treatment of the Asbestos Claims, as well as engage in
discussions with the UCC, Weir, and First Reserve regarding the
settlement of the Debtor's potential causes of action against such
parties in exchange for a contribution to the Debtor's estate to
fund distributions under a chapter 11 plan.

The Debtor explains that it has been in frequent and active
communications with the UCC (since its appointment), Weir, and
First Reserve throughout this chapter 11 case. The Debtor expects
these discussions to continue to progress in good faith and the
Debtor is hopeful that they may lead to a consensual chapter 11
plan and potentially a settlement that will result in a
contribution to the Debtor's estate that could enhance creditor
recoveries under a plan.

This is the Debtor's first request for an extension of the
Exclusive Periods. Less than four months have elapsed since the
Petition Date, during which the Debtor has already made progress to
move forward this chapter 11 case. Accordingly, the Debtor's
request for an extension of the Exclusive Periods is supported by
the facts of this case.

The Debtor requests this extension of the Exclusive Periods to
allow for these negotiations to continue without the distraction of
competing chapter 11 plans, not to pressure the creditors to agree
to the Debtor's requests in regard to the terms. The Debtor
believes an extension will allow the Debtor and its creditor
constituents the necessary time to continue to discuss the best
possible terms, working towards a consensual plan that will benefit
all stakeholders.

Moreover, failure to extend the Exclusive Periods as requested
herein would defeat the very purpose of section 1121 of the
Bankruptcy Code, which is to provide the Debtor with a meaningful
and reasonable opportunity to propose a confirmable chapter 11
plan.

Valves and Controls US Inc. is represented by:

     COLE SCHOTZ P.C.
     Patrick J. Reilley, Esq.
     Michael E. Fitzpatrick, Esq.
     Melissa M. Hartlipp, Esq.
     500 Delaware Avenue
     Suite 600
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801
     Telephone: (302) 652-3131
     Facsimile: (302) 652-3117
     E-mail: preilley@coleschotz.com
             mfitzpatrick@coleschotz.com
             mhartlipp@coleschotz.com

     -and-

     WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP
     Matthew S. Barr, Esq.
     Ronit J. Berkovich, Esq.
     Lauren Tauro, Esq.
     Alejandro Bascoy, Esq.
     767 Fifth Avenue
     New York, New York 10153
     Telephone: (212) 310-8000
     E-mail: matt.barr@weil.com
             ronit.berkovich@weil.com
             lauren.tauro@weil.com
             alejandro.bascoy@weil.com

                  About Valves and Controls US, Inc.

Valves and Controls US Inc., previously known as Weir Valves &
Controls USA Inc., is a manufacturer of industrial valves and
control systems operating within the fabricated metal product
manufacturing industry.

Valves and Controls US Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 25-11403) on July 1,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between
$50 million and $100 million and estimated liabilities between $100
million and $500 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Thomas M. Horan handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Patrick J. Reilley, Esq. at Cole
Schotz P.C.


VERITAS FARMS: Delays Q3 10-Q, Needs More Time for Auditor Review
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Veritas Farms, Inc. filed a Notification of Late Filing on Form
12b-25 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, informing
that it has determined that it is unable to file its Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2025 within
the prescribed time period for the reasons set forth below.

The Company is unable to file its Q3 2025 Quarterly Report within
the prescribed time period without unreasonable effort or expense
as the Company needs additional time to provide information to its
independent registered public accounting firm necessary to complete
the review of the financial statements for the period ended
September 30, 2025.

Despite working diligently to timely file its Q3 2025 Quarterly
Report, the Company will be unable to complete all work necessary
to timely file its Q3 2025 Quarterly Report.

                            About Veritas

Fort Lauderdale, Florida-based Veritas Farms, Inc. --
https://www.TheVeritasFarms.com/ -- is a vertically-integrated
agribusiness focused on growing, producing, marketing, and
distributing whole plant, full spectrum hemp oils and extracts
containing naturally occurring phytocannabinoids. Veritas Farms
owns and operates a 140-acre farm in Pueblo, Colorado, capable of
producing over 200,000 proprietary full spectrum hemp plants which
can potentially yield a minimum annual harvest of 250,000 to
300,000 pounds of outdoor-grown industrial hemp.

Hackensack, NJ-based Prager Metis CPAs LLC, the Company's auditor
since 2018, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated April 17, 2023, citing that the Company has sustained
substantial losses from operations since its inception. As of and
for the year ended Dec. 31, 2022, the Company had an accumulated
deficit of $39,474,622, and a net loss of $5,543,908. These
factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the ability of
the Company to continue as a going concern within a year from the
date the financial statements are issued. Continuation as a going
concern is dependent on the ability to raise additional capital and
financing, though there is no assurance of success.

The Company has not yet filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2024.


VIVALDI HOLDINGS: Section 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on Dec. 17
----------------------------------------------------------------
On November 12, 2025, The Vivaldi Holdings Inc. Chapter 11 
protection in the Southern District of California. According to
court filing, the Debtor reports between $10 million and $50
million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. 

Meeting of Creditors, 341(a) meeting to be held on 12/17/2025 at
02:00 PM To access telephonic 341 meeting, call 888-330-1716 and
enter passcode 1657991#

         About The Vivaldi Holdings Inc.

The Vivaldi Holdings Inc., doing business as Keller Williams West
Ventura County, operates a real-estate brokerage office in Oxnard,
California. The Company provides residential and commercial real
estate services through its network of licensed agents, offering
training, technology, and access to a preferred-vendor network. It
is part of Keller Williams Realty, LLC, a global franchise with
over 165,000 agents and 1,000+ offices.

The Vivaldi Holdings Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Cal. Case No. 25-04739) on
November 12, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated
assets up to $50,000 and estimated liabilities between $10 million
and $50 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge J Barrett Marum handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Andy Warshaw, Esq. of DIMARCO WARSHAW,
APLC.


VM CONSOLIDATED: Moody's Affirms 'Ba3' CFR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed VM Consolidated, Inc.'s (Verra Mobility)
corporate family rating at Ba3 and probability of default rating at
Ba3-PD. Concurrently, Moody's affirmed the company's $689 million
backed senior secured first lien term loan due 2032 at Ba2 and $350
million senior unsecured notes due 2029 at B2. The speculative
grade liquidity rating is SGL-1. The outlook is stable. Verra
Mobility is a technology-enabled services company providing toll,
violation management, and title and registration services for
rental car and fleet management companies and road safety cameras
for municipalities.

The affirmation of the ratings follows the company's reported third
quarter earnings in which it updated details regarding its new
contract with the New York Department of Transportation (NYCDOT)
and its long-term financial outlook. As well, it follows the
company's October refinancing of its senior secured term loan debt
and entry into a new $150 million five-year asset-based lending
(ABL) facility.

The affirmation of Verra Mobility's Ba3 CFR is supported by Moody's
expectations for the company to maintain strong credit metrics,
including high EBITDA margins in the low-40% range, debt/EBITDA of
2.7x, interest coverage, as measured by EBITA/interest, around 5x,
and annual free cash flow of around $190 million, over the next 12
to 18 months. Moody's anticipates mid-single-digit annual organic
revenue growth in 2026, and a very good liquidity profile.

All financial metrics cited reflect Moody's standard adjustments
unless otherwise noted.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Verra Mobility's Ba3 CFR is suported by its strong competitive
position within two of its niche markets, Government Solutions and
Commercial Services, with 94% of revenue derived from services and
primarily recurring in nature. The Commercial Services segment
benefits from secular trends towards the adoption of all-electronic
toll payments and rental car volumes, primarily in the US and
Europe. Its competitive position is strengthened by connectivity
with over 50 US tolling authorities and direct integration with
hundreds of ticket issuing authorities. The Government Solutions
segment benefits from the company's incumbent status with the
NYCDOT, which was recently renewed for five years, and is less
susceptible to macroeconomic conditions. Expansion into new and
existing markets, such as California, Connecticut, Colorado and
Florida, present opportunities for growth amid favorable
legislative changes, although New York City will remain, by far,
the largest Government Solutions customer.

The Ba3 CFR also reflects the company's modest revenue base, which
Moody's expects will reach $1 billion in 2026, and high revenue
concentration among its top four clients. Moody's anticipates that
the new NYCDOT contract includes changes that will lower overall
company profitability in 2026 with EBITDA margins declining to the
39% to 40% range. Longer term, Moody's expects that the company
will recapture margin beginning 2027 from increased scale,
productivity improvements, and platform consolidation; however,
Moody's expects financial leverage will remain flat in 2026 as a
result. The company is exposed to the cyclical US car rental sector
and US travel volumes moderated in 2025, some tariff-related,
versus last year. Nonetheless, Moody's expects product adoption
will support growth in Commercial Services in 2026 despite
potentially low travel volume growth.

Financial policies include the risk of share repurchases using free
cash flow or debt-funded acquisitions. The company is currently
operating below its public long-term net leverage target of 3x
relative to 2x reported debt/EBITDA for the twelve months ended
September 30, 2025 (management's calculation). However, Moody's
expects that Verra Mobility will be disciplined in maintaining its
public financial leverage target within the context of its
acquisition and share repurchase strategy.

The SGL-1 speculative grade liquidity rating reflects Moody's
expectations that Verra Mobility will maintain a very good
liquidity profile. Liquidity is supported by Moody's anticipations
for strong free cash flow/debt in the high teens percentage range
over the next 12 to 15 months and the company's cash balance of
$196 million as of September 30, 2025, pro forma for the October
refinancing. The company's $150 million ABL facility (unrated)
maturing in 2030 is currently undrawn and its borrowing base
capacity is expected to be sufficient to access the full facility
amount. The sole financial covenant in the credit facility is for
the ABL revolver facility and is a springing minimum fixed charge
coverage ratio of 1.0x, which is only tested if the availability
under the ABL facility falls below 10%. Moody's do not expect the
covenant to be triggered over the next 12 months and, if it was
triggered, the company would be able to comply with a reasonable
cushion. The company is subject to a mandatory excess free cash
flow prepayment determined by a first-lien net leverage ratio test
that Moody's expects will exempt the company from an excess cash
flow sweep in 2025 and 2026.

The affirmations of the Ba2 senior secured and B2 senior unsecured
ratings reflect the affirmation of the Ba3 CFR and each
instrument's position in the debt capital structure. The senior
secured first-lien term loan rating of Ba2, one notch above the Ba3
CFR, is driven by the benefit of loss absorption provided by the
$350 million senior unsecured notes. The senior unsecured notes
rating of B2, two notches below the Ba3 CFR, is driven by its
first-loss position relative to the $150 million ABL facility and
$689 million backed senior secured first-lien term loan obligation.
The ABL revolving credit facility has a priority claim with respect
to the current assets including accounts receivable and inventory.
The term loan is guaranteed by all current and future material
domestic subsidiaries of the borrower; all guarantees are secured
by the assets of the guarantor. The notes are guaranteed by all
current and future material domestic subsidiaries of the borrower
on an unsecured basis.

The stable rating outlook reflects Moody's expectations that
revenue will grow at a mid-single digit percentage rate and
profitability rates will weaken in 2026, with debt/EBITDA remaining
around 2.7x, EBITA to interest at about 5x and free cash flow/debt
sustained in the high teens percentage range during the next 12 to
18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

A ratings upgrade would require a significant expansion of Verra
Mobility's operating scale and revenue size, and a material
improvement in customer diversity, while sustaining good revenue
and earnings growth. Additionally, Moody's would require the
company maintain debt/EBITDA below 3x and adhere to a more balanced
financial policy.

The ratings could be downgraded if Moody's anticipates revenue
declines, including from a significant customer loss, or EBITDA
margins fall substantially. The adoption of a more aggressive
financial policy through debt-funded acquisitions, dividends or
share repurchases that drive debt/EBITDA above 4x could also lead
to a ratings downgrade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.

Verra Mobility's Ba3 rating is two notches below the
scorecard-indicated outcome of Ba1. The difference reflects Moody's
greater emphasis on the company's financial policy, specifically
its financial leverage target, and high customer concentration.

Verra Mobility, (NASDAQ:VRRM), headquartered in Mesa, Arizona, is a
technology-enabled services company providing toll, violation
management, and title and registration services for rental car and
fleet management companies, road safety cameras for municipalities,
and commercial parking services and hardware. The company primarily
operates in North America. Moody's expects about $1 billion of
revenue in 2026.


VON ROHR: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey issued an
interim order granting Von Rohr Equipment Corporation authority to
use cash collateral.

The court authorized the Debtor to use cash collateral strictly in
accordance with the approved budget, permitting a 25% variance and
requiring secured lenders' consent for material amendments.

As adequate protection, Peapack Private Bank & Trust (formerly
Peapack-Gladstone Bank) and Orgill, Inc. were granted automatically
perfected replacement liens on all post-petition property of the
Debtor.

In addition, the secured lenders will be granted superpriority
administrative expense claims under Section 507(b) in case of any
diminution in the value of their collateral.

The court clarified that no adequate protection payments are
required at this stage.

A copy of the court's order and the Debtor's budget is available at
https://shorturl.at/HOzpv from PacerMonitor.com.

A final hearing is scheduled for December 11.

Peapack claims a lien on nearly all of the Debtor's assets securing
a $5 million revolver, including about $2.3 million in receivables,
$7.28 million in inventory, $282,000 in vehicles, and $464,400 in
machinery and equipment.

Peapack also holds a personal guaranty from Von Rohr President John
Cancelliere, who has more than $25 million in equity -- far
exceeding the debt owed -- rendering the lender oversecured

Orgill likewise holds a lien on most of the Debtor's assets, junior
only to Peapack's, and is owed $262,541.16 as of the petition
date.

Peapack is represented by:

   Robert J. Malatak, Esq.
   Windels Marx Lane & Mittendorf, LLP
   156 West 56th Street
   New York, NY 10019  
   Telephone (212) 237-1000
   rmalatak@windelsmarx.com

                 About Von Rohr Equipment Corp.

Von Rohr Equipment Corp. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. N.Jer. Case No. 25-21662) with $10
million to $50 million in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
laibilities.
John Cancelliere signed the petition as president and sole
shareholder.

Judge Hon. Stacey L. Meisel oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by Anthony Sodono, III, Esq., at
McManimon, Scotland & Baumann, LLC.


WATER ENERGY: To Sell Ackerly Property to W&W LLC for $50K
----------------------------------------------------------
Water Energy Services LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, to
sell Property, free and clear of liens, claims, interests, and
encumbrances.

The Debtor's Property is located at he intersection of U.S. Highway
87 and County Road U, in Ackerly, Texas.

The Debtor has identified several estate assets that may be used to
satisfy creditors, including the Property sought to be sold.

The Debtor has been working with Hilco Real Estate, LLC as the
Debtor’s broker to market the Property, which consists of an
unimproved 1.5 acre lot north of Ackerly, Texas.

After negotiation, the Debtor and Purchaser, W&W LLC, have agreed
to a sale price of $50,000.

The Debtor is proposing to sell the Property to the Purchaser under
the terms and for the consideration identified in the Real Estate
Purchase and Sale Contract.

The legal description of the Property and the general terms of the
Sale Contract can be found at: https://urlcurt.com/u?l=eki2wn.

The Debtor is aware of purported liens against the Property,
including those held by:

a. Community Bank & Trust – West Georgia;
b. OSC Energy, LLC;
c. BTG, LLC; and
d. Dawson County Central Appraisal District.

The Debtor proposes to sell the Property free and clear of all
liens, claims, and encumbrances.

At closing, the Debtor seeks authority to pay:

a. CB&T in the amount of $25,000;
b. Hilco commission in the amount of $4,000.00, consistent with the
Court's prior
order approving Hilco’s employment;
c. Dawson County for property taxes in the approximate amount of
$161.46; and
d. Closing costs of approximately $2,5000.

The Debtor further requests that the remaining sale proceeds be
held as cash collateral and utilized in accordance with the
Court-approved budget.

The Debtor believes that the Sale Contract is the highest and best
offer that will be received for the Property.

The Debtor believes the Purchase Price is reasonable and fair. The
Debtor chose this offer based on the price offered and the belief
that the Purchaser can close under the contracted terms.

           About Water Energy Services

Water Energy Services, LLC, is a San Antonio-based company
operating in the oil and gas extraction industry.

Water Energy Services LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-50539) on March
21, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reported between $1 million
and $10 million in assets and between $10 million and $50 million
in liabilities.

Judge Michael M. Parker handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Herbert C Shelton, II, Esq., at
Hayward, PLLC.


WCB REALTY: Rita Hullett Named Subchapter V Trustee
---------------------------------------------------
J. Thomas Corbett, the U.S. Bankruptcy Administrator for the
Northern District of Alabama, appointed Rita L. Hullett of Rita L.
Hullett, LLC as Subchapter V Trustee for WCB Realty Company, LLC.

                   About WCB Realty Company LLC

WCB Realty Company, LLC, a company in Birmingham, Ala., filed a
petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-03529) on November 18, 2025. At the
time of the filing, the Debtor listed between $1 million and $10
million in assets and liabilities.

Robert C. Keller, Esq. at Russo, White & Keller represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


WEST BRAZOS: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to February 28, 2026
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Alfredo R. Perez of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Texas extended West Brazos Stewart Food
Markets, LLC and its affiliates' exclusive periods to file a plan
of reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to February 28,
2026 and April 29, 2026, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, cause exists to extend the
Debtors' Exclusive Periods, evident by the listed factors. First,
this is the Debtors' first request for an extension, and not a lot
of time has elapsed in these chapter 11 cases, less than four
months since the Petition Date.

Second, the Debtors' chapter 11 cases were filed to sell one of
their two real properties or otherwise restructure the underlying
real property debt. While the Debtors' real property in Sweeny is
listed for sale and the Debtors have received interest from various
parties, the Debtors still have not sold their real property. The
Debtors need additional time to market and sell their real
property.

Third, the Debtors have been in discussions with SouthStar to reach
an agreement on the SouthStar debt, which will be either through a
sale and payoff or else through a restructuring of the debt. The
Debtors need additional time for discussions, especially since a
sale of the Sweeny property will greatly impact the formulation of
a chapter 11 plan and treatment of SouthStar's claim under the
plan.

Fourth, the Debtors have been making strategic price changes and
payroll reductions to increase cash flow. The Debtors have improved
their cash position since the Petition Date but need additional
time to increase cash flow for chapter 11 plan payments. So far,
the Debtors' strategic price adjustments and payroll reductions are
working but the Debtors anticipate continued monitoring over the
price reductions and possibly additional payroll reductions, both
of which require additional time to realize sustained increased
cash flow.

Counsel for the Debtors:
   
     Genevieve Graham, Esq.
     Graham, PLLC
     1215 Arthur St.
     Houston TX 77019
     Telephone: (832) 367-5705
     Email: ggraham@graham-pllc.com
     
              About West Brazos Stewart Food Markets

West Brazos Stewart Food Markets, LLC operates a family-owned
grocery store that has served Brazoria, Texas, and the surrounding
areas since 1975. The store offers baked goods, meats, housewares,
beer and wine, frozen foods, and floral items, and provides both
in-store shopping and pick-up services.

West Brazos Stewart Food Markets and its affiliates sought relief
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead
Case No. 25-80317) on July 11, 2025. In the petitions signed by
Verne Dwain Stewart, president, the Debtors disclosed $10 million
to $50 million in estimated assets and $1 million to $10 million in
estimated liabilities.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the cases.

The Debtors tapped Genevieve Graham, Esq., at Graham, PLLC as
counsel and Chart Capital Management LLC as financial advisor.


WHITE ROCK: Case Summary & Six Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: White Rock Construction Services LLC
        21232 Gathering Oak St., Ste 105
        San Antonio, TX 78260

Business Description: White Rock Construction Services,
                      established in 2021, provides commercial
                      construction subcontracting services across
                      San Antonio and Austin, Texas.  The Company
                      performs work in selective demolition, saw-
                      cutting, framing and drywall, concrete,
                      asphalt, and temporary protection, serving a
                      range of general contractors and clients.
                      It operates within the construction and
                      specialty trade contracting industry.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: November 25, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of Texas

Case No.: 25-52853

Judge: Hon. Michael M Parker

Debtor's Counsel: Ronald Smeberg, Esq.
                  THE SMEBERG LAW FIRM
                  4 Imperial Oaks
                  San Antonio TX 78248-1609
                  Tel: (210) 695-6684
                  Email: ron@smeberg.com

Estimated Assets: $100,000 to $500,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Andrew Hutto as manager.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's six unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/Y44WSKA/White_Rock_Construction_Services__txwbke-25-52853__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


WHITNEY OIL & GAS: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------
Whitney Oil & Gas, LLC received another extension from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana to use cash
collateral.

The court's 21st interim order authorized the use of cash
collateral for the period from Oct. 26, 2023, through the date
which is five business days following a declaration to terminate,
reduce or restrict the ability to use cash collateral by the
Debtor.

Certain entities may possess oil and gas liens under the Louisiana
Oil Well Lien Act (LOWLA) on oil and gas assets owned by the
Debtor.

As protection for any diminution in value of their interests in the
pre-bankruptcy collateral, the LOWLA lienholders will be granted
valid and perfected security interests in, and liens on, the
Debtor's assets, subject to a fee carveout. These liens do not
apply to any Chapter 5 causes of action and the proceeds, thereof.

To the extent the liens granted prove to be inadequate, the LOWLA
lienholders will receive a superpriority administrative expense
claims, junior to the fee carveout.

The termination events under the 21st interim order include the
filing by the Debtor of documents pertaining to a
debtor-in-possession financing that adversely effects the LOWLA
lienholders' liens; a default by the Debtor in reporting financial
information; dismissal or conversion of the Debtor's Chapter 11
case; the appointment of a Chapter 11 trustee or examiner with
enlarged powers; or other responsible person; and the failure by
the Debtor to perform its obligations under the 21st interim
order.

The next hearing is set for December 16.

The 21st interim order is available at https://is.gd/36dCF3 from
PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Whitney Oil & Gas

Whitney Oil & Gas, LLC operates in the oil and gas extraction
industry. The company is based in Houston, Texas.

Whitney Oil & Gas filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D. La. Case
No. 23-11873) on Oct. 26, 2023, with $1 million to $10 million in
both assets and liabilities.

Judge Meredith S. Grabill oversees the case.

Douglas S. Draper, Esq., at Heller, Draper & Horn, LLC is the
Debtor's legal counsel.


WILD CARGO: Unsecured Creditors to Get 5 Cents on Dollar in Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Wild Cargo Pets, Inc., submitted a Final Amended Plan of
Reorganization dated November 20, 2025.

The Plan proponent's financial projections show that the Debtor
will have projected disposable income of $150,000.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor
from cash flow from Debtors operations.

Non-priority unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will
receive distributions, which the proponent of this Plan has valued
at approximately 5 cents on the dollar. This Plan also provides for
the payment of administrative and priority claims.

Class 2 consists of Non-Priority Unsecured Claims. The allowed
unsecured claim of Florida Department of Revenue total $23,163.53.
Each non priority unsecured claim will be paid in 72 equal payments
beginning fourteen days after the effective date of the plan.
Unsecured claims will be paid at .05/$1.00.

Class 3 consists of Equity Security Holders of the Debtor. Each
security holder shall retain their interest in the Debtor. No
distributions or dividends shall be made by the Debtor to any Class
Equity Security Holder until such time as all allowed
administrative expense claims, priority tax claims, statutory fees,
class 1 priority Claims and Class 2 Non-Priority unsecured
creditors are paid in full.

Payments required under this Plan will be funded from revenues
generated by the Debtor's continued operations, and cash on hand.

On or before the effective date the Plan Sponsor will execute a
Guarantee of the following obligations: (i) all fees and costs owed
to professionals in this case; (ii) all priority tax claims; (iii)
all statutory fees; (iv) all Class 1 Priority Claims: and (v) any
other costs of the reorganization contemplated herein, included but
not limited to additional professional fees and costs that continue
to accrue throughout the implementation of this Plan. After the
plan is confirmed, if there is not enough revenue to pay the
mentioned expenses, the Plan Sponsor will contribute to any
shortfall.

A full-text copy of the Final Amended Plan dated November 20, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=q7mX8f from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     John Weinberg, Esq.
     Weinberg Law Firm, P.A.
     2000 palm Beach Lakes Blvd., Suite 701
     West Palm Beach, FL 33409
     Telephone: (561) 355-0901

                     About Wild Cargo Pets

Wild Cargo Pets, Inc., is an agricultural supply store.

The Debtor sought relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 24-18380) on Aug. 19, 2024, listing
under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Erik P. Kimball oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped John Weinberg, Esq., at Weinberg Law Firm, P.A.,
as counsel.


WILLIS ENGINE V: Fitch Affirms 'BBsf' Rating on Series C Notes
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has upgraded the rating of the class A and B notes of
Willis Engine Structured Trust III (WEST III) to 'Asf' and 'BBBsf'
from 'BBBsf' and 'BBsf', respectively. Following their upgrade, the
Rating Outlooks are Stable. Fitch has also affirmed the Willis
Engine Structured Trust V (WEST V) and Willis Engine Structured
Trust VII (WEST VII) notes. The Rating Outlook for the WEST V B and
C notes is Positive and the WEST V and WEST VII A notes is Stable.

   Entity/Debt                    Rating           Prior
   -----------                    ------           -----
Willis Engine Structured
Trust VII

   A 97064YAA2                 LT Asf   Affirmed   Asf

Willis Engine Structured
Trust V

   Series A 97064FAA3          LT Asf   Affirmed   Asf
   Series B 97064FAB1          LT BBBsf Affirmed   BBBsf
   Series C 97064FAC9          LT BBsf  Affirmed   BBsf

Willis Engine Structured
Trust III

   Series A 2017-A 97063QAA0   LT Asf   Upgrade    BBBsf
   Series B 2017-A 97063QAB8   LT BBBsf Upgrade    BBsf

Transaction Summary

The ratings reflect current transaction performance, Fitch's cash
flow projections, and the agency's expectation that the structures
will withstand rating-specific stresses under Fitch's criteria and
cash flow modeling. Lease terms, lessee credit quality and
performance, updated engine values, and Fitch's assumptions and
stresses all inform its modelled cash flows and coverage levels.

Rent collections over the past 12 months have decreased 5% for WEST
III, while increasing 3% for both WEST V and WEST VII versus the
prior 12 months. Engine utilization rates and lease rates impact
rent collections. Average utilization rates were 5.3% lower for
WEST III, 1.6% higher for WEST V, and approximately the same for
WEST VII, over the past 12 months (11 months for WEST VII).
Maintenance collections over the past 12 months have decreased for
WEST III and V by 18% and 2%, and decreased 29% over the past 11
months for WEST VII.

The debt-service coverage ratios (DSCRs) for WEST III, V, and VII
are currently at 2.30x, 2.98x, and 2.11x respectively. The DSCRs
are comfortably above the rapid amortization (1.1x) and the cash
trapping (1.15x) trigger levels for all three transactions, and the
notes are on schedule or ahead of scheduled principal balances.
WEST VII is $10 million ahead of schedule. After satisfying all
levels of the waterfall, the transactions have released cash
totaling $11.9 million, $21.2 million, and $22.9 million for WEST
III, V, and VII, respectively, to the issuer over the last 12
months.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Asset Value: WEST III, V and VII each include mostly in-demand
engines that support narrow body (NB) airframes representing 87%,
83% and 83% of the WEST III, V and VII pools, respectively, by
Fitch Value. The remaining portion of each pool is split between
engines that support widebody (WB), regional jet (RJ), and Terbo
Prop (TP) airframes, with WB assets representing 6%, 15%, and 0% of
each respective pool, RJ assets representing 7%, 1%, and 11%, and
TP assets representing 6% of WEST VII.

Average engine utilization rates over the last year were 77%, 73%,
and 92% for WEST III, WEST V, and WEST VII, respectively, compared
to 83%, 71%, and 91% the prior year. Utilization rates for engine
pools are typically lower than that of aircraft as some engines are
deployed on short-term leases.

The Average Maintenance Adjusted Base Values (MABV) for the pools
were approximately $243 million, $324 million, and $353 million,
respectively, as of the October 2025 payment date. Fitch used the
most recent appraisals as of December 2024 and applied depreciation
assumptions in accordance with its criteria. Using the MABV,
loan-to-values (LTVs) have changed since the last review in
November 2024 for WEST III and V and October 2023 for WEST VII as
follows:

WEST III: A note 58% to 60%; B note 66% to 68%;

WEST V: A note 67% to 67%; B note 76% to 76%; C note 78% to 78%;

WEST VII: A note 72% to 66%.

Tiered Collateral Quality: Although Fitch only assigns tiers to
aircraft and not the engines themselves, the engines in the WEST
III, V and VII pools principally support Tier I and Tier II
aircraft that are in high demand with large in-service fleets.

Pool Concentration: The underlying collateral is comprised of 40
engines for WEST III, 41 engines for WEST V, and 34 assets (30
engines and 4 aircraft) for WEST VII. Over the past year, WEST III
sold seven engines; WEST V sold four engines and acquired two
high-value engines, and WEST VII sold 10 engines.

The assets are leased to 18 lessees in 15 countries in WEST III, 15
lessees in 12 countries in WEST V, and 15 lessees in 12 countries
in WEST VII. Geographically, all three transactions have the
largest concentration of leases in emerging Asia Pacific, 29%, 39%,
and 27%, respectively by value. The transactions' largest country
concentration is the same for all three transactions, with pool
concentration of 20%, 31%, and 22% to India, respectively.

Lessee Credit Risk: Fitch considers the credit risk posed by the
pool of lessees to be moderate. The WA assumed lessee rating for
WEST III is 'B', between 'B+' and 'BB-' for WEST V, and 'B+' for
WEST VII. WEST III and V are exposed to moderate arrear balances.

Operation and Servicing Risk: Willis Lease Finance Corp. (WLFC, not
rated by Fitch) acts as sponsor, servicer and administrative agent
to the transactions. Fitch has found WLFC to be an effective
servicer with a proven track-record in the areas of remarketing,
underwriting, procuring and managing engine maintenance, and
managing a portfolio. This is evidenced by the experience of their
team, the servicing of their managed fleet and securitization
performance.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- An increase in delinquencies, lower lease rates, or sales of
aircraft below Fitch's projections could lead to a downgrade;

- Fitch conduct sensitivities in which a lessee rating of 'CCC' was
assumed for all future lessees. This sensitivity reduced the
model-implied rating (MIR) by zero to two notches;

- Fitch considers jurisdictional concentrations per the "Structured
Finance and Covered Bonds Country Risk Rating Criteria," which
could result in rating caps lower than 'Asf'.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Potential upgrades are possible if engine values and lease rates
are stronger than forecasted and/or excess maintenance cashflows
are used to deleverage the transactions;

- Fitch conducted sensitivities in which current lessee ratings of
'B' or higher are assumed, and that all future lessees are rated
'B'. This sensitivity resulted in no changes to the MIRs;

- The aircraft ABS sector has a rating cap of 'Asf'. All
subordinate tranches carry ratings lower than the senior tranche.

USE OF THIRD PARTY DUE DILIGENCE PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17G -10

Form ABS Due Diligence-15E was not provided to, or reviewed by,
Fitch in relation to this rating action.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.


X&Y DEVELOP: Seeks Chapter 7 Bankruptcy in California
-----------------------------------------------------
On November 21, 2025, X&Y Develop Inc. filed Chapter 7 bankruptcy
protection in the Central District of California. According to the
court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,001 and $1,000,000 in
debt owed to 1–49 creditors.

                 About X&Y Develop Inc.

X&Y Develop Inc., a privately owned real estate developer in
California, focuses on buying, upgrading, and managing commercial
and residential properties. Its core activities span investment,
redevelopment, and strategic property planning to drive value
growth across its portfolio.

X&Y Develop Inc. sought relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. Case No. 25-18424) on November 21, 2025. In
its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between $0 and
$100,000 and estimated liabilities between $100,001 and
$1,000,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Magdalena Reyes Bordeaux handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by Justin Jingwei Sun, Esq. of JW Sun Law
Firm PC.


XWELL INC: Completes Series G Preferred Exchange for $3.4MM Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
XWELL, Inc. on November 3, 2025, entered into a Securities Exchange
and Amendment Agreement with the holders of the Company's Series G
Convertible Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share
and a stated value of $1,000 per share, pursuant to which, the
Company agreed to exchange a portion of the Company's outstanding
shares of Series G Preferred Stock, including all accrued and
unpaid dividends thereon equal to $1,553,806.00 in aggregate Stated
Value, held by the Holders, for senior secured convertible notes in
the aggregate principal amount of $3,387,138.80.

The closing of the Exchange occurred on November 10, 2025, the
Company has announced in a report on Form 8-K filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

In connection with the Exchange, the Company and the Holders agreed
to amend certain terms of the Company's Series G Preferred Stock as
set forth in a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of
Designations of the Series G Convertible Preferred Stock.

On November 7, 2025, the Company filed the Certificate of Amendment
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

The Certificate of Amendment amends the Certificate of Designations
to:

     (i) reduce the conversion price of the Series G Preferred
         Stock to $1.00,

    (ii) remove the restrictive covenant requiring the Company to
         maintain unencumbered, unrestricted cash and cash
         equivalents on hand in an amount equal to at least 200%
         of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share,
         issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of
         Series G Preferred Stock,

   (iii) amend the definition of "Make-Whole Amount," such that it
         now means an amount equal to the amount of additional
         dividends that would accrue at the dividend rate then in
         effect assuming for calculation purposes that the Stated
         Value as of the Closing Date remained outstanding through
         and including the Maturity Date (as defined in the
         Certificate of Designations),

    (iv) add certain anti-dilution provisions such that the Series
         G Conversion Price will be subject to price-based
         adjustment in the event of any issuances of Common Stock,
         or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable
         for Common Stock, at a price below the then-applicable
         Series G Conversion Price (subject to certain
exceptions),

     (v) add certain provisions such that the Company and the
         holder of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock may
         agree to accelerate the conversion of such shares
         (including any Deferral Amounts (as defined in the
         Certificate of Designations)) at a conversion price
         equal to the lower of:

                i) the Installment Conversion Price (as defined in
                   the Certificate of Designations) applicable to
                   the current Installment Date and

               ii) the greater of the Floor Price and (x) 80% of
                   the dollar volume-weighted average price of the
                   Common Stock immediately prior to such
                   acceleration, and (y) the average three daily
                   VWAP during the thirty consecutive trading day
                   immediately prior to such acceleration.

A full-text copy of the Certificate of Amendment is available at
https://tinyurl.com/43n5fvaf

                         About XWELL

New York, N.Y.-based XWELL, Inc. is a global wellness company
operating multiple brands and focused on bringing restorative,
regenerative and reinvigorating products and services to
travelers.

Morristown, N.J.-based Marcum LLP, the Company's former auditor,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated April
15, 2025, attached to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2024, citing that the Company has
incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to
meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions
raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern.

As of June 30, 2025, the Company had $22.4 million in total assets,
$18.3 million in total liabilities, and a total equity of $3.7
million.


ZION OIL & GAS: Extends ZNOGW Warrants by Five Years to Jan. 2031
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Zion Oil & Gas, Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K Report filed with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that on November 17, 2025,
the Company executed an Amendment to a certain Warrant Agent
Agreement between the Company and Equiniti Trust Company, LLC, a
New York limited liability trust company with offices at 55
Challenger Road, 2nd Floor, Ridgefield Park, N.J. 07660.  

The Company has implemented an Agreement with Equiniti as the
Company's Warrant Agent, under a Warrant Agent Agreement dated
August 1, 2014 for the Warrant ZNWAA [trading under the symbol
ZNOGW].

The Warrant ZNWAA has an expiration date of January 31, 2026.

Pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Warrant Agent Agreement, the Company
in its sole discretion extended the duration of the above Warrant
by delaying the Expiration Date and such extension shall be
identical in duration among all of the Warrants.

The Company is extending the duration of the Warrant ZNWAA by five
years from the expiration date of January 31, 2026 to January 31,
2031.

                         About Zion Oil

Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Zion Oil and Gas, Inc. --
http://www.zionoil.com/-- is an oil and gas exploration company
dedicated to exploring for oil and gas onshore in Israel under its
Megiddo Valleys License 434 which covers approximately 75,000
acres.

As of September 30, 2025, the Company had $44.7 million in total
assets, $3 million in total liabilities, and $41.7 million in total
stockholders' equity.

In its report dated March 27, 2025, the Company's auditor, RBSM
LLP, issued a "going concern" qualification citing that the Company
has suffered recurring losses from operations and had an
accumulated deficit that raises substantial doubt about its ability
to continue as a going concern.


[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings
-------------------------------------------------------
In re Silverline Mechanical, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 25-43475
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 16, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ST4SDPA/none_Silverline_Mechanical_LLC__txebke-25-43475__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David Ritter, Esq.
                         RITTER SPENCER PLLC
                         E-mail: dritter@ritterspencercheng.com

In re Innovative Plumbing Concepts, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Ala. Case No. 25-81461
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JI2JFWA/Innovative_Plumbing_Concepts_LLC__almbke-25-81461__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Anthony B. Bush, Esq.
                         THE BUSH LAW FIRM, LLC
                         E-mail: abush@bushlegalfirm.com

In re J.D.S. Improvements, LLC
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-11023
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3ZTN2DA/JDS_IMPROVEMENTS_LLC__azbke-25-11023__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Ryan M. Deutsch, Esq.
                         ALLEN, JONES & GILES, PLC
                         E-mail: rdeutsch@bkfirmaz.com

In re Claudia A Velazquez and Israel Velazquez
   Bankr. S.D. Cal. Case No. 25-04785
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         represented by: Andy Warshaw, Esq.
                         FINANCIAL RELIEF LAW CENTER, APC

In re 9034 Centennial CO, Inc.
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-04236
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/NYQZ3TQ/9034_Centennial_CO_Inc__flmbke-25-04236__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Byron W. Wright III, Esq.
                         BRUNER WRIGHT, P.A.
                         E-mail: twright@brunerwright.com

In re Oscar Luis Angeles
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-02275
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         represented by: M. Ellen, Esq.

In re Another Spare Hive Inc.
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-04235
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/NLYTSNY/Another_Spare_Hive_Inc__flmbke-25-04235__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Byron W. Wright III, Esq.
                         BRUNER WRIGHT, P.A.
                         E-mail: twright@brunerwright.com

In re CommercialMortgages.com LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-23577
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TGM327I/CommercialMortgagescom_LLC__flsbke-25-23577__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Allan Cameron Sutherland, Jr.
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-17758
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XND2GEA/Allan_Cameron_Sutherland_Jr__ilnbke-25-17758__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David Freydin, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICES OF DAVID FREYDIN
                         E-mail: david.freydin@freydinlaw.com

In re Yaakov David Spaeth
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-23117
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         represented by: Eric Zabicki, Esq.
                         PICK & ZABICKI LLP

In re Warriors Sports Club, Inc.
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-12549
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6MGEQLA/Warriors_Sports_Club_Inc__nysbke-25-12549__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Manuel Gomez, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICE OF MANUEL D. GOMEZ
                         E-mail: manueldgomezesq@gmail.com

In re Conklin Media, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 25-14673
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LIBVMRA/Conklin_Media_LLC__paebke-25-14673__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Lawrence V. Young, Esq.
                         CGA LAW FIRM
                         E-mail: lyoung@cgalaw.com

In re Emily Grace Pardy
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-04842
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         represented by: R. Payne, Esq.
                         DUNHAM HILDEBRAND PAYNE WALDRON, PLLC

In re Philip Benjamin McWhorter and Jennifer Hong McWhorter
   Bankr. E.D. Va. Case No. 25-12401
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 17, 2025
         represented by: Richard Hall, Esq.

In re SouthEastern Industrial Contractors, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Ala. Case No. 25-81462
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/S2YV2GA/SouthEastern_Industrial_Contractors__almbke-25-81462__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re 210 at Valley Creek, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-03516
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/VUWIB5Q/210_at_Valley_Creek_LLC__alnbke-25-03516__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re 98 East LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-03515
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/VJHNBNA/98_East_LLC__alnbke-25-03515__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Sara Elizabeth Vigeland and Jay Todd Vigeland
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 25-13266
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         represented by: Andy Warshaw, Esq.

In re Vivian Marie Severson
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-07458
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025

In re SDLOMO Partners
   Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 25-14688
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZA7CNNA/SDLOMO_Partners__paebke-25-14688__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Maggie Soboleski, Esq.
                         CENTER CITY LAW OFFICES, LLC
                         E-mail: msoboles@yahoo.com

In re Air Lite Industries LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 25-23125
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3VGAP5Y/Air_Lite_Industries_LLC__pawbke-25-23125__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Christopher M. Frye, Esq.
                         STEIDL & STEINBERG, P.C.
                         E-mail: chris.frye@steidl-steinberg.com

In re Carzone $ Auto Brokers LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Va. Case No. 25-51096
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MZC4AGY/Carzone__Auto_Brokers_LLC__vaebke-25-51096__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Nathaniel J. Webb, III, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICES OF NATHANIEL J. WEBB III
                         E-mail: bankruptcy@natwebb.hrcoxmail.com

In re Stonewall Construction Group, LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Va. Case No. 25-61397
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/CHSOXWY/Stonewall_Construction_Group_LLC__vawbke-25-61397__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Andrew S. Goldstein, Esq.
                         MAGEE GOLDSTEIN LASKY & SAYERS, P.C.
                         E-mail: agoldstein@mglspc.com

In re Jose Luis Mora-Luna
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 25-51813
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025
         represented by: Ralph Guenther, Esq.

In re Sherry Ann McGann
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-17604
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025

In re Sherry Ann McGann
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-17604
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025

In re Star Natural Meats LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-45581
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZU6BZNA/Star_Natural_Meats_LLC__nyebke-25-45581__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert L. Rattet, Esq.
                         DAVIDOFF HUTCHER & CITRON LLP
                         E-mail: rlr@dhclegal.com

In re Jeffrey J. Ervine
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-12563
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 18, 2025
         represented by: Heath Berger, Esq.

In re PPS Lafayette Corp
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-12588
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5X2T2UI/PPS_Lafayette_Corp__nysbke-25-12588__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Randy E. Langley
   Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 25-04626
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025
         represented by: Benjamin Eisner, Esq.

In re Franchis Abraham Ruiz Pineyro
   Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 25-05294
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 19, 2025
         represented by: Enrique M. Almeida Bernal, Esq.

In re Serra Gaucha Brazilian Steakhouse LLC
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-11201
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PAMCXUQ/SERRA_GAUCHA_BRAZILIAN_STEAKHOUSE__azbke-25-11201__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Chris D. Barski, Esq.
                         BARSKI LAW FIRM PLC
                         E-mail: cbarski@barskilaw.com

In re William Dokos Butler and Anne Harmsen Butler
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 25-51814
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         represented by: Brent Meyer, Esq.

In re Colin Andrew Ilgner
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-23771
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         represented by: Chad Van Horn, Esq.
                         VAN HORN LAW GROUP P.A.

In re Element PT Houston, LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-23758
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/DHNMFPQ/Element_PT_Houston_LLC__flsbke-25-23758__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Brian K. McMahon, Esq.
                         BRIAN K. MCMAHON, PA
                         E-mail: briankmcmahon@gmail.com

In re Intertraderone, LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-23754
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6DGPORQ/Intertraderone_LLC__flsbke-25-23754__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Brian K. McMahon, Esq.
                         BRIAN K. MCMAHON, PA
                         E-mail: briankmcmahon@gmail.com

In re Carl Keith Davis and Geraldina Murdoch-Bautist Davis
   Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 25-20959
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         represented by: Iris Kwon, Esq.

In re Maranatha Faith Ministries Queens Inc.
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-45603
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LI7FTMA/Maranatha_Faith_Ministries_Queens__nyebke-25-45603__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re RSBRMK LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-45591
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OXJFOFA/RSBRMK_LLC__nyebke-25-45591__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Solomon Rosengarten, Esq.
                         E-mail: vokma@aol.com

In re Northwest Waterproofing LLC
   Bankr. D. Ore. Case No. 25-33899
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/GADYPAA/Northwest_Waterproofing_LLC__orbke-25-33899__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Noah Bishop, Esq.
                         BISHOP BANKRUPTCY LAW, LLC
                         E-mail: bishopbankruptcylaw@gmail.com

In re Anderson Physical Therapy ETC., PC.
   Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 25-10654
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/66DXWHQ/Anderson_Physical_Therapy_ETC__pawbke-25-10654__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David Z. Valencik, Esq.
                         CALAIARO VALENCIK
                         E-mail: dvalencik@c-vlaw.com

In re Genesis Refrigeration & H.V.A.C., LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 25-13293
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 20, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/X76EXEI/Genesis_Refrigeration__HVAC_LLC__wawbke-25-13293__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Thomas D. Neeleman, Esq.
                         NEELEMAN LAW GROUP, P.C.
                         E-mail: courtmail@expresslaw.com

In re Joe Nathan Barrow
   Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 25-03563
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025

In re The Best of Taste, Inc.
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-11278
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/7JBHRII/The_Best_of_Taste_Inc__azbke-25-11278__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Lawrence D. Hirsch, Esq.
                         PARKER SCHWARTZ, PLLC
                         E-mail: lhirsch@psazlaw.com

In re Citadel Assisted Living LLC
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-17658
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/BAGO33I/Citadel_Assisted_Living_LLC__cobke-25-17658__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jeffrey A. Weinman, Esq.
                         MICHAEL BEST & FRIEDRICH LLP
                         E-mail: jweinman@allen-vellone.com

In re East Side Assisted Living LLC
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-17663
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/44LSFUQ/East_Side_Assisted_Living_LLC__cobke-25-17663__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jeffrey A. Weinman, Esq.
                         MICHAEL BEST & FRIEDRICH LLP
                         E-mail: jweinman@allen-vellone.com

In re Ryan Dodd
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-18086
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         represented by: Justin Storer, Esq.

In re FM Healing Center, LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Ky. Case No. 25-51668
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21,2 025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/7KNS7RQ/FM_Healing_Center_LLC__kyebke-25-51668__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Papatzul LLC
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-12612
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TNS6PMY/Papatzul_LLC__nysbke-25-12612__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Lawrence Morrison, Esq.
                         MORRISON TENENBAUM PLLC
                         E-mail: lmorrison@m-t-law.com

In re CIA Service Center, LLC
   Bankr. D.S.C. Case No. 25-04606
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/R4SAXIQ/CIA_Service_Center_LLC__scbke-25-04606__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert Pohl, Esq.
                         POHL BANKRUPTCY, LLC
                         E-mail: Robert@Bankruptcy.com

In re Michael Anthony Tollari
   Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-52828
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         represented by: William Davis, Esq.
                         LANGLEY & BANACK, INC.

In re Gabriel Adam Tilley
   Bankr. D. Utah Case No. 25-27097
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         represented by: Geoffrey Chesnut, Esq.

In re NextGen MRO Solutions LLC
   Bankr. W.D. Va. Case No. 25-61428
      Chapter 11 Petition filed November 21, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MEXQDDI/NextGen_MRO_Solutions_LLC__vawbke-25-61428__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David Cox, Esq.
                         COX LAW GROUP
                         E-mail: david@coxlawgroup.com


                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2025.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The single-user TCR subscription rate is $1,400 for six months
or $2,350 for twelve months, delivered via e-mail.  Additional
e-mail subscriptions for members of the same firm for the term
of the initial subscription or balance thereof are $25 each per
half-year or $50 annually.  For subscription information, contact
Peter A. Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***